1 | .\" |
---|
2 | .\" MAN PAGE COMMENTS to |
---|
3 | .\" |
---|
4 | .\" Chet Ramey |
---|
5 | .\" Information Network Services |
---|
6 | .\" Case Western Reserve University |
---|
7 | .\" chet@po.CWRU.Edu |
---|
8 | .\" |
---|
9 | .\" Last Change: Sat Jun 26 14:26:44 EDT 2004 |
---|
10 | .\" |
---|
11 | .\" bash_builtins, strip all but Built-Ins section |
---|
12 | .if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ |
---|
13 | .if \n(zY=1 .ig zY |
---|
14 | .TH BASH 1 "2004 June 26" "GNU Bash-3.0" |
---|
15 | .\" |
---|
16 | .\" There's some problem with having a `@' |
---|
17 | .\" in a tagged paragraph with the BSD man macros. |
---|
18 | .\" It has to do with `@' appearing in the }1 macro. |
---|
19 | .\" This is a problem on 4.3 BSD and Ultrix, but Sun |
---|
20 | .\" appears to have fixed it. |
---|
21 | .\" If you're seeing the characters |
---|
22 | .\" `@u-3p' appearing before the lines reading |
---|
23 | .\" `possible-hostname-completions |
---|
24 | .\" and `complete-hostname' down in READLINE, |
---|
25 | .\" then uncomment this redefinition. |
---|
26 | .\" |
---|
27 | .de }1 |
---|
28 | .ds ]X \&\\*(]B\\ |
---|
29 | .nr )E 0 |
---|
30 | .if !"\\$1"" .nr )I \\$1n |
---|
31 | .}f |
---|
32 | .ll \\n(LLu |
---|
33 | .in \\n()Ru+\\n(INu+\\n()Iu |
---|
34 | .ti \\n(INu |
---|
35 | .ie !\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru-\w\\*(]Xu-3p \{\\*(]X |
---|
36 | .br\} |
---|
37 | .el \\*(]X\h|\\n()Iu+\\n()Ru\c |
---|
38 | .}f |
---|
39 | .. |
---|
40 | .\" |
---|
41 | .\" File Name macro. This used to be `.PN', for Path Name, |
---|
42 | .\" but Sun doesn't seem to like that very much. |
---|
43 | .\" |
---|
44 | .de FN |
---|
45 | \fI\|\\$1\|\fP |
---|
46 | .. |
---|
47 | .SH NAME |
---|
48 | bash \- GNU Bourne-Again SHell |
---|
49 | .SH SYNOPSIS |
---|
50 | .B bash |
---|
51 | [options] |
---|
52 | [file] |
---|
53 | .SH COPYRIGHT |
---|
54 | .if n Bash is Copyright (C) 1989-2004 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
---|
55 | .if t Bash is Copyright \(co 1989-2004 by the Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
---|
56 | .SH DESCRIPTION |
---|
57 | .B Bash |
---|
58 | is an \fBsh\fR-compatible command language interpreter that |
---|
59 | executes commands read from the standard input or from a file. |
---|
60 | .B Bash |
---|
61 | also incorporates useful features from the \fIKorn\fP and \fIC\fP |
---|
62 | shells (\fBksh\fP and \fBcsh\fP). |
---|
63 | .PP |
---|
64 | .B Bash |
---|
65 | is intended to be a conformant implementation of the IEEE |
---|
66 | POSIX Shell and Tools specification (IEEE Working Group 1003\.2). |
---|
67 | .SH OPTIONS |
---|
68 | In addition to the single-character shell options documented in the |
---|
69 | description of the \fBset\fR builtin command, \fBbash\fR |
---|
70 | interprets the following options when it is invoked: |
---|
71 | .PP |
---|
72 | .PD 0 |
---|
73 | .TP 10 |
---|
74 | .BI \-c "\| string\^" |
---|
75 | If the |
---|
76 | .B \-c |
---|
77 | option is present, then commands are read from |
---|
78 | .IR string . |
---|
79 | If there are arguments after the |
---|
80 | .IR string , |
---|
81 | they are assigned to the positional parameters, starting with |
---|
82 | .BR $0 . |
---|
83 | .TP |
---|
84 | .B \-i |
---|
85 | If the |
---|
86 | .B \-i |
---|
87 | option is present, the shell is |
---|
88 | .IR interactive . |
---|
89 | .TP |
---|
90 | .B \-l |
---|
91 | Make |
---|
92 | .B bash |
---|
93 | act as if it had been invoked as a login shell (see |
---|
94 | .SM |
---|
95 | .B INVOCATION |
---|
96 | below). |
---|
97 | .TP |
---|
98 | .B \-r |
---|
99 | If the |
---|
100 | .B \-r |
---|
101 | option is present, the shell becomes |
---|
102 | .I restricted |
---|
103 | (see |
---|
104 | .SM |
---|
105 | .B "RESTRICTED SHELL" |
---|
106 | below). |
---|
107 | .TP |
---|
108 | .B \-s |
---|
109 | If the |
---|
110 | .B \-s |
---|
111 | option is present, or if no arguments remain after option |
---|
112 | processing, then commands are read from the standard input. |
---|
113 | This option allows the positional parameters to be set |
---|
114 | when invoking an interactive shell. |
---|
115 | .TP |
---|
116 | .B \-D |
---|
117 | A list of all double-quoted strings preceded by \fB$\fP |
---|
118 | is printed on the standard ouput. |
---|
119 | These are the strings that |
---|
120 | are subject to language translation when the current locale |
---|
121 | is not \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP. |
---|
122 | This implies the \fB\-n\fP option; no commands will be executed. |
---|
123 | .TP |
---|
124 | .B [\-+]O [\fIshopt_option\fP] |
---|
125 | \fIshopt_option\fP is one of the shell options accepted by the |
---|
126 | \fBshopt\fP builtin (see |
---|
127 | .SM |
---|
128 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
129 | below). |
---|
130 | If \fIshopt_option\fP is present, \fB\-O\fP sets the value of that option; |
---|
131 | \fB+O\fP unsets it. |
---|
132 | If \fIshopt_option\fP is not supplied, the names and values of the shell |
---|
133 | options accepted by \fBshopt\fP are printed on the standard output. |
---|
134 | If the invocation option is \fB+O\fP, the output is displayed in a format |
---|
135 | that may be reused as input. |
---|
136 | .TP |
---|
137 | .B \-\- |
---|
138 | A |
---|
139 | .B \-\- |
---|
140 | signals the end of options and disables further option processing. |
---|
141 | Any arguments after the |
---|
142 | .B \-\- |
---|
143 | are treated as filenames and arguments. An argument of |
---|
144 | .B \- |
---|
145 | is equivalent to \fB\-\-\fP. |
---|
146 | .PD |
---|
147 | .PP |
---|
148 | .B Bash |
---|
149 | also interprets a number of multi-character options. |
---|
150 | These options must appear on the command line before the |
---|
151 | single-character options to be recognized. |
---|
152 | .PP |
---|
153 | .PD 0 |
---|
154 | .TP |
---|
155 | .B \-\-debugger |
---|
156 | Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell |
---|
157 | starts. Turns on extended debugging mode (see the description of the |
---|
158 | .B extdebug |
---|
159 | option to the |
---|
160 | .B shopt |
---|
161 | builtin below) and shell function tracing (see the description of the |
---|
162 | \fB\-o functrace\fP option to the |
---|
163 | .B set |
---|
164 | builtin below). |
---|
165 | .TP |
---|
166 | .B \-\-dump\-po\-strings |
---|
167 | Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP, but the output is in the GNU \fIgettext\fP |
---|
168 | \fBpo\fP (portable object) file format. |
---|
169 | .TP |
---|
170 | .B \-\-dump\-strings |
---|
171 | Equivalent to \fB\-D\fP. |
---|
172 | .TP |
---|
173 | .B \-\-help |
---|
174 | Display a usage message on standard output and exit successfully. |
---|
175 | .TP |
---|
176 | \fB\-\-init\-file\fP \fIfile\fP |
---|
177 | .PD 0 |
---|
178 | .TP |
---|
179 | \fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP |
---|
180 | .PD |
---|
181 | Execute commands from |
---|
182 | .I file |
---|
183 | instead of the standard personal initialization file |
---|
184 | .I ~/.bashrc |
---|
185 | if the shell is interactive (see |
---|
186 | .SM |
---|
187 | .B INVOCATION |
---|
188 | below). |
---|
189 | .TP |
---|
190 | .B \-\-login |
---|
191 | Equivalent to \fB\-l\fP. |
---|
192 | .TP |
---|
193 | .B \-\-noediting |
---|
194 | Do not use the GNU |
---|
195 | .B readline |
---|
196 | library to read command lines when the shell is interactive. |
---|
197 | .TP |
---|
198 | .B \-\-noprofile |
---|
199 | Do not read either the system-wide startup file |
---|
200 | .FN /etc/profile |
---|
201 | or any of the personal initialization files |
---|
202 | .IR ~/.bash_profile , |
---|
203 | .IR ~/.bash_login , |
---|
204 | or |
---|
205 | .IR ~/.profile . |
---|
206 | By default, |
---|
207 | .B bash |
---|
208 | reads these files when it is invoked as a login shell (see |
---|
209 | .SM |
---|
210 | .B INVOCATION |
---|
211 | below). |
---|
212 | .TP |
---|
213 | .B \-\-norc |
---|
214 | Do not read and execute the personal initialization file |
---|
215 | .I ~/.bashrc |
---|
216 | if the shell is interactive. |
---|
217 | This option is on by default if the shell is invoked as |
---|
218 | .BR sh . |
---|
219 | .TP |
---|
220 | .B \-\-posix |
---|
221 | Change the behavior of \fBbash\fP where the default operation differs |
---|
222 | from the POSIX 1003.2 standard to match the standard (\fIposix mode\fP). |
---|
223 | .TP |
---|
224 | .B \-\-restricted |
---|
225 | The shell becomes restricted (see |
---|
226 | .SM |
---|
227 | .B "RESTRICTED SHELL" |
---|
228 | below). |
---|
229 | .TP |
---|
230 | .B \-\-verbose |
---|
231 | Equivalent to \fB\-v\fP. |
---|
232 | .TP |
---|
233 | .B \-\-version |
---|
234 | Show version information for this instance of |
---|
235 | .B bash |
---|
236 | on the standard output and exit successfully. |
---|
237 | .PD |
---|
238 | .SH ARGUMENTS |
---|
239 | If arguments remain after option processing, and neither the |
---|
240 | .B \-c |
---|
241 | nor the |
---|
242 | .B \-s |
---|
243 | option has been supplied, the first argument is assumed to |
---|
244 | be the name of a file containing shell commands. |
---|
245 | If |
---|
246 | .B bash |
---|
247 | is invoked in this fashion, |
---|
248 | .B $0 |
---|
249 | is set to the name of the file, and the positional parameters |
---|
250 | are set to the remaining arguments. |
---|
251 | .B Bash |
---|
252 | reads and executes commands from this file, then exits. |
---|
253 | \fBBash\fP's exit status is the exit status of the last command |
---|
254 | executed in the script. |
---|
255 | If no commands are executed, the exit status is 0. |
---|
256 | An attempt is first made to open the file in the current directory, and, |
---|
257 | if no file is found, then the shell searches the directories in |
---|
258 | .SM |
---|
259 | .B PATH |
---|
260 | for the script. |
---|
261 | .SH INVOCATION |
---|
262 | A \fIlogin shell\fP is one whose first character of argument zero is a |
---|
263 | .BR \- , |
---|
264 | or one started with the |
---|
265 | .B \-\-login |
---|
266 | option. |
---|
267 | .PP |
---|
268 | An \fIinteractive\fP shell is one started without non-option arguments |
---|
269 | and without the |
---|
270 | .B \-c |
---|
271 | option |
---|
272 | whose standard input and error are |
---|
273 | both connected to terminals (as determined by |
---|
274 | .IR isatty (3)), |
---|
275 | or one started with the |
---|
276 | .B \-i |
---|
277 | option. |
---|
278 | .SM |
---|
279 | .B PS1 |
---|
280 | is set and |
---|
281 | .B $\- |
---|
282 | includes |
---|
283 | .B i |
---|
284 | if |
---|
285 | .B bash |
---|
286 | is interactive, |
---|
287 | allowing a shell script or a startup file to test this state. |
---|
288 | .PP |
---|
289 | The following paragraphs describe how |
---|
290 | .B bash |
---|
291 | executes its startup files. |
---|
292 | If any of the files exist but cannot be read, |
---|
293 | .B bash |
---|
294 | reports an error. |
---|
295 | Tildes are expanded in file names as described below under |
---|
296 | .B "Tilde Expansion" |
---|
297 | in the |
---|
298 | .SM |
---|
299 | .B EXPANSION |
---|
300 | section. |
---|
301 | .PP |
---|
302 | When |
---|
303 | .B bash |
---|
304 | is invoked as an interactive login shell, or as a non-interactive shell |
---|
305 | with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first reads and |
---|
306 | executes commands from the file \fI/etc/profile\fP, if that |
---|
307 | file exists. |
---|
308 | After reading that file, it looks for \fI~/.bash_profile\fP, |
---|
309 | \fI~/.bash_login\fP, and \fI~/.profile\fP, in that order, and reads |
---|
310 | and executes commands from the first one that exists and is readable. |
---|
311 | The |
---|
312 | .B \-\-noprofile |
---|
313 | option may be used when the shell is started to inhibit this behavior. |
---|
314 | .PP |
---|
315 | When a login shell exits, |
---|
316 | .B bash |
---|
317 | reads and executes commands from the file \fI~/.bash_logout\fP, if it |
---|
318 | exists. |
---|
319 | .PP |
---|
320 | When an interactive shell that is not a login shell is started, |
---|
321 | .B bash |
---|
322 | reads and executes commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists. |
---|
323 | This may be inhibited by using the |
---|
324 | .B \-\-norc |
---|
325 | option. |
---|
326 | The \fB\-\-rcfile\fP \fIfile\fP option will force |
---|
327 | .B bash |
---|
328 | to read and execute commands from \fIfile\fP instead of \fI~/.bashrc\fP. |
---|
329 | .PP |
---|
330 | When |
---|
331 | .B bash |
---|
332 | is started non-interactively, to run a shell script, for example, it |
---|
333 | looks for the variable |
---|
334 | .SM |
---|
335 | .B BASH_ENV |
---|
336 | in the environment, expands its value if it appears there, and uses the |
---|
337 | expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute. |
---|
338 | .B Bash |
---|
339 | behaves as if the following command were executed: |
---|
340 | .sp .5 |
---|
341 | .RS |
---|
342 | .if t \f(CWif [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi\fP |
---|
343 | .if n if [ \-n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi |
---|
344 | .RE |
---|
345 | .sp .5 |
---|
346 | but the value of the |
---|
347 | .SM |
---|
348 | .B PATH |
---|
349 | variable is not used to search for the file name. |
---|
350 | .PP |
---|
351 | If |
---|
352 | .B bash |
---|
353 | is invoked with the name |
---|
354 | .BR sh , |
---|
355 | it tries to mimic the startup behavior of historical versions of |
---|
356 | .B sh |
---|
357 | as closely as possible, |
---|
358 | while conforming to the POSIX standard as well. |
---|
359 | When invoked as an interactive login shell, or a non-interactive |
---|
360 | shell with the \fB\-\-login\fP option, it first attempts to |
---|
361 | read and execute commands from |
---|
362 | .I /etc/profile |
---|
363 | and |
---|
364 | .IR ~/.profile , |
---|
365 | in that order. |
---|
366 | The |
---|
367 | .B \-\-noprofile |
---|
368 | option may be used to inhibit this behavior. |
---|
369 | When invoked as an interactive shell with the name |
---|
370 | .BR sh , |
---|
371 | .B bash |
---|
372 | looks for the variable |
---|
373 | .SM |
---|
374 | .BR ENV , |
---|
375 | expands its value if it is defined, and uses the |
---|
376 | expanded value as the name of a file to read and execute. |
---|
377 | Since a shell invoked as |
---|
378 | .B sh |
---|
379 | does not attempt to read and execute commands from any other startup |
---|
380 | files, the |
---|
381 | .B \-\-rcfile |
---|
382 | option has no effect. |
---|
383 | A non-interactive shell invoked with the name |
---|
384 | .B sh |
---|
385 | does not attempt to read any other startup files. |
---|
386 | When invoked as |
---|
387 | .BR sh , |
---|
388 | .B bash |
---|
389 | enters |
---|
390 | .I posix |
---|
391 | mode after the startup files are read. |
---|
392 | .PP |
---|
393 | When |
---|
394 | .B bash |
---|
395 | is started in |
---|
396 | .I posix |
---|
397 | mode, as with the |
---|
398 | .B \-\-posix |
---|
399 | command line option, it follows the POSIX standard for startup files. |
---|
400 | In this mode, interactive shells expand the |
---|
401 | .SM |
---|
402 | .B ENV |
---|
403 | variable and commands are read and executed from the file |
---|
404 | whose name is the expanded value. |
---|
405 | No other startup files are read. |
---|
406 | .PP |
---|
407 | .B Bash |
---|
408 | attempts to determine when it is being run by the remote shell |
---|
409 | daemon, usually \fIrshd\fP. |
---|
410 | If |
---|
411 | .B bash |
---|
412 | determines it is being run by \fIrshd\fP, it reads and executes |
---|
413 | commands from \fI~/.bashrc\fP, if that file exists and is readable. |
---|
414 | It will not do this if invoked as \fBsh\fP. |
---|
415 | The |
---|
416 | .B \-\-norc |
---|
417 | option may be used to inhibit this behavior, and the |
---|
418 | .B \-\-rcfile |
---|
419 | option may be used to force another file to be read, but |
---|
420 | \fIrshd\fP does not generally invoke the shell with those options |
---|
421 | or allow them to be specified. |
---|
422 | .PP |
---|
423 | If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the |
---|
424 | real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, no startup |
---|
425 | files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment, the |
---|
426 | .SM |
---|
427 | .B SHELLOPTS |
---|
428 | variable, if it appears in the environment, is ignored, |
---|
429 | and the effective user id is set to the real user id. |
---|
430 | If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at invocation, the startup behavior is |
---|
431 | the same, but the effective user id is not reset. |
---|
432 | .SH DEFINITIONS |
---|
433 | .PP |
---|
434 | The following definitions are used throughout the rest of this |
---|
435 | document. |
---|
436 | .PD 0 |
---|
437 | .TP |
---|
438 | .B blank |
---|
439 | A space or tab. |
---|
440 | .TP |
---|
441 | .B word |
---|
442 | A sequence of characters considered as a single unit by the shell. |
---|
443 | Also known as a |
---|
444 | .BR token . |
---|
445 | .TP |
---|
446 | .B name |
---|
447 | A |
---|
448 | .I word |
---|
449 | consisting only of alphanumeric characters and underscores, and |
---|
450 | beginning with an alphabetic character or an underscore. Also |
---|
451 | referred to as an |
---|
452 | .BR identifier . |
---|
453 | .TP |
---|
454 | .B metacharacter |
---|
455 | A character that, when unquoted, separates words. One of the following: |
---|
456 | .br |
---|
457 | .RS |
---|
458 | .PP |
---|
459 | .if t \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP |
---|
460 | .if n \fB| & ; ( ) < > space tab\fP |
---|
461 | .RE |
---|
462 | .PP |
---|
463 | .TP |
---|
464 | .B control operator |
---|
465 | A \fItoken\fP that performs a control function. It is one of the following |
---|
466 | symbols: |
---|
467 | .RS |
---|
468 | .PP |
---|
469 | .if t \fB\(bv\(bv & && ; ;; ( ) | <newline>\fP |
---|
470 | .if n \fB|| & && ; ;; ( ) | <newline>\fP |
---|
471 | .RE |
---|
472 | .PD |
---|
473 | .SH "RESERVED WORDS" |
---|
474 | \fIReserved words\fP are words that have a special meaning to the shell. |
---|
475 | The following words are recognized as reserved when unquoted and either |
---|
476 | the first word of a simple command (see |
---|
477 | .SM |
---|
478 | .B SHELL GRAMMAR |
---|
479 | below) or the third word of a |
---|
480 | .B case |
---|
481 | or |
---|
482 | .B for |
---|
483 | command: |
---|
484 | .if t .RS |
---|
485 | .PP |
---|
486 | .B |
---|
487 | .if n ! case do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]] |
---|
488 | .if t ! case do done elif else esac fi for function if in select then until while { } time [[ ]] |
---|
489 | .if t .RE |
---|
490 | .SH "SHELL GRAMMAR" |
---|
491 | .SS Simple Commands |
---|
492 | .PP |
---|
493 | A \fIsimple command\fP is a sequence of optional variable assignments |
---|
494 | followed by \fBblank\fP-separated words and redirections, and |
---|
495 | terminated by a \fIcontrol operator\fP. The first word |
---|
496 | specifies the command to be executed, and is passed as argument zero. |
---|
497 | The remaining words are passed as arguments to the invoked command. |
---|
498 | .PP |
---|
499 | The return value of a \fIsimple command\fP is its exit status, or |
---|
500 | 128+\fIn\^\fP if the command is terminated by signal |
---|
501 | .IR n . |
---|
502 | .SS Pipelines |
---|
503 | .PP |
---|
504 | A \fIpipeline\fP is a sequence of one or more commands separated by |
---|
505 | the character |
---|
506 | .BR | . |
---|
507 | The format for a pipeline is: |
---|
508 | .RS |
---|
509 | .PP |
---|
510 | [\fBtime\fP [\fB\-p\fP]] [ ! ] \fIcommand\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIcommand2\fP ... ] |
---|
511 | .RE |
---|
512 | .PP |
---|
513 | The standard output of |
---|
514 | .I command |
---|
515 | is connected via a pipe to the standard input of |
---|
516 | .IR command2 . |
---|
517 | This connection is performed before any redirections specified by the |
---|
518 | command (see |
---|
519 | .SM |
---|
520 | .B REDIRECTION |
---|
521 | below). |
---|
522 | .PP |
---|
523 | The return status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last |
---|
524 | command, unless the \fBpipefail\fP option is enabled. |
---|
525 | If \fBpipefail\fP is enabled, the pipeline's return status is the |
---|
526 | value of the last (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, |
---|
527 | or zero if all commands exit successfully. |
---|
528 | If the reserved word |
---|
529 | .B ! |
---|
530 | precedes a pipeline, the exit status of that pipeline is the logical |
---|
531 | negation of the exit status as described above. |
---|
532 | The shell waits for all commands in the pipeline to |
---|
533 | terminate before returning a value. |
---|
534 | .PP |
---|
535 | If the |
---|
536 | .B time |
---|
537 | reserved word precedes a pipeline, the elapsed as well as user and |
---|
538 | system time consumed by its execution are reported when the pipeline |
---|
539 | terminates. |
---|
540 | The \fB\-p\fP option changes the output format to that specified by POSIX. |
---|
541 | The |
---|
542 | .SM |
---|
543 | .B TIMEFORMAT |
---|
544 | variable may be set to a format string that specifies how the timing |
---|
545 | information should be displayed; see the description of |
---|
546 | .SM |
---|
547 | .B TIMEFORMAT |
---|
548 | under |
---|
549 | .B "Shell Variables" |
---|
550 | below. |
---|
551 | .PP |
---|
552 | Each command in a pipeline is executed as a separate process (i.e., in a |
---|
553 | subshell). |
---|
554 | .SS Lists |
---|
555 | .PP |
---|
556 | A \fIlist\fP is a sequence of one or more pipelines separated by one |
---|
557 | of the operators |
---|
558 | .BR ; , |
---|
559 | .BR & , |
---|
560 | .BR && , |
---|
561 | or |
---|
562 | .BR \(bv\(bv , |
---|
563 | and optionally terminated by one of |
---|
564 | .BR ; , |
---|
565 | .BR & , |
---|
566 | or |
---|
567 | .BR <newline> . |
---|
568 | .PP |
---|
569 | Of these list operators, |
---|
570 | .B && |
---|
571 | and |
---|
572 | .B \(bv\(bv |
---|
573 | have equal precedence, followed by |
---|
574 | .B ; |
---|
575 | and |
---|
576 | .BR &, |
---|
577 | which have equal precedence. |
---|
578 | .PP |
---|
579 | A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in a \fIlist\fP instead |
---|
580 | of a semicolon to delimit commands. |
---|
581 | .PP |
---|
582 | If a command is terminated by the control operator |
---|
583 | .BR & , |
---|
584 | the shell executes the command in the \fIbackground\fP |
---|
585 | in a subshell. The shell does not wait for the command to |
---|
586 | finish, and the return status is 0. Commands separated by a |
---|
587 | .B ; |
---|
588 | are executed sequentially; the shell waits for each |
---|
589 | command to terminate in turn. The return status is the |
---|
590 | exit status of the last command executed. |
---|
591 | .PP |
---|
592 | The control operators |
---|
593 | .B && |
---|
594 | and |
---|
595 | .B \(bv\(bv |
---|
596 | denote AND lists and OR lists, respectively. |
---|
597 | An AND list has the form |
---|
598 | .RS |
---|
599 | .PP |
---|
600 | \fIcommand1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIcommand2\fP |
---|
601 | .RE |
---|
602 | .PP |
---|
603 | .I command2 |
---|
604 | is executed if, and only if, |
---|
605 | .I command1 |
---|
606 | returns an exit status of zero. |
---|
607 | .PP |
---|
608 | An OR list has the form |
---|
609 | .RS |
---|
610 | .PP |
---|
611 | \fIcommand1\fP \fB\(bv\(bv\fP \fIcommand2\fP |
---|
612 | .PP |
---|
613 | .RE |
---|
614 | .PP |
---|
615 | .I command2 |
---|
616 | is executed if and only if |
---|
617 | .I command1 |
---|
618 | returns a non-zero exit status. The return status of |
---|
619 | AND and OR lists is the exit status of the last command |
---|
620 | executed in the list. |
---|
621 | .SS Compound Commands |
---|
622 | .PP |
---|
623 | A \fIcompound command\fP is one of the following: |
---|
624 | .TP |
---|
625 | (\fIlist\fP) |
---|
626 | \fIlist\fP is executed in a subshell environment (see |
---|
627 | .SM |
---|
628 | \fBCOMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT\fP |
---|
629 | below). |
---|
630 | Variable assignments and builtin |
---|
631 | commands that affect the shell's environment do not remain in effect |
---|
632 | after the command completes. The return status is the exit status of |
---|
633 | \fIlist\fP. |
---|
634 | .TP |
---|
635 | { \fIlist\fP; } |
---|
636 | \fIlist\fP is simply executed in the current shell environment. |
---|
637 | \fIlist\fP must be terminated with a newline or semicolon. |
---|
638 | This is known as a \fIgroup command\fP. |
---|
639 | The return status is the exit status of |
---|
640 | \fIlist\fP. |
---|
641 | Note that unlike the metacharacters \fB(\fP and \fB)\fP, \fB{\fP and |
---|
642 | \fB}\fP are \fIreserved words\fP and must occur where a reserved |
---|
643 | word is permitted to be recognized. Since they do not cause a word |
---|
644 | break, they must be separated from \fIlist\fP by whitespace. |
---|
645 | .TP |
---|
646 | ((\fIexpression\fP)) |
---|
647 | The \fIexpression\fP is evaluated according to the rules described |
---|
648 | below under |
---|
649 | .SM |
---|
650 | .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" . |
---|
651 | If the value of the expression is non-zero, the return status is 0; |
---|
652 | otherwise the return status is 1. This is exactly equivalent to |
---|
653 | \fBlet "\fIexpression\fP"\fR. |
---|
654 | .TP |
---|
655 | \fB[[\fP \fIexpression\fP \fB]]\fP |
---|
656 | Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on the evaluation of |
---|
657 | the conditional expression \fIexpression\fP. |
---|
658 | Expressions are composed of the primaries described below under |
---|
659 | .SM |
---|
660 | .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" . |
---|
661 | Word splitting and pathname expansion are not performed on the words |
---|
662 | between the \fB[[\fP and \fB]]\fP; tilde expansion, parameter and |
---|
663 | variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, command substitution, process |
---|
664 | substitution, and quote removal are performed. |
---|
665 | Conditional operators such as \fB\-f\fP must be unquoted to be recognized |
---|
666 | as primaries. |
---|
667 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
668 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
669 | When the \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP operators are used, the string to the |
---|
670 | right of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according |
---|
671 | to the rules described below under \fBPattern Matching\fP. |
---|
672 | The return value is 0 if the string matches or does not match |
---|
673 | the pattern, respectively, and 1 otherwise. |
---|
674 | Any part of the pattern may be quoted to force it to be matched as a |
---|
675 | string. |
---|
676 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
677 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
678 | An additional binary operator, \fB=~\fP, is available, with the same |
---|
679 | precedence as \fB==\fP and \fB!=\fP. |
---|
680 | When it is used, the string to the right of the operator is considered |
---|
681 | an extended regular expression and matched accordingly (as in \fIregex\fP(3)). |
---|
682 | The return value is 0 if the string matches |
---|
683 | the pattern, and 1 otherwise. |
---|
684 | If the regular expression is syntactically incorrect, the conditional |
---|
685 | expression's return value is 2. |
---|
686 | If the shell option |
---|
687 | .B nocaseglob |
---|
688 | is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case |
---|
689 | of alphabetic characters. |
---|
690 | Substrings matched by parenthesized subexpressions within the regular |
---|
691 | expression are saved in the array variable \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP. |
---|
692 | The element of \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP with index 0 is the portion of the string |
---|
693 | matching the entire regular expression. |
---|
694 | The element of \fBBASH_REMATCH\fP with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the |
---|
695 | string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression. |
---|
696 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
697 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
698 | Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed |
---|
699 | in decreasing order of precedence: |
---|
700 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
701 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
702 | .RS |
---|
703 | .PD 0 |
---|
704 | .TP |
---|
705 | .B ( \fIexpression\fP ) |
---|
706 | Returns the value of \fIexpression\fP. |
---|
707 | This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. |
---|
708 | .TP |
---|
709 | .B ! \fIexpression\fP |
---|
710 | True if |
---|
711 | .I expression |
---|
712 | is false. |
---|
713 | .TP |
---|
714 | \fIexpression1\fP \fB&&\fP \fIexpression2\fP |
---|
715 | True if both |
---|
716 | .I expression1 |
---|
717 | and |
---|
718 | .I expression2 |
---|
719 | are true. |
---|
720 | .TP |
---|
721 | .if t \fIexpression1\fP \fB\(bv\(bv\fP \fIexpression2\fP |
---|
722 | .if n \fIexpression1\fP \fB||\fP \fIexpression2\fP |
---|
723 | True if either |
---|
724 | .I expression1 |
---|
725 | or |
---|
726 | .I expression2 |
---|
727 | is true. |
---|
728 | .PD |
---|
729 | .LP |
---|
730 | The \fB&&\fP and |
---|
731 | .if t \fB\(bv\(bv\fP |
---|
732 | .if n \fB||\fP |
---|
733 | operators do not evaluate \fIexpression2\fP if the value of |
---|
734 | \fIexpression1\fP is sufficient to determine the return value of |
---|
735 | the entire conditional expression. |
---|
736 | .RE |
---|
737 | .TP |
---|
738 | \fBfor\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP ] ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP |
---|
739 | The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list |
---|
740 | of items. |
---|
741 | The variable \fIname\fP is set to each element of this list |
---|
742 | in turn, and \fIlist\fP is executed each time. |
---|
743 | If the \fBin\fP \fIword\fP is omitted, the \fBfor\fP command executes |
---|
744 | \fIlist\fP once for each positional parameter that is set (see |
---|
745 | .SM |
---|
746 | .B PARAMETERS |
---|
747 | below). |
---|
748 | The return status is the exit status of the last command that executes. |
---|
749 | If the expansion of the items following \fBin\fP results in an empty |
---|
750 | list, no commands are executed, and the return status is 0. |
---|
751 | .TP |
---|
752 | \fBfor\fP (( \fIexpr1\fP ; \fIexpr2\fP ; \fIexpr3\fP )) ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP |
---|
753 | First, the arithmetic expression \fIexpr1\fP is evaluated according |
---|
754 | to the rules described below under |
---|
755 | .SM |
---|
756 | .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" . |
---|
757 | The arithmetic expression \fIexpr2\fP is then evaluated repeatedly |
---|
758 | until it evaluates to zero. |
---|
759 | Each time \fIexpr2\fP evaluates to a non-zero value, \fIlist\fP is |
---|
760 | executed and the arithmetic expression \fIexpr3\fP is evaluated. |
---|
761 | If any expression is omitted, it behaves as if it evaluates to 1. |
---|
762 | The return value is the exit status of the last command in \fIlist\fP |
---|
763 | that is executed, or false if any of the expressions is invalid. |
---|
764 | .TP |
---|
765 | \fBselect\fP \fIname\fP [ \fBin\fP \fIword\fP ] ; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP ; \fBdone\fP |
---|
766 | The list of words following \fBin\fP is expanded, generating a list |
---|
767 | of items. The set of expanded words is printed on the standard |
---|
768 | error, each preceded by a number. If the \fBin\fP |
---|
769 | \fIword\fP is omitted, the positional parameters are printed (see |
---|
770 | .SM |
---|
771 | .B PARAMETERS |
---|
772 | below). The |
---|
773 | .B PS3 |
---|
774 | prompt is then displayed and a line read from the standard input. |
---|
775 | If the line consists of a number corresponding to one of |
---|
776 | the displayed words, then the value of |
---|
777 | .I name |
---|
778 | is set to that word. If the line is empty, the words and prompt |
---|
779 | are displayed again. If EOF is read, the command completes. Any |
---|
780 | other value read causes |
---|
781 | .I name |
---|
782 | to be set to null. The line read is saved in the variable |
---|
783 | .BR REPLY . |
---|
784 | The |
---|
785 | .I list |
---|
786 | is executed after each selection until a |
---|
787 | .B break |
---|
788 | command is executed. |
---|
789 | The exit status of |
---|
790 | .B select |
---|
791 | is the exit status of the last command executed in |
---|
792 | .IR list , |
---|
793 | or zero if no commands were executed. |
---|
794 | .TP |
---|
795 | \fBcase\fP \fIword\fP \fBin\fP [ [(] \fIpattern\fP [ \fB|\fP \fIpattern\fP ] \ |
---|
796 | ... ) \fIlist\fP ;; ] ... \fBesac\fP |
---|
797 | A \fBcase\fP command first expands \fIword\fP, and tries to match |
---|
798 | it against each \fIpattern\fP in turn, using the same matching rules |
---|
799 | as for pathname expansion (see |
---|
800 | .B Pathname Expansion |
---|
801 | below). When a match is found, the |
---|
802 | corresponding \fIlist\fP is executed. After the first match, no |
---|
803 | subsequent matches are attempted. The exit status is zero if no |
---|
804 | pattern matches. Otherwise, it is the exit status of the |
---|
805 | last command executed in \fIlist\fP. |
---|
806 | .TP |
---|
807 | \fBif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist;\fP \ |
---|
808 | [ \fBelif\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP; ] ... \ |
---|
809 | [ \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP; ] \fBfi\fP |
---|
810 | The |
---|
811 | .B if |
---|
812 | .I list |
---|
813 | is executed. If its exit status is zero, the |
---|
814 | \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed. Otherwise, each \fBelif\fP |
---|
815 | \fIlist\fP is executed in turn, and if its exit status is zero, |
---|
816 | the corresponding \fBthen\fP \fIlist\fP is executed and the |
---|
817 | command completes. Otherwise, the \fBelse\fP \fIlist\fP is |
---|
818 | executed, if present. The exit status is the exit status of the |
---|
819 | last command executed, or zero if no condition tested true. |
---|
820 | .TP |
---|
821 | \fBwhile\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdone\fP |
---|
822 | .PD 0 |
---|
823 | .TP |
---|
824 | \fBuntil\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP; \fBdone\fP |
---|
825 | .PD |
---|
826 | The \fBwhile\fP command continuously executes the \fBdo\fP |
---|
827 | \fIlist\fP as long as the last command in \fIlist\fP returns |
---|
828 | an exit status of zero. The \fBuntil\fP command is identical |
---|
829 | to the \fBwhile\fP command, except that the test is negated; |
---|
830 | the |
---|
831 | .B do |
---|
832 | .I list |
---|
833 | is executed as long as the last command in |
---|
834 | .I list |
---|
835 | returns a non-zero exit status. |
---|
836 | The exit status of the \fBwhile\fP and \fBuntil\fP commands |
---|
837 | is the exit status |
---|
838 | of the last \fBdo\fP \fIlist\fP command executed, or zero if |
---|
839 | none was executed. |
---|
840 | .SS Shell Function Definitions |
---|
841 | .PP |
---|
842 | A shell function is an object that is called like a simple command and |
---|
843 | executes a compound command with a new set of positional parameters. |
---|
844 | Shell functions are declared as follows: |
---|
845 | .TP |
---|
846 | [ \fBfunction\fP ] \fIname\fP () \fIcompound\-command\fP [\fIredirection\fP] |
---|
847 | This defines a function named \fIname\fP. |
---|
848 | The reserved word \fBfunction\fP is optional. |
---|
849 | If the \fBfunction\fP reserved word is supplied, the parentheses are optional. |
---|
850 | The \fIbody\fP of the function is the compound command |
---|
851 | .I compound\-command |
---|
852 | (see \fBCompound Commands\fP above). |
---|
853 | That command is usually a \fIlist\fP of commands between { and }, but |
---|
854 | may be any command listed under \fBCompound Commands\fP above. |
---|
855 | \fIcompound\-command\fP is executed whenever \fIname\fP is specified as the |
---|
856 | name of a simple command. |
---|
857 | Any redirections (see |
---|
858 | .SM |
---|
859 | .B REDIRECTION |
---|
860 | below) specified when a function is defined are performed |
---|
861 | when the function is executed. |
---|
862 | The exit status of a function definition is zero unless a syntax error |
---|
863 | occurs or a readonly function with the same name already exists. |
---|
864 | When executed, the exit status of a function is the exit status of the |
---|
865 | last command executed in the body. (See |
---|
866 | .SM |
---|
867 | .B FUNCTIONS |
---|
868 | below.) |
---|
869 | .SH COMMENTS |
---|
870 | In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the |
---|
871 | .B interactive_comments |
---|
872 | option to the |
---|
873 | .B shopt |
---|
874 | builtin is enabled (see |
---|
875 | .SM |
---|
876 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
877 | below), a word beginning with |
---|
878 | .B # |
---|
879 | causes that word and all remaining characters on that line to |
---|
880 | be ignored. An interactive shell without the |
---|
881 | .B interactive_comments |
---|
882 | option enabled does not allow comments. The |
---|
883 | .B interactive_comments |
---|
884 | option is on by default in interactive shells. |
---|
885 | .SH QUOTING |
---|
886 | \fIQuoting\fP is used to remove the special meaning of certain |
---|
887 | characters or words to the shell. Quoting can be used to |
---|
888 | disable special treatment for special characters, to prevent |
---|
889 | reserved words from being recognized as such, and to prevent |
---|
890 | parameter expansion. |
---|
891 | .PP |
---|
892 | Each of the \fImetacharacters\fP listed above under |
---|
893 | .SM |
---|
894 | .B DEFINITIONS |
---|
895 | has special meaning to the shell and must be quoted if it is to |
---|
896 | represent itself. |
---|
897 | .PP |
---|
898 | When the command history expansion facilities are being used, the |
---|
899 | \fIhistory expansion\fP character, usually \fB!\fP, must be quoted |
---|
900 | to prevent history expansion. |
---|
901 | .PP |
---|
902 | There are three quoting mechanisms: the |
---|
903 | .IR "escape character" , |
---|
904 | single quotes, and double quotes. |
---|
905 | .PP |
---|
906 | A non-quoted backslash (\fB\e\fP) is the |
---|
907 | .IR "escape character" . |
---|
908 | It preserves the literal value of the next character that follows, |
---|
909 | with the exception of <newline>. If a \fB\e\fP<newline> pair |
---|
910 | appears, and the backslash is not itself quoted, the \fB\e\fP<newline> |
---|
911 | is treated as a line continuation (that is, it is removed from the |
---|
912 | input stream and effectively ignored). |
---|
913 | .PP |
---|
914 | Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the literal value |
---|
915 | of each character within the quotes. A single quote may not occur |
---|
916 | between single quotes, even when preceded by a backslash. |
---|
917 | .PP |
---|
918 | Enclosing characters in double quotes preserves the literal value |
---|
919 | of all characters within the quotes, with the exception of |
---|
920 | .BR $ , |
---|
921 | .BR ` , |
---|
922 | and |
---|
923 | .BR \e . |
---|
924 | The characters |
---|
925 | .B $ |
---|
926 | and |
---|
927 | .B ` |
---|
928 | retain their special meaning within double quotes. The backslash |
---|
929 | retains its special meaning only when followed by one of the following |
---|
930 | characters: |
---|
931 | .BR $ , |
---|
932 | .BR ` , |
---|
933 | \^\fB"\fP\^, |
---|
934 | .BR \e , |
---|
935 | or |
---|
936 | .BR <newline> . |
---|
937 | A double quote may be quoted within double quotes by preceding it with |
---|
938 | a backslash. |
---|
939 | When command history is being used, the double quote may not be used to |
---|
940 | quote the history expansion character. |
---|
941 | .PP |
---|
942 | The special parameters |
---|
943 | .B * |
---|
944 | and |
---|
945 | .B @ |
---|
946 | have special meaning when in double |
---|
947 | quotes (see |
---|
948 | .SM |
---|
949 | .B PARAMETERS |
---|
950 | below). |
---|
951 | .PP |
---|
952 | Words of the form \fB$\fP'\fIstring\fP' are treated specially. The |
---|
953 | word expands to \fIstring\fP, with backslash-escaped characters replaced |
---|
954 | as specifed by the ANSI C standard. Backslash escape sequences, if |
---|
955 | present, are decoded as follows: |
---|
956 | .RS |
---|
957 | .PD 0 |
---|
958 | .TP |
---|
959 | .B \ea |
---|
960 | alert (bell) |
---|
961 | .TP |
---|
962 | .B \eb |
---|
963 | backspace |
---|
964 | .TP |
---|
965 | .B \ee |
---|
966 | an escape character |
---|
967 | .TP |
---|
968 | .B \ef |
---|
969 | form feed |
---|
970 | .TP |
---|
971 | .B \en |
---|
972 | new line |
---|
973 | .TP |
---|
974 | .B \er |
---|
975 | carriage return |
---|
976 | .TP |
---|
977 | .B \et |
---|
978 | horizontal tab |
---|
979 | .TP |
---|
980 | .B \ev |
---|
981 | vertical tab |
---|
982 | .TP |
---|
983 | .B \e\e |
---|
984 | backslash |
---|
985 | .TP |
---|
986 | .B \e' |
---|
987 | single quote |
---|
988 | .TP |
---|
989 | .B \e\fInnn\fP |
---|
990 | the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP |
---|
991 | (one to three digits) |
---|
992 | .TP |
---|
993 | .B \ex\fIHH\fP |
---|
994 | the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP |
---|
995 | (one or two hex digits) |
---|
996 | .TP |
---|
997 | .B \ec\fIx\fP |
---|
998 | a control-\fIx\fP character |
---|
999 | .PD |
---|
1000 | .RE |
---|
1001 | .LP |
---|
1002 | The expanded result is single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had |
---|
1003 | not been present. |
---|
1004 | .PP |
---|
1005 | A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign (\fB$\fP) will cause |
---|
1006 | the string to be translated according to the current locale. |
---|
1007 | If the current locale is \fBC\fP or \fBPOSIX\fP, the dollar sign |
---|
1008 | is ignored. |
---|
1009 | If the string is translated and replaced, the replacement is |
---|
1010 | double-quoted. |
---|
1011 | .SH PARAMETERS |
---|
1012 | A |
---|
1013 | .I parameter |
---|
1014 | is an entity that stores values. |
---|
1015 | It can be a |
---|
1016 | .IR name , |
---|
1017 | a number, or one of the special characters listed below under |
---|
1018 | .BR "Special Parameters" . |
---|
1019 | A |
---|
1020 | .I variable |
---|
1021 | is a parameter denoted by a |
---|
1022 | .IR name . |
---|
1023 | A variable has a \fIvalue\fP and zero or more \fIattributes\fP. |
---|
1024 | Attributes are assigned using the |
---|
1025 | .B declare |
---|
1026 | builtin command (see |
---|
1027 | .B declare |
---|
1028 | below in |
---|
1029 | .SM |
---|
1030 | .BR "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" ). |
---|
1031 | .PP |
---|
1032 | A parameter is set if it has been assigned a value. The null string is |
---|
1033 | a valid value. Once a variable is set, it may be unset only by using |
---|
1034 | the |
---|
1035 | .B unset |
---|
1036 | builtin command (see |
---|
1037 | .SM |
---|
1038 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
1039 | below). |
---|
1040 | .PP |
---|
1041 | A |
---|
1042 | .I variable |
---|
1043 | may be assigned to by a statement of the form |
---|
1044 | .RS |
---|
1045 | .PP |
---|
1046 | \fIname\fP=[\fIvalue\fP] |
---|
1047 | .RE |
---|
1048 | .PP |
---|
1049 | If |
---|
1050 | .I value |
---|
1051 | is not given, the variable is assigned the null string. All |
---|
1052 | .I values |
---|
1053 | undergo tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, |
---|
1054 | command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and quote |
---|
1055 | removal (see |
---|
1056 | .SM |
---|
1057 | .B EXPANSION |
---|
1058 | below). If the variable has its |
---|
1059 | .B integer |
---|
1060 | attribute set, then |
---|
1061 | .I value |
---|
1062 | is evaluated as an arithmetic expression even if the $((...)) expansion is |
---|
1063 | not used (see |
---|
1064 | .B "Arithmetic Expansion" |
---|
1065 | below). |
---|
1066 | Word splitting is not performed, with the exception |
---|
1067 | of \fB"$@"\fP as explained below under |
---|
1068 | .BR "Special Parameters" . |
---|
1069 | Pathname expansion is not performed. |
---|
1070 | Assignment statements may also appear as arguments to the |
---|
1071 | .BR alias , |
---|
1072 | .BR declare , |
---|
1073 | .BR typeset , |
---|
1074 | .BR export , |
---|
1075 | .BR readonly , |
---|
1076 | and |
---|
1077 | .B local |
---|
1078 | builtin commands. |
---|
1079 | .SS Positional Parameters |
---|
1080 | .PP |
---|
1081 | A |
---|
1082 | .I positional parameter |
---|
1083 | is a parameter denoted by one or more |
---|
1084 | digits, other than the single digit 0. Positional parameters are |
---|
1085 | assigned from the shell's arguments when it is invoked, |
---|
1086 | and may be reassigned using the |
---|
1087 | .B set |
---|
1088 | builtin command. Positional parameters may not be assigned to |
---|
1089 | with assignment statements. The positional parameters are |
---|
1090 | temporarily replaced when a shell function is executed (see |
---|
1091 | .SM |
---|
1092 | .B FUNCTIONS |
---|
1093 | below). |
---|
1094 | .PP |
---|
1095 | When a positional parameter consisting of more than a single |
---|
1096 | digit is expanded, it must be enclosed in braces (see |
---|
1097 | .SM |
---|
1098 | .B EXPANSION |
---|
1099 | below). |
---|
1100 | .SS Special Parameters |
---|
1101 | .PP |
---|
1102 | The shell treats several parameters specially. These parameters may |
---|
1103 | only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed. |
---|
1104 | .PD 0 |
---|
1105 | .TP |
---|
1106 | .B * |
---|
1107 | Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the |
---|
1108 | expansion occurs within double quotes, it expands to a single word |
---|
1109 | with the value of each parameter separated by the first character |
---|
1110 | of the |
---|
1111 | .SM |
---|
1112 | .B IFS |
---|
1113 | special variable. That is, "\fB$*\fP" is equivalent |
---|
1114 | to "\fB$1\fP\fIc\fP\fB$2\fP\fIc\fP\fB...\fP", where |
---|
1115 | .I c |
---|
1116 | is the first character of the value of the |
---|
1117 | .SM |
---|
1118 | .B IFS |
---|
1119 | variable. If |
---|
1120 | .SM |
---|
1121 | .B IFS |
---|
1122 | is unset, the parameters are separated by spaces. |
---|
1123 | If |
---|
1124 | .SM |
---|
1125 | .B IFS |
---|
1126 | is null, the parameters are joined without intervening separators. |
---|
1127 | .TP |
---|
1128 | .B @ |
---|
1129 | Expands to the positional parameters, starting from one. When the |
---|
1130 | expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a |
---|
1131 | separate word. That is, "\fB$@\fP" is equivalent to |
---|
1132 | "\fB$1\fP" "\fB$2\fP" ... |
---|
1133 | When there are no positional parameters, "\fB$@\fP" and |
---|
1134 | .B $@ |
---|
1135 | expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed). |
---|
1136 | .TP |
---|
1137 | .B # |
---|
1138 | Expands to the number of positional parameters in decimal. |
---|
1139 | .TP |
---|
1140 | .B ? |
---|
1141 | Expands to the status of the most recently executed foreground |
---|
1142 | pipeline. |
---|
1143 | .TP |
---|
1144 | .B \- |
---|
1145 | Expands to the current option flags as specified upon invocation, |
---|
1146 | by the |
---|
1147 | .B set |
---|
1148 | builtin command, or those set by the shell itself |
---|
1149 | (such as the |
---|
1150 | .B \-i |
---|
1151 | option). |
---|
1152 | .TP |
---|
1153 | .B $ |
---|
1154 | Expands to the process ID of the shell. In a () subshell, it |
---|
1155 | expands to the process ID of the current shell, not the |
---|
1156 | subshell. |
---|
1157 | .TP |
---|
1158 | .B ! |
---|
1159 | Expands to the process ID of the most recently executed background |
---|
1160 | (asynchronous) command. |
---|
1161 | .TP |
---|
1162 | .B 0 |
---|
1163 | Expands to the name of the shell or shell script. This is set at |
---|
1164 | shell initialization. If |
---|
1165 | .B bash |
---|
1166 | is invoked with a file of commands, |
---|
1167 | .B $0 |
---|
1168 | is set to the name of that file. If |
---|
1169 | .B bash |
---|
1170 | is started with the |
---|
1171 | .B \-c |
---|
1172 | option, then |
---|
1173 | .B $0 |
---|
1174 | is set to the first argument after the string to be |
---|
1175 | executed, if one is present. Otherwise, it is set |
---|
1176 | to the file name used to invoke |
---|
1177 | .BR bash , |
---|
1178 | as given by argument zero. |
---|
1179 | .TP |
---|
1180 | .B _ |
---|
1181 | At shell startup, set to the absolute file name of the shell or shell |
---|
1182 | script being executed as passed in the argument list. |
---|
1183 | Subsequently, expands to the last argument to the previous command, |
---|
1184 | after expansion. |
---|
1185 | Also set to the full file name of each command executed and placed in |
---|
1186 | the environment exported to that command. |
---|
1187 | When checking mail, this parameter holds the name of the mail file |
---|
1188 | currently being checked. |
---|
1189 | .PD |
---|
1190 | .SS Shell Variables |
---|
1191 | .PP |
---|
1192 | The following variables are set by the shell: |
---|
1193 | .PP |
---|
1194 | .PD 0 |
---|
1195 | .TP |
---|
1196 | .B BASH |
---|
1197 | Expands to the full file name used to invoke this instance of |
---|
1198 | .BR bash . |
---|
1199 | .TP |
---|
1200 | .B BASH_ARGC |
---|
1201 | An array variable whose values are the number of parameters in each |
---|
1202 | frame of the current bash execution call stack. The number of |
---|
1203 | parameters to the current subroutine (shell function or script executed |
---|
1204 | with \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP) is at the top of the stack. When a |
---|
1205 | subroutine is executed, the number of parameters passed is pushed onto |
---|
1206 | \fBBASH_ARGC\fP. |
---|
1207 | .TP |
---|
1208 | .B BASH_ARGV |
---|
1209 | An array variable containing all of the parameters in the current bash |
---|
1210 | execution call stack. The final parameter of the last subroutine call |
---|
1211 | is at the top of the stack; the first parameter of the initial call is |
---|
1212 | at the bottom. When a subroutine is executed, the parameters supplied |
---|
1213 | are pushed onto \fBBASH_ARGV\fP. |
---|
1214 | .TP |
---|
1215 | .B BASH_COMMAND |
---|
1216 | The command currently being executed or about to be executed, unless the |
---|
1217 | shell is executing a command as the result of a trap, |
---|
1218 | in which case it is the command executing at the time of the trap. |
---|
1219 | .TP |
---|
1220 | .B BASH_EXECUTION_STRING |
---|
1221 | The command argument to the \fB\-c\fP invocation option. |
---|
1222 | .TP |
---|
1223 | .B BASH_LINENO |
---|
1224 | An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files |
---|
1225 | corresponding to each member of @var{FUNCNAME}. |
---|
1226 | \fB${BASH_LINENO[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP is the line number in the source |
---|
1227 | file where \fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$i + 1\fP\fB]}\fP was called. |
---|
1228 | The corresponding source file name is \fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i + 1\fP\fB]}\fB. |
---|
1229 | Use \fBLINENO\fP to obtain the current line number. |
---|
1230 | .TP |
---|
1231 | .B BASH_REMATCH |
---|
1232 | An array variable whose members are assigned by the \fB=~\fP binary |
---|
1233 | operator to the \fB[[\fP conditional command. |
---|
1234 | The element with index 0 is the portion of the string |
---|
1235 | matching the entire regular expression. |
---|
1236 | The element with index \fIn\fP is the portion of the |
---|
1237 | string matching the \fIn\fPth parenthesized subexpression. |
---|
1238 | This variable is read-only. |
---|
1239 | .TP |
---|
1240 | .B BASH_SOURCE |
---|
1241 | An array variable whose members are the source filenames corresponding |
---|
1242 | to the elements in the \fBFUNCNAME\fP array variable. |
---|
1243 | .TP |
---|
1244 | .B BASH_SUBSHELL |
---|
1245 | Incremented by one each time a subshell or subshell environment is spawned. |
---|
1246 | The initial value is 0. |
---|
1247 | .TP |
---|
1248 | .B BASH_VERSINFO |
---|
1249 | A readonly array variable whose members hold version information for |
---|
1250 | this instance of |
---|
1251 | .BR bash . |
---|
1252 | The values assigned to the array members are as follows: |
---|
1253 | .sp .5 |
---|
1254 | .RS |
---|
1255 | .PD 0 |
---|
1256 | .TP 24 |
---|
1257 | .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR0\fP] |
---|
1258 | The major version number (the \fIrelease\fP). |
---|
1259 | .TP |
---|
1260 | .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR1\fP] |
---|
1261 | The minor version number (the \fIversion\fP). |
---|
1262 | .TP |
---|
1263 | .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR2\fP] |
---|
1264 | The patch level. |
---|
1265 | .TP |
---|
1266 | .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR3\fP] |
---|
1267 | The build version. |
---|
1268 | .TP |
---|
1269 | .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR4\fP] |
---|
1270 | The release status (e.g., \fIbeta1\fP). |
---|
1271 | .TP |
---|
1272 | .B BASH_VERSINFO[\fR5\fP] |
---|
1273 | The value of \fBMACHTYPE\fP. |
---|
1274 | .PD |
---|
1275 | .RE |
---|
1276 | .TP |
---|
1277 | .B BASH_VERSION |
---|
1278 | Expands to a string describing the version of this instance of |
---|
1279 | .BR bash . |
---|
1280 | .TP |
---|
1281 | .B COMP_CWORD |
---|
1282 | An index into \fB${COMP_WORDS}\fP of the word containing the current |
---|
1283 | cursor position. |
---|
1284 | This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the |
---|
1285 | programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP |
---|
1286 | below). |
---|
1287 | .TP |
---|
1288 | .B COMP_LINE |
---|
1289 | The current command line. |
---|
1290 | This variable is available only in shell functions and external |
---|
1291 | commands invoked by the |
---|
1292 | programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP |
---|
1293 | below). |
---|
1294 | .TP |
---|
1295 | .B COMP_POINT |
---|
1296 | The index of the current cursor position relative to the beginning of |
---|
1297 | the current command. |
---|
1298 | If the current cursor position is at the end of the current command, |
---|
1299 | the value of this variable is equal to \fB${#COMP_LINE}\fP. |
---|
1300 | This variable is available only in shell functions and external |
---|
1301 | commands invoked by the |
---|
1302 | programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP |
---|
1303 | below). |
---|
1304 | .TP |
---|
1305 | .B COMP_WORDBREAKS |
---|
1306 | The set of characters that the Readline library treats as word |
---|
1307 | separators when performing word completion. |
---|
1308 | If |
---|
1309 | .SM |
---|
1310 | .B COMP_WORDBREAKS |
---|
1311 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1312 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1313 | .TP |
---|
1314 | .B COMP_WORDS |
---|
1315 | An array variable (see \fBArrays\fP below) consisting of the individual |
---|
1316 | words in the current command line. |
---|
1317 | This variable is available only in shell functions invoked by the |
---|
1318 | programmable completion facilities (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP |
---|
1319 | below). |
---|
1320 | .TP |
---|
1321 | .B DIRSTACK |
---|
1322 | An array variable (see |
---|
1323 | .B Arrays |
---|
1324 | below) containing the current contents of the directory stack. |
---|
1325 | Directories appear in the stack in the order they are displayed by the |
---|
1326 | .B dirs |
---|
1327 | builtin. |
---|
1328 | Assigning to members of this array variable may be used to modify |
---|
1329 | directories already in the stack, but the |
---|
1330 | .B pushd |
---|
1331 | and |
---|
1332 | .B popd |
---|
1333 | builtins must be used to add and remove directories. |
---|
1334 | Assignment to this variable will not change the current directory. |
---|
1335 | If |
---|
1336 | .SM |
---|
1337 | .B DIRSTACK |
---|
1338 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1339 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1340 | .TP |
---|
1341 | .B EUID |
---|
1342 | Expands to the effective user ID of the current user, initialized at |
---|
1343 | shell startup. This variable is readonly. |
---|
1344 | .TP |
---|
1345 | .B FUNCNAME |
---|
1346 | An array variable containing the names of all shell functions |
---|
1347 | currently in the execution call stack. |
---|
1348 | The element with index 0 is the name of any currently-executing |
---|
1349 | shell function. |
---|
1350 | The bottom-most element is "main". |
---|
1351 | This variable exists only when a shell function is executing. |
---|
1352 | Assignments to |
---|
1353 | .SM |
---|
1354 | .B FUNCNAME |
---|
1355 | have no effect and return an error status. |
---|
1356 | If |
---|
1357 | .SM |
---|
1358 | .B FUNCNAME |
---|
1359 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1360 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1361 | .TP |
---|
1362 | .B GROUPS |
---|
1363 | An array variable containing the list of groups of which the current |
---|
1364 | user is a member. |
---|
1365 | Assignments to |
---|
1366 | .SM |
---|
1367 | .B GROUPS |
---|
1368 | have no effect and return an error status. |
---|
1369 | If |
---|
1370 | .SM |
---|
1371 | .B GROUPS |
---|
1372 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1373 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1374 | .TP |
---|
1375 | .B HISTCMD |
---|
1376 | The history number, or index in the history list, of the current |
---|
1377 | command. |
---|
1378 | If |
---|
1379 | .SM |
---|
1380 | .B HISTCMD |
---|
1381 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1382 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1383 | .TP |
---|
1384 | .B HOSTNAME |
---|
1385 | Automatically set to the name of the current host. |
---|
1386 | .TP |
---|
1387 | .B HOSTTYPE |
---|
1388 | Automatically set to a string that uniquely |
---|
1389 | describes the type of machine on which |
---|
1390 | .B bash |
---|
1391 | is executing. |
---|
1392 | The default is system-dependent. |
---|
1393 | .TP |
---|
1394 | .B LINENO |
---|
1395 | Each time this parameter is referenced, the shell substitutes |
---|
1396 | a decimal number representing the current sequential line number |
---|
1397 | (starting with 1) within a script or function. When not in a |
---|
1398 | script or function, the value substituted is not guaranteed to |
---|
1399 | be meaningful. |
---|
1400 | If |
---|
1401 | .SM |
---|
1402 | .B LINENO |
---|
1403 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1404 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1405 | .TP |
---|
1406 | .B MACHTYPE |
---|
1407 | Automatically set to a string that fully describes the system |
---|
1408 | type on which |
---|
1409 | .B bash |
---|
1410 | is executing, in the standard GNU \fIcpu-company-system\fP format. |
---|
1411 | The default is system-dependent. |
---|
1412 | .TP |
---|
1413 | .B OLDPWD |
---|
1414 | The previous working directory as set by the |
---|
1415 | .B cd |
---|
1416 | command. |
---|
1417 | .TP |
---|
1418 | .B OPTARG |
---|
1419 | The value of the last option argument processed by the |
---|
1420 | .B getopts |
---|
1421 | builtin command (see |
---|
1422 | .SM |
---|
1423 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
1424 | below). |
---|
1425 | .TP |
---|
1426 | .B OPTIND |
---|
1427 | The index of the next argument to be processed by the |
---|
1428 | .B getopts |
---|
1429 | builtin command (see |
---|
1430 | .SM |
---|
1431 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
1432 | below). |
---|
1433 | .TP |
---|
1434 | .B OSTYPE |
---|
1435 | Automatically set to a string that |
---|
1436 | describes the operating system on which |
---|
1437 | .B bash |
---|
1438 | is executing. |
---|
1439 | The default is system-dependent. |
---|
1440 | .TP |
---|
1441 | .B PIPESTATUS |
---|
1442 | An array variable (see |
---|
1443 | .B Arrays |
---|
1444 | below) containing a list of exit status values from the processes |
---|
1445 | in the most-recently-executed foreground pipeline (which may |
---|
1446 | contain only a single command). |
---|
1447 | .TP |
---|
1448 | .B PPID |
---|
1449 | The process ID of the shell's parent. This variable is readonly. |
---|
1450 | .TP |
---|
1451 | .B PWD |
---|
1452 | The current working directory as set by the |
---|
1453 | .B cd |
---|
1454 | command. |
---|
1455 | .TP |
---|
1456 | .B RANDOM |
---|
1457 | Each time this parameter is referenced, a random integer between |
---|
1458 | 0 and 32767 is |
---|
1459 | generated. The sequence of random numbers may be initialized by assigning |
---|
1460 | a value to |
---|
1461 | .SM |
---|
1462 | .BR RANDOM . |
---|
1463 | If |
---|
1464 | .SM |
---|
1465 | .B RANDOM |
---|
1466 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1467 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1468 | .TP |
---|
1469 | .B REPLY |
---|
1470 | Set to the line of input read by the |
---|
1471 | .B read |
---|
1472 | builtin command when no arguments are supplied. |
---|
1473 | .TP |
---|
1474 | .B SECONDS |
---|
1475 | Each time this parameter is |
---|
1476 | referenced, the number of seconds since shell invocation is returned. If a |
---|
1477 | value is assigned to |
---|
1478 | .SM |
---|
1479 | .BR SECONDS , |
---|
1480 | the value returned upon subsequent |
---|
1481 | references is |
---|
1482 | the number of seconds since the assignment plus the value assigned. |
---|
1483 | If |
---|
1484 | .SM |
---|
1485 | .B SECONDS |
---|
1486 | is unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is |
---|
1487 | subsequently reset. |
---|
1488 | .TP |
---|
1489 | .B SHELLOPTS |
---|
1490 | A colon-separated list of enabled shell options. Each word in |
---|
1491 | the list is a valid argument for the |
---|
1492 | .B \-o |
---|
1493 | option to the |
---|
1494 | .B set |
---|
1495 | builtin command (see |
---|
1496 | .SM |
---|
1497 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
1498 | below). The options appearing in |
---|
1499 | .SM |
---|
1500 | .B SHELLOPTS |
---|
1501 | are those reported as |
---|
1502 | .I on |
---|
1503 | by \fBset \-o\fP. |
---|
1504 | If this variable is in the environment when |
---|
1505 | .B bash |
---|
1506 | starts up, each shell option in the list will be enabled before |
---|
1507 | reading any startup files. |
---|
1508 | This variable is read-only. |
---|
1509 | .TP |
---|
1510 | .B SHLVL |
---|
1511 | Incremented by one each time an instance of |
---|
1512 | .B bash |
---|
1513 | is started. |
---|
1514 | .TP |
---|
1515 | .B UID |
---|
1516 | Expands to the user ID of the current user, initialized at shell startup. |
---|
1517 | This variable is readonly. |
---|
1518 | .PD |
---|
1519 | .PP |
---|
1520 | The following variables are used by the shell. In some cases, |
---|
1521 | .B bash |
---|
1522 | assigns a default value to a variable; these cases are noted |
---|
1523 | below. |
---|
1524 | .PP |
---|
1525 | .PD 0 |
---|
1526 | .TP |
---|
1527 | .B BASH_ENV |
---|
1528 | If this parameter is set when \fBbash\fP is executing a shell script, |
---|
1529 | its value is interpreted as a filename containing commands to |
---|
1530 | initialize the shell, as in |
---|
1531 | .IR ~/.bashrc . |
---|
1532 | The value of |
---|
1533 | .SM |
---|
1534 | .B BASH_ENV |
---|
1535 | is subjected to parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic |
---|
1536 | expansion before being interpreted as a file name. |
---|
1537 | .SM |
---|
1538 | .B PATH |
---|
1539 | is not used to search for the resultant file name. |
---|
1540 | .TP |
---|
1541 | .B CDPATH |
---|
1542 | The search path for the |
---|
1543 | .B cd |
---|
1544 | command. |
---|
1545 | This is a colon-separated list of directories in which the shell looks |
---|
1546 | for destination directories specified by the |
---|
1547 | .B cd |
---|
1548 | command. |
---|
1549 | A sample value is |
---|
1550 | .if t \f(CW".:~:/usr"\fP. |
---|
1551 | .if n ".:~:/usr". |
---|
1552 | .TP |
---|
1553 | .B COLUMNS |
---|
1554 | Used by the \fBselect\fP builtin command to determine the terminal width |
---|
1555 | when printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a SIGWINCH. |
---|
1556 | .TP |
---|
1557 | .B COMPREPLY |
---|
1558 | An array variable from which \fBbash\fP reads the possible completions |
---|
1559 | generated by a shell function invoked by the programmable completion |
---|
1560 | facility (see \fBProgrammable Completion\fP below). |
---|
1561 | .TP |
---|
1562 | .B EMACS |
---|
1563 | If \fBbash\fP finds this variable in the environment when the shell starts |
---|
1564 | with value |
---|
1565 | .if t \f(CWt\fP, |
---|
1566 | .if n "t", |
---|
1567 | it assumes that the shell is running in an emacs shell buffer and disables |
---|
1568 | line editing. |
---|
1569 | .TP |
---|
1570 | .B FCEDIT |
---|
1571 | The default editor for the |
---|
1572 | .B fc |
---|
1573 | builtin command. |
---|
1574 | .TP |
---|
1575 | .B FIGNORE |
---|
1576 | A colon-separated list of suffixes to ignore when performing |
---|
1577 | filename completion (see |
---|
1578 | .SM |
---|
1579 | .B READLINE |
---|
1580 | below). |
---|
1581 | A filename whose suffix matches one of the entries in |
---|
1582 | .SM |
---|
1583 | .B FIGNORE |
---|
1584 | is excluded from the list of matched filenames. |
---|
1585 | A sample value is |
---|
1586 | .if t \f(CW".o:~"\fP. |
---|
1587 | .if n ".o:~". |
---|
1588 | .TP |
---|
1589 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
1590 | A colon-separated list of patterns defining the set of filenames to |
---|
1591 | be ignored by pathname expansion. |
---|
1592 | If a filename matched by a pathname expansion pattern also matches one |
---|
1593 | of the patterns in |
---|
1594 | .SM |
---|
1595 | .BR GLOBIGNORE , |
---|
1596 | it is removed from the list of matches. |
---|
1597 | .TP |
---|
1598 | .B HISTCONTROL |
---|
1599 | A colon-separated list of values controlling how commands are saved on |
---|
1600 | the history list. |
---|
1601 | If the list of values includes |
---|
1602 | .IR ignorespace , |
---|
1603 | lines which begin with a |
---|
1604 | .B space |
---|
1605 | character are not saved in the history list. |
---|
1606 | A value of |
---|
1607 | .I ignoredups |
---|
1608 | causes lines matching the previous history entry to not be saved. |
---|
1609 | A value of |
---|
1610 | .I ignoreboth |
---|
1611 | is shorthand for \fIignorespace\fP and \fIignoredups\fP. |
---|
1612 | A value of |
---|
1613 | .IR erasedups |
---|
1614 | causes all previous lines matching the current line to be removed from |
---|
1615 | the history list before that line is saved. |
---|
1616 | Any value not in the above list is ignored. |
---|
1617 | If \fBHISTCONTROL\fP is unset, or does not include a valid value, |
---|
1618 | all lines read by the shell parser are saved on the history list, |
---|
1619 | subject to the value of |
---|
1620 | .BR HISTIGNORE . |
---|
1621 | The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are |
---|
1622 | not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of |
---|
1623 | .BR HISTCONTROL . |
---|
1624 | .TP |
---|
1625 | .B HISTFILE |
---|
1626 | The name of the file in which command history is saved (see |
---|
1627 | .SM |
---|
1628 | .B HISTORY |
---|
1629 | below). The default value is \fI~/.bash_history\fP. If unset, the |
---|
1630 | command history is not saved when an interactive shell exits. |
---|
1631 | .TP |
---|
1632 | .B HISTFILESIZE |
---|
1633 | The maximum number of lines contained in the history file. When this |
---|
1634 | variable is assigned a value, the history file is truncated, if |
---|
1635 | necessary, to contain no more than that number of lines. The default |
---|
1636 | value is 500. The history file is also truncated to this size after |
---|
1637 | writing it when an interactive shell exits. |
---|
1638 | .TP |
---|
1639 | .B HISTIGNORE |
---|
1640 | A colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command lines |
---|
1641 | should be saved on the history list. Each pattern is anchored at the |
---|
1642 | beginning of the line and must match the complete line (no implicit |
---|
1643 | `\fB*\fP' is appended). Each pattern is tested against the line |
---|
1644 | after the checks specified by |
---|
1645 | .B HISTCONTROL |
---|
1646 | are applied. |
---|
1647 | In addition to the normal shell pattern matching characters, `\fB&\fP' |
---|
1648 | matches the previous history line. `\fB&\fP' may be escaped using a |
---|
1649 | backslash; the backslash is removed before attempting a match. |
---|
1650 | The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line compound command are |
---|
1651 | not tested, and are added to the history regardless of the value of |
---|
1652 | .BR HISTIGNORE . |
---|
1653 | .TP |
---|
1654 | .B HISTSIZE |
---|
1655 | The number of commands to remember in the command history (see |
---|
1656 | .SM |
---|
1657 | .B HISTORY |
---|
1658 | below). The default value is 500. |
---|
1659 | .TP |
---|
1660 | .B HISTTIMEFORMAT |
---|
1661 | If this variable is set and not null, its value is used as a format string |
---|
1662 | for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to print the time stamp associated with each history |
---|
1663 | entry displayed by the \fBhistory\fP builtin. |
---|
1664 | If this variable is set, time stamps are written to the history file so |
---|
1665 | they may be preserved across shell sessions. |
---|
1666 | .TP |
---|
1667 | .B HOME |
---|
1668 | The home directory of the current user; the default argument for the |
---|
1669 | \fBcd\fP builtin command. |
---|
1670 | The value of this variable is also used when performing tilde expansion. |
---|
1671 | .TP |
---|
1672 | .B HOSTFILE |
---|
1673 | Contains the name of a file in the same format as |
---|
1674 | .FN /etc/hosts |
---|
1675 | that should be read when the shell needs to complete a |
---|
1676 | hostname. |
---|
1677 | The list of possible hostname completions may be changed while the |
---|
1678 | shell is running; |
---|
1679 | the next time hostname completion is attempted after the |
---|
1680 | value is changed, |
---|
1681 | .B bash |
---|
1682 | adds the contents of the new file to the existing list. |
---|
1683 | If |
---|
1684 | .SM |
---|
1685 | .B HOSTFILE |
---|
1686 | is set, but has no value, \fBbash\fP attempts to read |
---|
1687 | .FN /etc/hosts |
---|
1688 | to obtain the list of possible hostname completions. |
---|
1689 | When |
---|
1690 | .SM |
---|
1691 | .B HOSTFILE |
---|
1692 | is unset, the hostname list is cleared. |
---|
1693 | .TP |
---|
1694 | .B IFS |
---|
1695 | The |
---|
1696 | .I Internal Field Separator |
---|
1697 | that is used |
---|
1698 | for word splitting after expansion and to |
---|
1699 | split lines into words with the |
---|
1700 | .B read |
---|
1701 | builtin command. The default value is |
---|
1702 | ``<space><tab><newline>''. |
---|
1703 | .TP |
---|
1704 | .B IGNOREEOF |
---|
1705 | Controls the |
---|
1706 | action of an interactive shell on receipt of an |
---|
1707 | .SM |
---|
1708 | .B EOF |
---|
1709 | character as the sole input. If set, the value is the number of |
---|
1710 | consecutive |
---|
1711 | .SM |
---|
1712 | .B EOF |
---|
1713 | characters which must be |
---|
1714 | typed as the first characters on an input line before |
---|
1715 | .B bash |
---|
1716 | exits. If the variable exists but does not have a numeric value, or |
---|
1717 | has no value, the default value is 10. If it does not exist, |
---|
1718 | .SM |
---|
1719 | .B EOF |
---|
1720 | signifies the end of input to the shell. |
---|
1721 | .TP |
---|
1722 | .B INPUTRC |
---|
1723 | The filename for the |
---|
1724 | .B readline |
---|
1725 | startup file, overriding the default of |
---|
1726 | .FN ~/.inputrc |
---|
1727 | (see |
---|
1728 | .SM |
---|
1729 | .B READLINE |
---|
1730 | below). |
---|
1731 | .TP |
---|
1732 | .B LANG |
---|
1733 | Used to determine the locale category for any category not specifically |
---|
1734 | selected with a variable starting with \fBLC_\fP. |
---|
1735 | .TP |
---|
1736 | .B LC_ALL |
---|
1737 | This variable overrides the value of \fBLANG\fP and any other |
---|
1738 | \fBLC_\fP variable specifying a locale category. |
---|
1739 | .TP |
---|
1740 | .B LC_COLLATE |
---|
1741 | This variable determines the collation order used when sorting the |
---|
1742 | results of pathname expansion, and determines the behavior of range |
---|
1743 | expressions, equivalence classes, and collating sequences within |
---|
1744 | pathname expansion and pattern matching. |
---|
1745 | .TP |
---|
1746 | .B LC_CTYPE |
---|
1747 | This variable determines the interpretation of characters and the |
---|
1748 | behavior of character classes within pathname expansion and pattern |
---|
1749 | matching. |
---|
1750 | .TP |
---|
1751 | .B LC_MESSAGES |
---|
1752 | This variable determines the locale used to translate double-quoted |
---|
1753 | strings preceded by a \fB$\fP. |
---|
1754 | .TP |
---|
1755 | .B LC_NUMERIC |
---|
1756 | This variable determines the locale category used for number formatting. |
---|
1757 | .TP |
---|
1758 | .B LINES |
---|
1759 | Used by the \fBselect\fP builtin command to determine the column length |
---|
1760 | for printing selection lists. Automatically set upon receipt of a SIGWINCH. |
---|
1761 | .TP |
---|
1762 | .B MAIL |
---|
1763 | If this parameter is set to a file name and the |
---|
1764 | .SM |
---|
1765 | .B MAILPATH |
---|
1766 | variable is not set, |
---|
1767 | .B bash |
---|
1768 | informs the user of the arrival of mail in the specified file. |
---|
1769 | .TP |
---|
1770 | .B MAILCHECK |
---|
1771 | Specifies how |
---|
1772 | often (in seconds) |
---|
1773 | .B bash |
---|
1774 | checks for mail. The default is 60 seconds. When it is time to check |
---|
1775 | for mail, the shell does so before displaying the primary prompt. |
---|
1776 | If this variable is unset, or set to a value that is not a number |
---|
1777 | greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables mail checking. |
---|
1778 | .TP |
---|
1779 | .B MAILPATH |
---|
1780 | A colon-separated list of file names to be checked for mail. |
---|
1781 | The message to be printed when mail arrives in a particular file |
---|
1782 | may be specified by separating the file name from the message with a `?'. |
---|
1783 | When used in the text of the message, \fB$_\fP expands to the name of |
---|
1784 | the current mailfile. |
---|
1785 | Example: |
---|
1786 | .RS |
---|
1787 | .PP |
---|
1788 | \fBMAILPATH\fP='/var/mail/bfox?"You have mail":~/shell\-mail?"$_ has mail!"' |
---|
1789 | .PP |
---|
1790 | .B Bash |
---|
1791 | supplies a default value for this variable, but the location of the user |
---|
1792 | mail files that it uses is system dependent (e.g., /var/mail/\fB$USER\fP). |
---|
1793 | .RE |
---|
1794 | .TP |
---|
1795 | .B OPTERR |
---|
1796 | If set to the value 1, |
---|
1797 | .B bash |
---|
1798 | displays error messages generated by the |
---|
1799 | .B getopts |
---|
1800 | builtin command (see |
---|
1801 | .SM |
---|
1802 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
1803 | below). |
---|
1804 | .SM |
---|
1805 | .B OPTERR |
---|
1806 | is initialized to 1 each time the shell is invoked or a shell |
---|
1807 | script is executed. |
---|
1808 | .TP |
---|
1809 | .B PATH |
---|
1810 | The search path for commands. It |
---|
1811 | is a colon-separated list of directories in which |
---|
1812 | the shell looks for commands (see |
---|
1813 | .SM |
---|
1814 | .B COMMAND EXECUTION |
---|
1815 | below). |
---|
1816 | A zero-length (null) directory name in the value of \fBPATH\fP indicates the |
---|
1817 | current directory. |
---|
1818 | A null directory name may appear as two adjacent colons, or as an initial |
---|
1819 | or trailing colon. |
---|
1820 | The default path is system-dependent, |
---|
1821 | and is set by the administrator who installs |
---|
1822 | .BR bash . |
---|
1823 | A common value is |
---|
1824 | .if t \f(CW/usr/gnu/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/ucb:/bin:/usr/bin\fP. |
---|
1825 | .if n ``/usr/gnu/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/ucb:/bin:/usr/bin''. |
---|
1826 | .TP |
---|
1827 | .B POSIXLY_CORRECT |
---|
1828 | If this variable is in the environment when \fBbash\fP starts, the shell |
---|
1829 | enters \fIposix mode\fP before reading the startup files, as if the |
---|
1830 | .B \-\-posix |
---|
1831 | invocation option had been supplied. If it is set while the shell is |
---|
1832 | running, \fBbash\fP enables \fIposix mode\fP, as if the command |
---|
1833 | .if t \f(CWset -o posix\fP |
---|
1834 | .if n \fIset -o posix\fP |
---|
1835 | had been executed. |
---|
1836 | .TP |
---|
1837 | .B PROMPT_COMMAND |
---|
1838 | If set, the value is executed as a command prior to issuing each primary |
---|
1839 | prompt. |
---|
1840 | .TP |
---|
1841 | .B PS1 |
---|
1842 | The value of this parameter is expanded (see |
---|
1843 | .SM |
---|
1844 | .B PROMPTING |
---|
1845 | below) and used as the primary prompt string. The default value is |
---|
1846 | ``\fB\es\-\ev\e$ \fP''. |
---|
1847 | .TP |
---|
1848 | .B PS2 |
---|
1849 | The value of this parameter is expanded as with |
---|
1850 | .B PS1 |
---|
1851 | and used as the secondary prompt string. The default is |
---|
1852 | ``\fB> \fP''. |
---|
1853 | .TP |
---|
1854 | .B PS3 |
---|
1855 | The value of this parameter is used as the prompt for the |
---|
1856 | .B select |
---|
1857 | command (see |
---|
1858 | .SM |
---|
1859 | .B SHELL GRAMMAR |
---|
1860 | above). |
---|
1861 | .TP |
---|
1862 | .B PS4 |
---|
1863 | The value of this parameter is expanded as with |
---|
1864 | .B PS1 |
---|
1865 | and the value is printed before each command |
---|
1866 | .B bash |
---|
1867 | displays during an execution trace. The first character of |
---|
1868 | .SM |
---|
1869 | .B PS4 |
---|
1870 | is replicated multiple times, as necessary, to indicate multiple |
---|
1871 | levels of indirection. The default is ``\fB+ \fP''. |
---|
1872 | .TP |
---|
1873 | .B SHELL |
---|
1874 | The full pathname to the shell is kept in this environment variable. |
---|
1875 | If it is not set when the shell starts, |
---|
1876 | .B bash |
---|
1877 | assigns to it the full pathname of the current user's login shell. |
---|
1878 | .TP |
---|
1879 | .B TIMEFORMAT |
---|
1880 | The value of this parameter is used as a format string specifying |
---|
1881 | how the timing information for pipelines prefixed with the |
---|
1882 | .B time |
---|
1883 | reserved word should be displayed. |
---|
1884 | The \fB%\fP character introduces an escape sequence that is |
---|
1885 | expanded to a time value or other information. |
---|
1886 | The escape sequences and their meanings are as follows; the |
---|
1887 | braces denote optional portions. |
---|
1888 | .sp .5 |
---|
1889 | .RS |
---|
1890 | .PD 0 |
---|
1891 | .TP 10 |
---|
1892 | .B %% |
---|
1893 | A literal \fB%\fP. |
---|
1894 | .TP |
---|
1895 | .B %[\fIp\fP][l]R |
---|
1896 | The elapsed time in seconds. |
---|
1897 | .TP |
---|
1898 | .B %[\fIp\fP][l]U |
---|
1899 | The number of CPU seconds spent in user mode. |
---|
1900 | .TP |
---|
1901 | .B %[\fIp\fP][l]S |
---|
1902 | The number of CPU seconds spent in system mode. |
---|
1903 | .TP |
---|
1904 | .B %P |
---|
1905 | The CPU percentage, computed as (%U + %S) / %R. |
---|
1906 | .PD |
---|
1907 | .RE |
---|
1908 | .IP |
---|
1909 | The optional \fIp\fP is a digit specifying the \fIprecision\fP, |
---|
1910 | the number of fractional digits after a decimal point. |
---|
1911 | A value of 0 causes no decimal point or fraction to be output. |
---|
1912 | At most three places after the decimal point may be specified; |
---|
1913 | values of \fIp\fP greater than 3 are changed to 3. |
---|
1914 | If \fIp\fP is not specified, the value 3 is used. |
---|
1915 | .IP |
---|
1916 | The optional \fBl\fP specifies a longer format, including |
---|
1917 | minutes, of the form \fIMM\fPm\fISS\fP.\fIFF\fPs. |
---|
1918 | The value of \fIp\fP determines whether or not the fraction is |
---|
1919 | included. |
---|
1920 | .IP |
---|
1921 | If this variable is not set, \fBbash\fP acts as if it had the |
---|
1922 | value \fB$'\enreal\et%3lR\enuser\et%3lU\ensys\t%3lS'\fP. |
---|
1923 | If the value is null, no timing information is displayed. |
---|
1924 | A trailing newline is added when the format string is displayed. |
---|
1925 | .TP |
---|
1926 | .B TMOUT |
---|
1927 | If set to a value greater than zero, \fBTMOUT\fP is treated as the |
---|
1928 | default timeout for the \fBread\fP builtin. |
---|
1929 | The \fBselect\fP command terminates if input does not arrive |
---|
1930 | after \fBTMOUT\fP seconds when input is coming from a terminal. |
---|
1931 | In an interactive shell, the value is interpreted as the |
---|
1932 | number of seconds to wait for input after issuing the primary prompt. |
---|
1933 | .B Bash |
---|
1934 | terminates after waiting for that number of seconds if input does |
---|
1935 | not arrive. |
---|
1936 | .TP |
---|
1937 | .B auto_resume |
---|
1938 | This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and |
---|
1939 | job control. If this variable is set, single word simple |
---|
1940 | commands without redirections are treated as candidates for resumption |
---|
1941 | of an existing stopped job. There is no ambiguity allowed; if there is |
---|
1942 | more than one job beginning with the string typed, the job most recently |
---|
1943 | accessed is selected. The |
---|
1944 | .I name |
---|
1945 | of a stopped job, in this context, is the command line used to |
---|
1946 | start it. |
---|
1947 | If set to the value |
---|
1948 | .IR exact , |
---|
1949 | the string supplied must match the name of a stopped job exactly; |
---|
1950 | if set to |
---|
1951 | .IR substring , |
---|
1952 | the string supplied needs to match a substring of the name of a |
---|
1953 | stopped job. The |
---|
1954 | .I substring |
---|
1955 | value provides functionality analogous to the |
---|
1956 | .B %? |
---|
1957 | job identifier (see |
---|
1958 | .SM |
---|
1959 | .B JOB CONTROL |
---|
1960 | below). If set to any other value, the supplied string must |
---|
1961 | be a prefix of a stopped job's name; this provides functionality |
---|
1962 | analogous to the |
---|
1963 | .B % |
---|
1964 | job identifier. |
---|
1965 | .TP |
---|
1966 | .B histchars |
---|
1967 | The two or three characters which control history expansion |
---|
1968 | and tokenization (see |
---|
1969 | .SM |
---|
1970 | .B HISTORY EXPANSION |
---|
1971 | below). The first character is the \fIhistory expansion\fP character, |
---|
1972 | the character which signals the start of a history |
---|
1973 | expansion, normally `\fB!\fP'. |
---|
1974 | The second character is the \fIquick substitution\fP |
---|
1975 | character, which is used as shorthand for re-running the previous |
---|
1976 | command entered, substituting one string for another in the command. |
---|
1977 | The default is `\fB^\fP'. |
---|
1978 | The optional third character is the character |
---|
1979 | which indicates that the remainder of the line is a comment when found |
---|
1980 | as the first character of a word, normally `\fB#\fP'. The history |
---|
1981 | comment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the |
---|
1982 | remaining words on the line. It does not necessarily cause the shell |
---|
1983 | parser to treat the rest of the line as a comment. |
---|
1984 | .PD |
---|
1985 | .SS Arrays |
---|
1986 | .B Bash |
---|
1987 | provides one-dimensional array variables. Any variable may be used as |
---|
1988 | an array; the |
---|
1989 | .B declare |
---|
1990 | builtin will explicitly declare an array. There is no maximum |
---|
1991 | limit on the size of an array, nor any requirement that members |
---|
1992 | be indexed or assigned contiguously. Arrays are indexed using |
---|
1993 | integers and are zero-based. |
---|
1994 | .PP |
---|
1995 | An array is created automatically if any variable is assigned to using |
---|
1996 | the syntax \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP. The |
---|
1997 | .I subscript |
---|
1998 | is treated as an arithmetic expression that must evaluate to a number |
---|
1999 | greater than or equal to zero. To explicitly declare an array, use |
---|
2000 | .B declare \-a \fIname\fP |
---|
2001 | (see |
---|
2002 | .SM |
---|
2003 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
2004 | below). |
---|
2005 | .B declare \-a \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP] |
---|
2006 | is also accepted; the \fIsubscript\fP is ignored. Attributes may be |
---|
2007 | specified for an array variable using the |
---|
2008 | .B declare |
---|
2009 | and |
---|
2010 | .B readonly |
---|
2011 | builtins. Each attribute applies to all members of an array. |
---|
2012 | .PP |
---|
2013 | Arrays are assigned to using compound assignments of the form |
---|
2014 | \fIname\fP=\fB(\fPvalue\fI1\fP ... value\fIn\fP\fB)\fP, where each |
---|
2015 | \fIvalue\fP is of the form [\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIstring\fP. Only |
---|
2016 | \fIstring\fP is required. If |
---|
2017 | the optional brackets and subscript are supplied, that index is assigned to; |
---|
2018 | otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last index assigned |
---|
2019 | to by the statement plus one. Indexing starts at zero. |
---|
2020 | This syntax is also accepted by the |
---|
2021 | .B declare |
---|
2022 | builtin. Individual array elements may be assigned to using the |
---|
2023 | \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]=\fIvalue\fP syntax introduced above. |
---|
2024 | .PP |
---|
2025 | Any element of an array may be referenced using |
---|
2026 | ${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. The braces are required to avoid |
---|
2027 | conflicts with pathname expansion. If |
---|
2028 | \fIsubscript\fP is \fB@\fP or \fB*\fP, the word expands to |
---|
2029 | all members of \fIname\fP. These subscripts differ only when the |
---|
2030 | word appears within double quotes. If the word is double-quoted, |
---|
2031 | ${\fIname\fP[*]} expands to a single |
---|
2032 | word with the value of each array member separated by the first |
---|
2033 | character of the |
---|
2034 | .SM |
---|
2035 | .B IFS |
---|
2036 | special variable, and ${\fIname\fP[@]} expands each element of |
---|
2037 | \fIname\fP to a separate word. When there are no array members, |
---|
2038 | ${\fIname\fP[@]} expands to nothing. This is analogous to the expansion |
---|
2039 | of the special parameters \fB*\fP and \fB@\fP (see |
---|
2040 | .B Special Parameters |
---|
2041 | above). ${#\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]} expands to the length of |
---|
2042 | ${\fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP]}. If \fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or |
---|
2043 | \fB@\fP, the expansion is the number of elements in the array. |
---|
2044 | Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to |
---|
2045 | referencing element zero. |
---|
2046 | .PP |
---|
2047 | The |
---|
2048 | .B unset |
---|
2049 | builtin is used to destroy arrays. \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP] |
---|
2050 | destroys the array element at index \fIsubscript\fP. |
---|
2051 | \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP, where \fIname\fP is an array, or |
---|
2052 | \fBunset\fP \fIname\fP[\fIsubscript\fP], where |
---|
2053 | \fIsubscript\fP is \fB*\fP or \fB@\fP, removes the entire array. |
---|
2054 | .PP |
---|
2055 | The |
---|
2056 | .BR declare , |
---|
2057 | .BR local , |
---|
2058 | and |
---|
2059 | .B readonly |
---|
2060 | builtins each accept a |
---|
2061 | .B \-a |
---|
2062 | option to specify an array. The |
---|
2063 | .B read |
---|
2064 | builtin accepts a |
---|
2065 | .B \-a |
---|
2066 | option to assign a list of words read from the standard input |
---|
2067 | to an array. The |
---|
2068 | .B set |
---|
2069 | and |
---|
2070 | .B declare |
---|
2071 | builtins display array values in a way that allows them to be |
---|
2072 | reused as assignments. |
---|
2073 | .SH EXPANSION |
---|
2074 | Expansion is performed on the command line after it has been split into |
---|
2075 | words. There are seven kinds of expansion performed: |
---|
2076 | .IR "brace expansion" , |
---|
2077 | .IR "tilde expansion" , |
---|
2078 | .IR "parameter and variable expansion" , |
---|
2079 | .IR "command substitution" , |
---|
2080 | .IR "arithmetic expansion" , |
---|
2081 | .IR "word splitting" , |
---|
2082 | and |
---|
2083 | .IR "pathname expansion" . |
---|
2084 | .PP |
---|
2085 | The order of expansions is: brace expansion, tilde expansion, |
---|
2086 | parameter, variable and arithmetic expansion and |
---|
2087 | command substitution |
---|
2088 | (done in a left-to-right fashion), word splitting, and pathname |
---|
2089 | expansion. |
---|
2090 | .PP |
---|
2091 | On systems that can support it, there is an additional expansion |
---|
2092 | available: \fIprocess substitution\fP. |
---|
2093 | .PP |
---|
2094 | Only brace expansion, word splitting, and pathname expansion |
---|
2095 | can change the number of words of the expansion; other expansions |
---|
2096 | expand a single word to a single word. |
---|
2097 | The only exceptions to this are the expansions of |
---|
2098 | "\fB$@\fP" and "\fB${\fP\fIname\fP\fB[@]}\fP" |
---|
2099 | as explained above (see |
---|
2100 | .SM |
---|
2101 | .BR PARAMETERS ). |
---|
2102 | .SS Brace Expansion |
---|
2103 | .PP |
---|
2104 | .I "Brace expansion" |
---|
2105 | is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings |
---|
2106 | may be generated. This mechanism is similar to |
---|
2107 | \fIpathname expansion\fP, but the filenames generated |
---|
2108 | need not exist. Patterns to be brace expanded take |
---|
2109 | the form of an optional |
---|
2110 | .IR preamble , |
---|
2111 | followed by either a series of comma-separated strings or |
---|
2112 | a sequence expression between a pair of braces, followed by |
---|
2113 | an optional |
---|
2114 | .IR postscript . |
---|
2115 | The preamble is prefixed to each string contained |
---|
2116 | within the braces, and the postscript is then appended |
---|
2117 | to each resulting string, expanding left to right. |
---|
2118 | .PP |
---|
2119 | Brace expansions may be nested. The results of each expanded |
---|
2120 | string are not sorted; left to right order is preserved. |
---|
2121 | For example, a\fB{\fPd,c,b\fB}\fPe expands into `ade ace abe'. |
---|
2122 | .PP |
---|
2123 | A sequence expression takes the form \fB{\fP\fIx\fP\fB..\fP\fIy\fP\fB}\fP, |
---|
2124 | where \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP are either integers or single characters. |
---|
2125 | When integers are supplied, the expression expands to each number between |
---|
2126 | \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive. |
---|
2127 | When characters are supplied, the expression expands to each character |
---|
2128 | lexicographically between \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP, inclusive. Note that |
---|
2129 | both \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP must be of the same type. |
---|
2130 | .PP |
---|
2131 | Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions, |
---|
2132 | and any characters special to other expansions are preserved |
---|
2133 | in the result. It is strictly textual. |
---|
2134 | .B Bash |
---|
2135 | does not apply any syntactic interpretation to the context of the |
---|
2136 | expansion or the text between the braces. |
---|
2137 | .PP |
---|
2138 | A correctly-formed brace expansion must contain unquoted opening |
---|
2139 | and closing braces, and at least one unquoted comma or a valid |
---|
2140 | sequence expression. |
---|
2141 | Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged. |
---|
2142 | A \fB{\fP or \fB,\fP may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its |
---|
2143 | being considered part of a brace expression. |
---|
2144 | To avoid conflicts with parameter expansion, the string \fB${\fP |
---|
2145 | is not considered eligible for brace expansion. |
---|
2146 | .PP |
---|
2147 | This construct is typically used as shorthand when the common |
---|
2148 | prefix of the strings to be generated is longer than in the |
---|
2149 | above example: |
---|
2150 | .RS |
---|
2151 | .PP |
---|
2152 | mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/{old,new,dist,bugs} |
---|
2153 | .RE |
---|
2154 | or |
---|
2155 | .RS |
---|
2156 | chown root /usr/{ucb/{ex,edit},lib/{ex?.?*,how_ex}} |
---|
2157 | .RE |
---|
2158 | .PP |
---|
2159 | Brace expansion introduces a slight incompatibility with |
---|
2160 | historical versions of |
---|
2161 | .BR sh . |
---|
2162 | .B sh |
---|
2163 | does not treat opening or closing braces specially when they |
---|
2164 | appear as part of a word, and preserves them in the output. |
---|
2165 | .B Bash |
---|
2166 | removes braces from words as a consequence of brace |
---|
2167 | expansion. For example, a word entered to |
---|
2168 | .B sh |
---|
2169 | as \fIfile{1,2}\fP |
---|
2170 | appears identically in the output. The same word is |
---|
2171 | output as |
---|
2172 | .I file1 file2 |
---|
2173 | after expansion by |
---|
2174 | .BR bash . |
---|
2175 | If strict compatibility with |
---|
2176 | .B sh |
---|
2177 | is desired, start |
---|
2178 | .B bash |
---|
2179 | with the |
---|
2180 | .B +B |
---|
2181 | option or disable brace expansion with the |
---|
2182 | .B +B |
---|
2183 | option to the |
---|
2184 | .B set |
---|
2185 | command (see |
---|
2186 | .SM |
---|
2187 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
2188 | below). |
---|
2189 | .SS Tilde Expansion |
---|
2190 | .PP |
---|
2191 | If a word begins with an unquoted tilde character (`\fB~\fP'), all of |
---|
2192 | the characters preceding the first unquoted slash (or all characters, |
---|
2193 | if there is no unquoted slash) are considered a \fItilde-prefix\fP. |
---|
2194 | If none of the characters in the tilde-prefix are quoted, the |
---|
2195 | characters in the tilde-prefix following the tilde are treated as a |
---|
2196 | possible \fIlogin name\fP. |
---|
2197 | If this login name is the null string, the tilde is replaced with the |
---|
2198 | value of the shell parameter |
---|
2199 | .SM |
---|
2200 | .BR HOME . |
---|
2201 | If |
---|
2202 | .SM |
---|
2203 | .B HOME |
---|
2204 | is unset, the home directory of the user executing the shell is |
---|
2205 | substituted instead. |
---|
2206 | Otherwise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home directory |
---|
2207 | associated with the specified login name. |
---|
2208 | .PP |
---|
2209 | If the tilde-prefix is a `~+', the value of the shell variable |
---|
2210 | .SM |
---|
2211 | .B PWD |
---|
2212 | replaces the tilde-prefix. |
---|
2213 | If the tilde-prefix is a `~\-', the value of the shell variable |
---|
2214 | .SM |
---|
2215 | .BR OLDPWD , |
---|
2216 | if it is set, is substituted. |
---|
2217 | If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist |
---|
2218 | of a number \fIN\fP, optionally prefixed |
---|
2219 | by a `+' or a `\-', the tilde-prefix is replaced with the corresponding |
---|
2220 | element from the directory stack, as it would be displayed by the |
---|
2221 | .B dirs |
---|
2222 | builtin invoked with the tilde-prefix as an argument. |
---|
2223 | If the characters following the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a |
---|
2224 | number without a leading `+' or `\-', `+' is assumed. |
---|
2225 | .PP |
---|
2226 | If the login name is invalid, or the tilde expansion fails, the word |
---|
2227 | is unchanged. |
---|
2228 | .PP |
---|
2229 | Each variable assignment is checked for unquoted tilde-prefixes immediately |
---|
2230 | following a |
---|
2231 | .B : |
---|
2232 | or |
---|
2233 | .BR = . |
---|
2234 | In these cases, tilde expansion is also performed. |
---|
2235 | Consequently, one may use file names with tildes in assignments to |
---|
2236 | .SM |
---|
2237 | .BR PATH , |
---|
2238 | .SM |
---|
2239 | .BR MAILPATH , |
---|
2240 | and |
---|
2241 | .SM |
---|
2242 | .BR CDPATH , |
---|
2243 | and the shell assigns the expanded value. |
---|
2244 | .SS Parameter Expansion |
---|
2245 | .PP |
---|
2246 | The `\fB$\fP' character introduces parameter expansion, |
---|
2247 | command substitution, or arithmetic expansion. The parameter name |
---|
2248 | or symbol to be expanded may be enclosed in braces, which |
---|
2249 | are optional but serve to protect the variable to be expanded from |
---|
2250 | characters immediately following it which could be |
---|
2251 | interpreted as part of the name. |
---|
2252 | .PP |
---|
2253 | When braces are used, the matching ending brace is the first `\fB}\fP' |
---|
2254 | not escaped by a backslash or within a quoted string, and not within an |
---|
2255 | embedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or paramter |
---|
2256 | expansion. |
---|
2257 | .PP |
---|
2258 | .PD 0 |
---|
2259 | .TP |
---|
2260 | ${\fIparameter\fP} |
---|
2261 | The value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted. The braces are required |
---|
2262 | when |
---|
2263 | .I parameter |
---|
2264 | is a positional parameter with more than one digit, |
---|
2265 | or when |
---|
2266 | .I parameter |
---|
2267 | is followed by a character which is not to be |
---|
2268 | interpreted as part of its name. |
---|
2269 | .PD |
---|
2270 | .PP |
---|
2271 | If the first character of \fIparameter\fP is an exclamation point, |
---|
2272 | a level of variable indirection is introduced. |
---|
2273 | \fBBash\fP uses the value of the variable formed from the rest of |
---|
2274 | \fIparameter\fP as the name of the variable; this variable is then |
---|
2275 | expanded and that value is used in the rest of the substitution, rather |
---|
2276 | than the value of \fIparameter\fP itself. |
---|
2277 | This is known as \fIindirect expansion\fP. |
---|
2278 | The exceptions to this are the expansions of ${!\fIprefix\fP*} and |
---|
2279 | ${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]} described below. |
---|
2280 | The exclamation point must immediately follow the left brace in order to |
---|
2281 | introduce indirection. |
---|
2282 | .PP |
---|
2283 | In each of the cases below, \fIword\fP is subject to tilde expansion, |
---|
2284 | parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. |
---|
2285 | When not performing substring expansion, \fBbash\fP tests for a parameter |
---|
2286 | that is unset or null; omitting the colon results in a test only for a |
---|
2287 | parameter that is unset. |
---|
2288 | .PP |
---|
2289 | .PD 0 |
---|
2290 | .TP |
---|
2291 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\-\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2292 | \fBUse Default Values\fP. If |
---|
2293 | .I parameter |
---|
2294 | is unset or null, the expansion of |
---|
2295 | .I word |
---|
2296 | is substituted. Otherwise, the value of |
---|
2297 | .I parameter |
---|
2298 | is substituted. |
---|
2299 | .TP |
---|
2300 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:=\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2301 | \fBAssign Default Values\fP. |
---|
2302 | If |
---|
2303 | .I parameter |
---|
2304 | is unset or null, the expansion of |
---|
2305 | .I word |
---|
2306 | is assigned to |
---|
2307 | .IR parameter . |
---|
2308 | The value of |
---|
2309 | .I parameter |
---|
2310 | is then substituted. Positional parameters and special parameters may |
---|
2311 | not be assigned to in this way. |
---|
2312 | .TP |
---|
2313 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:?\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2314 | \fBDisplay Error if Null or Unset\fP. |
---|
2315 | If |
---|
2316 | .I parameter |
---|
2317 | is null or unset, the expansion of \fIword\fP (or a message to that effect |
---|
2318 | if |
---|
2319 | .I word |
---|
2320 | is not present) is written to the standard error and the shell, if it |
---|
2321 | is not interactive, exits. Otherwise, the value of \fIparameter\fP is |
---|
2322 | substituted. |
---|
2323 | .TP |
---|
2324 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:+\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2325 | \fBUse Alternate Value\fP. |
---|
2326 | If |
---|
2327 | .I parameter |
---|
2328 | is null or unset, nothing is substituted, otherwise the expansion of |
---|
2329 | .I word |
---|
2330 | is substituted. |
---|
2331 | .TP |
---|
2332 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP} |
---|
2333 | .PD 0 |
---|
2334 | .TP |
---|
2335 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB:\fP\fIoffset\fP\fB:\fP\fIlength\fP} |
---|
2336 | .PD |
---|
2337 | \fBSubstring Expansion.\fP |
---|
2338 | Expands to up to \fIlength\fP characters of \fIparameter\fP |
---|
2339 | starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP. |
---|
2340 | If \fIlength\fP is omitted, expands to the substring of |
---|
2341 | \fIparameter\fP starting at the character specified by \fIoffset\fP. |
---|
2342 | \fIlength\fP and \fIoffset\fP are arithmetic expressions (see |
---|
2343 | .SM |
---|
2344 | .B |
---|
2345 | ARITHMETIC EVALUATION |
---|
2346 | below). |
---|
2347 | \fIlength\fP must evaluate to a number greater than or equal to zero. |
---|
2348 | If \fIoffset\fP evaluates to a number less than zero, the value |
---|
2349 | is used as an offset from the end of the value of \fIparameter\fP. |
---|
2350 | If \fIparameter\fP is \fB@\fP, the result is \fIlength\fP positional |
---|
2351 | parameters beginning at \fIoffset\fP. |
---|
2352 | If \fIparameter\fP is an array name indexed by @ or *, |
---|
2353 | the result is the \fIlength\fP |
---|
2354 | members of the array beginning with ${\fIparameter\fP[\fIoffset\fP]}. |
---|
2355 | Substring indexing is zero-based unless the positional parameters |
---|
2356 | are used, in which case the indexing starts at 1. |
---|
2357 | .TP |
---|
2358 | ${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB*\fP} |
---|
2359 | .PD 0 |
---|
2360 | .TP |
---|
2361 | ${\fB!\fP\fIprefix\fP\fB@\fP} |
---|
2362 | .PD |
---|
2363 | Expands to the names of variables whose names begin with \fIprefix\fP, |
---|
2364 | separated by the first character of the |
---|
2365 | .SM |
---|
2366 | .B IFS |
---|
2367 | special variable. |
---|
2368 | .TP |
---|
2369 | ${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI@\fP]} |
---|
2370 | .PD 0 |
---|
2371 | .TP |
---|
2372 | ${\fB!\fP\fIname\fP[\fI*\fP]} |
---|
2373 | .PD |
---|
2374 | If \fIname\fP is an array variable, expands to the list of array indices |
---|
2375 | (keys) assigned in \fIname\fP. |
---|
2376 | If \fIname\fP is not an array, expands to 0 if \fIname\fP is set and null |
---|
2377 | otherwise. |
---|
2378 | When \fI@\fP is used and the expansion appears within double quotes, each |
---|
2379 | key expands to a separate word. |
---|
2380 | .TP |
---|
2381 | ${\fB#\fP\fIparameter\fP} |
---|
2382 | The length in characters of the value of \fIparameter\fP is substituted. |
---|
2383 | If |
---|
2384 | .I parameter |
---|
2385 | is |
---|
2386 | .B * |
---|
2387 | or |
---|
2388 | .BR @ , |
---|
2389 | the value substituted is the number of positional parameters. |
---|
2390 | If |
---|
2391 | .I parameter |
---|
2392 | is an array name subscripted by |
---|
2393 | .B * |
---|
2394 | or |
---|
2395 | .BR @ , |
---|
2396 | the value substituted is the number of elements in the array. |
---|
2397 | .TP |
---|
2398 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB#\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2399 | .PD 0 |
---|
2400 | .TP |
---|
2401 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB##\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2402 | .PD |
---|
2403 | The |
---|
2404 | .I word |
---|
2405 | is expanded to produce a pattern just as in pathname |
---|
2406 | expansion. If the pattern matches the beginning of |
---|
2407 | the value of |
---|
2408 | .IR parameter , |
---|
2409 | then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of |
---|
2410 | .I parameter |
---|
2411 | with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB#\fP'' case) or the |
---|
2412 | longest matching pattern (the ``\fB##\fP'' case) deleted. |
---|
2413 | If |
---|
2414 | .I parameter |
---|
2415 | is |
---|
2416 | .B @ |
---|
2417 | or |
---|
2418 | .BR * , |
---|
2419 | the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional |
---|
2420 | parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. |
---|
2421 | If |
---|
2422 | .I parameter |
---|
2423 | is an array variable subscripted with |
---|
2424 | .B @ |
---|
2425 | or |
---|
2426 | .BR * , |
---|
2427 | the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the |
---|
2428 | array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. |
---|
2429 | .TP |
---|
2430 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB%\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2431 | .PD 0 |
---|
2432 | .TP |
---|
2433 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB%%\fP\fIword\fP} |
---|
2434 | .PD |
---|
2435 | The \fIword\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in |
---|
2436 | pathname expansion. |
---|
2437 | If the pattern matches a trailing portion of the expanded value of |
---|
2438 | .IR parameter , |
---|
2439 | then the result of the expansion is the expanded value of |
---|
2440 | .I parameter |
---|
2441 | with the shortest matching pattern (the ``\fB%\fP'' case) or the |
---|
2442 | longest matching pattern (the ``\fB%%\fP'' case) deleted. |
---|
2443 | If |
---|
2444 | .I parameter |
---|
2445 | is |
---|
2446 | .B @ |
---|
2447 | or |
---|
2448 | .BR * , |
---|
2449 | the pattern removal operation is applied to each positional |
---|
2450 | parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. |
---|
2451 | If |
---|
2452 | .I parameter |
---|
2453 | is an array variable subscripted with |
---|
2454 | .B @ |
---|
2455 | or |
---|
2456 | .BR * , |
---|
2457 | the pattern removal operation is applied to each member of the |
---|
2458 | array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. |
---|
2459 | .TP |
---|
2460 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB/\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIstring\fP} |
---|
2461 | .PD 0 |
---|
2462 | .TP |
---|
2463 | ${\fIparameter\fP\fB//\fP\fIpattern\fP\fB/\fP\fIstring\fP} |
---|
2464 | .PD |
---|
2465 | The \fIpattern\fP is expanded to produce a pattern just as in |
---|
2466 | pathname expansion. |
---|
2467 | \fIParameter\fP is expanded and the longest match of \fIpattern\fP |
---|
2468 | against its value is replaced with \fIstring\fP. |
---|
2469 | In the first form, only the first match is replaced. |
---|
2470 | The second form causes all matches of \fIpattern\fP to be |
---|
2471 | replaced with \fIstring\fP. |
---|
2472 | If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB#\fP, it must match at the beginning |
---|
2473 | of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP. |
---|
2474 | If \fIpattern\fP begins with \fB%\fP, it must match at the end |
---|
2475 | of the expanded value of \fIparameter\fP. |
---|
2476 | If \fIstring\fP is null, matches of \fIpattern\fP are deleted |
---|
2477 | and the \fB/\fP following \fIpattern\fP may be omitted. |
---|
2478 | If |
---|
2479 | .I parameter |
---|
2480 | is |
---|
2481 | .B @ |
---|
2482 | or |
---|
2483 | .BR * , |
---|
2484 | the substitution operation is applied to each positional |
---|
2485 | parameter in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. |
---|
2486 | If |
---|
2487 | .I parameter |
---|
2488 | is an array variable subscripted with |
---|
2489 | .B @ |
---|
2490 | or |
---|
2491 | .BR * , |
---|
2492 | the substitution operation is applied to each member of the |
---|
2493 | array in turn, and the expansion is the resultant list. |
---|
2494 | .SS Command Substitution |
---|
2495 | .PP |
---|
2496 | \fICommand substitution\fP allows the output of a command to replace |
---|
2497 | the command name. There are two forms: |
---|
2498 | .PP |
---|
2499 | .RS |
---|
2500 | .PP |
---|
2501 | \fB$(\fP\fIcommand\fP\|\fB)\fP |
---|
2502 | .RE |
---|
2503 | or |
---|
2504 | .RS |
---|
2505 | \fB`\fP\fIcommand\fP\fB`\fP |
---|
2506 | .RE |
---|
2507 | .PP |
---|
2508 | .B Bash |
---|
2509 | performs the expansion by executing \fIcommand\fP and |
---|
2510 | replacing the command substitution with the standard output of the |
---|
2511 | command, with any trailing newlines deleted. |
---|
2512 | Embedded newlines are not deleted, but they may be removed during |
---|
2513 | word splitting. |
---|
2514 | The command substitution \fB$(cat \fIfile\fP)\fR can be replaced by |
---|
2515 | the equivalent but faster \fB$(< \fIfile\fP)\fR. |
---|
2516 | .PP |
---|
2517 | When the old-style backquote form of substitution is used, |
---|
2518 | backslash retains its literal meaning except when followed by |
---|
2519 | .BR $ , |
---|
2520 | .BR ` , |
---|
2521 | or |
---|
2522 | .BR \e . |
---|
2523 | The first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the |
---|
2524 | command substitution. |
---|
2525 | When using the $(\^\fIcommand\fP\|) form, all characters between the |
---|
2526 | parentheses make up the command; none are treated specially. |
---|
2527 | .PP |
---|
2528 | Command substitutions may be nested. To nest when using the backquoted form, |
---|
2529 | escape the inner backquotes with backslashes. |
---|
2530 | .PP |
---|
2531 | If the substitution appears within double quotes, word splitting and |
---|
2532 | pathname expansion are not performed on the results. |
---|
2533 | .SS Arithmetic Expansion |
---|
2534 | .PP |
---|
2535 | Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an arithmetic expression |
---|
2536 | and the substitution of the result. The format for arithmetic expansion is: |
---|
2537 | .RS |
---|
2538 | .PP |
---|
2539 | \fB$((\fP\fIexpression\fP\fB))\fP |
---|
2540 | .RE |
---|
2541 | .PP |
---|
2542 | The |
---|
2543 | .I expression |
---|
2544 | is treated as if it were within double quotes, but a double quote |
---|
2545 | inside the parentheses is not treated specially. |
---|
2546 | All tokens in the expression undergo parameter expansion, string |
---|
2547 | expansion, command substitution, and quote removal. |
---|
2548 | Arithmetic expansions may be nested. |
---|
2549 | .PP |
---|
2550 | The evaluation is performed according to the rules listed below under |
---|
2551 | .SM |
---|
2552 | .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" . |
---|
2553 | If |
---|
2554 | .I expression |
---|
2555 | is invalid, |
---|
2556 | .B bash |
---|
2557 | prints a message indicating failure and no substitution occurs. |
---|
2558 | .SS Process Substitution |
---|
2559 | .PP |
---|
2560 | \fIProcess substitution\fP is supported on systems that support named |
---|
2561 | pipes (\fIFIFOs\fP) or the \fB/dev/fd\fP method of naming open files. |
---|
2562 | It takes the form of |
---|
2563 | \fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP |
---|
2564 | or |
---|
2565 | \fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP. |
---|
2566 | The process \fIlist\fP is run with its input or output connected to a |
---|
2567 | \fIFIFO\fP or some file in \fB/dev/fd\fP. The name of this file is |
---|
2568 | passed as an argument to the current command as the result of the |
---|
2569 | expansion. If the \fB>(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, writing to |
---|
2570 | the file will provide input for \fIlist\fP. If the |
---|
2571 | \fB<(\fP\fIlist\^\fP\fB)\fP form is used, the file passed as an |
---|
2572 | argument should be read to obtain the output of \fIlist\fP. |
---|
2573 | .PP |
---|
2574 | When available, process substitution is performed |
---|
2575 | simultaneously with parameter and variable expansion, |
---|
2576 | command substitution, |
---|
2577 | and arithmetic expansion. |
---|
2578 | .SS Word Splitting |
---|
2579 | .PP |
---|
2580 | The shell scans the results of |
---|
2581 | parameter expansion, |
---|
2582 | command substitution, |
---|
2583 | and |
---|
2584 | arithmetic expansion |
---|
2585 | that did not occur within double quotes for |
---|
2586 | .IR "word splitting" . |
---|
2587 | .PP |
---|
2588 | The shell treats each character of |
---|
2589 | .SM |
---|
2590 | .B IFS |
---|
2591 | as a delimiter, and splits the results of the other |
---|
2592 | expansions into words on these characters. If |
---|
2593 | .SM |
---|
2594 | .B IFS |
---|
2595 | is unset, or its |
---|
2596 | value is exactly |
---|
2597 | .BR <space><tab><newline> , |
---|
2598 | the default, then |
---|
2599 | any sequence of |
---|
2600 | .SM |
---|
2601 | .B IFS |
---|
2602 | characters serves to delimit words. If |
---|
2603 | .SM |
---|
2604 | .B IFS |
---|
2605 | has a value other than the default, then sequences of |
---|
2606 | the whitespace characters |
---|
2607 | .B space |
---|
2608 | and |
---|
2609 | .B tab |
---|
2610 | are ignored at the beginning and end of the |
---|
2611 | word, as long as the whitespace character is in the |
---|
2612 | value of |
---|
2613 | .SM |
---|
2614 | .BR IFS |
---|
2615 | (an |
---|
2616 | .SM |
---|
2617 | .B IFS |
---|
2618 | whitespace character). |
---|
2619 | Any character in |
---|
2620 | .SM |
---|
2621 | .B IFS |
---|
2622 | that is not |
---|
2623 | .SM |
---|
2624 | .B IFS |
---|
2625 | whitespace, along with any adjacent |
---|
2626 | .SM |
---|
2627 | .B IFS |
---|
2628 | whitespace characters, delimits a field. |
---|
2629 | A sequence of |
---|
2630 | .SM |
---|
2631 | .B IFS |
---|
2632 | whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter. |
---|
2633 | If the value of |
---|
2634 | .SM |
---|
2635 | .B IFS |
---|
2636 | is null, no word splitting occurs. |
---|
2637 | .PP |
---|
2638 | Explicit null arguments (\^\f3"\^"\fP or \^\f3'\^'\fP\^) are retained. |
---|
2639 | Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the expansion of |
---|
2640 | parameters that have no values, are removed. |
---|
2641 | If a parameter with no value is expanded within double quotes, a |
---|
2642 | null argument results and is retained. |
---|
2643 | .PP |
---|
2644 | Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting |
---|
2645 | is performed. |
---|
2646 | .SS Pathname Expansion |
---|
2647 | .PP |
---|
2648 | After word splitting, |
---|
2649 | unless the |
---|
2650 | .B \-f |
---|
2651 | option has been set, |
---|
2652 | .B bash |
---|
2653 | scans each word for the characters |
---|
2654 | .BR * , |
---|
2655 | .BR ? , |
---|
2656 | and |
---|
2657 | .BR [ . |
---|
2658 | If one of these characters appears, then the word is |
---|
2659 | regarded as a |
---|
2660 | .IR pattern , |
---|
2661 | and replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of |
---|
2662 | file names matching the pattern. |
---|
2663 | If no matching file names are found, |
---|
2664 | and the shell option |
---|
2665 | .B nullglob |
---|
2666 | is disabled, the word is left unchanged. |
---|
2667 | If the |
---|
2668 | .B nullglob |
---|
2669 | option is set, and no matches are found, |
---|
2670 | the word is removed. |
---|
2671 | If the |
---|
2672 | .B failglob |
---|
2673 | shell option is set, and no matches are found, an error message |
---|
2674 | is printed and the command is not executed. |
---|
2675 | If the shell option |
---|
2676 | .B nocaseglob |
---|
2677 | is enabled, the match is performed without regard to the case |
---|
2678 | of alphabetic characters. |
---|
2679 | When a pattern is used for pathname expansion, |
---|
2680 | the character |
---|
2681 | .B ``.'' |
---|
2682 | at the start of a name or immediately following a slash |
---|
2683 | must be matched explicitly, unless the shell option |
---|
2684 | .B dotglob |
---|
2685 | is set. |
---|
2686 | When matching a pathname, the slash character must always be |
---|
2687 | matched explicitly. |
---|
2688 | In other cases, the |
---|
2689 | .B ``.'' |
---|
2690 | character is not treated specially. |
---|
2691 | See the description of |
---|
2692 | .B shopt |
---|
2693 | below under |
---|
2694 | .SM |
---|
2695 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
2696 | for a description of the |
---|
2697 | .BR nocaseglob , |
---|
2698 | .BR nullglob , |
---|
2699 | .BR failglob , |
---|
2700 | and |
---|
2701 | .B dotglob |
---|
2702 | shell options. |
---|
2703 | .PP |
---|
2704 | The |
---|
2705 | .SM |
---|
2706 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
2707 | shell variable may be used to restrict the set of file names matching a |
---|
2708 | .IR pattern . |
---|
2709 | If |
---|
2710 | .SM |
---|
2711 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
2712 | is set, each matching file name that also matches one of the patterns in |
---|
2713 | .SM |
---|
2714 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
2715 | is removed from the list of matches. |
---|
2716 | The file names |
---|
2717 | .B ``.'' |
---|
2718 | and |
---|
2719 | .B ``..'' |
---|
2720 | are always ignored when |
---|
2721 | .SM |
---|
2722 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
2723 | is set and not null. However, setting |
---|
2724 | .SM |
---|
2725 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
2726 | to a non-null value has the effect of enabling the |
---|
2727 | .B dotglob |
---|
2728 | shell option, so all other file names beginning with a |
---|
2729 | .B ``.'' |
---|
2730 | will match. |
---|
2731 | To get the old behavior of ignoring file names beginning with a |
---|
2732 | .BR ``.'' , |
---|
2733 | make |
---|
2734 | .B ``.*'' |
---|
2735 | one of the patterns in |
---|
2736 | .SM |
---|
2737 | .BR GLOBIGNORE . |
---|
2738 | The |
---|
2739 | .B dotglob |
---|
2740 | option is disabled when |
---|
2741 | .SM |
---|
2742 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
2743 | is unset. |
---|
2744 | .PP |
---|
2745 | \fBPattern Matching\fP |
---|
2746 | .PP |
---|
2747 | Any character that appears in a pattern, other than the special pattern |
---|
2748 | characters described below, matches itself. The NUL character may not |
---|
2749 | occur in a pattern. A backslash escapes the following character; the |
---|
2750 | escaping backslash is discarded when matching. |
---|
2751 | The special pattern characters must be quoted if |
---|
2752 | they are to be matched literally. |
---|
2753 | .PP |
---|
2754 | The special pattern characters have the following meanings: |
---|
2755 | .PP |
---|
2756 | .PD 0 |
---|
2757 | .TP |
---|
2758 | .B * |
---|
2759 | Matches any string, including the null string. |
---|
2760 | .TP |
---|
2761 | .B ? |
---|
2762 | Matches any single character. |
---|
2763 | .TP |
---|
2764 | .B [...] |
---|
2765 | Matches any one of the enclosed characters. A pair of characters |
---|
2766 | separated by a hyphen denotes a |
---|
2767 | \fIrange expression\fP; |
---|
2768 | any character that sorts between those two characters, inclusive, |
---|
2769 | using the current locale's collating sequence and character set, |
---|
2770 | is matched. If the first character following the |
---|
2771 | .B [ |
---|
2772 | is a |
---|
2773 | .B ! |
---|
2774 | or a |
---|
2775 | .B ^ |
---|
2776 | then any character not enclosed is matched. |
---|
2777 | The sorting order of characters in range expressions is determined by |
---|
2778 | the current locale and the value of the \fBLC_COLLATE\fP shell variable, |
---|
2779 | if set. |
---|
2780 | A |
---|
2781 | .B \- |
---|
2782 | may be matched by including it as the first or last character |
---|
2783 | in the set. |
---|
2784 | A |
---|
2785 | .B ] |
---|
2786 | may be matched by including it as the first character |
---|
2787 | in the set. |
---|
2788 | .br |
---|
2789 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
2790 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
2791 | Within |
---|
2792 | .B [ |
---|
2793 | and |
---|
2794 | .BR ] , |
---|
2795 | \fIcharacter classes\fP can be specified using the syntax |
---|
2796 | \fB[:\fP\fIclass\fP\fB:]\fP, where \fIclass\fP is one of the |
---|
2797 | following classes defined in the POSIX.2 standard: |
---|
2798 | .PP |
---|
2799 | .RS |
---|
2800 | .B |
---|
2801 | .if n alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit |
---|
2802 | .if t alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl digit graph lower print punct space upper word xdigit |
---|
2803 | .br |
---|
2804 | A character class matches any character belonging to that class. |
---|
2805 | The \fBword\fP character class matches letters, digits, and the character _. |
---|
2806 | .br |
---|
2807 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
2808 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
2809 | Within |
---|
2810 | .B [ |
---|
2811 | and |
---|
2812 | .BR ] , |
---|
2813 | an \fIequivalence class\fP can be specified using the syntax |
---|
2814 | \fB[=\fP\fIc\fP\fB=]\fP, which matches all characters with the |
---|
2815 | same collation weight (as defined by the current locale) as |
---|
2816 | the character \fIc\fP. |
---|
2817 | .br |
---|
2818 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
2819 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
2820 | Within |
---|
2821 | .B [ |
---|
2822 | and |
---|
2823 | .BR ] , |
---|
2824 | the syntax \fB[.\fP\fIsymbol\fP\fB.]\fP matches the collating symbol |
---|
2825 | \fIsymbol\fP. |
---|
2826 | .RE |
---|
2827 | .PD |
---|
2828 | .PP |
---|
2829 | If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using the \fBshopt\fP |
---|
2830 | builtin, several extended pattern matching operators are recognized. |
---|
2831 | In the following description, a \fIpattern-list\fP is a list of one |
---|
2832 | or more patterns separated by a \fB|\fP. |
---|
2833 | Composite patterns may be formed using one or more of the following |
---|
2834 | sub-patterns: |
---|
2835 | .sp 1 |
---|
2836 | .PD 0 |
---|
2837 | .RS |
---|
2838 | .TP |
---|
2839 | \fB?(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP |
---|
2840 | Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns |
---|
2841 | .TP |
---|
2842 | \fB*(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP |
---|
2843 | Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns |
---|
2844 | .TP |
---|
2845 | \fB+(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP |
---|
2846 | Matches one or more occurrences of the given patterns |
---|
2847 | .TP |
---|
2848 | \fB@(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP |
---|
2849 | Matches exactly one of the given patterns |
---|
2850 | .TP |
---|
2851 | \fB!(\fP\^\fIpattern-list\^\fP\fB)\fP |
---|
2852 | Matches anything except one of the given patterns |
---|
2853 | .RE |
---|
2854 | .PD |
---|
2855 | .SS Quote Removal |
---|
2856 | .PP |
---|
2857 | After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences of the |
---|
2858 | characters |
---|
2859 | .BR \e , |
---|
2860 | .BR ' , |
---|
2861 | and \^\f3"\fP\^ that did not result from one of the above |
---|
2862 | expansions are removed. |
---|
2863 | .SH REDIRECTION |
---|
2864 | Before a command is executed, its input and output |
---|
2865 | may be |
---|
2866 | .I redirected |
---|
2867 | using a special notation interpreted by the shell. |
---|
2868 | Redirection may also be used to open and close files for the |
---|
2869 | current shell execution environment. The following redirection |
---|
2870 | operators may precede or appear anywhere within a |
---|
2871 | .I simple command |
---|
2872 | or may follow a |
---|
2873 | .IR command . |
---|
2874 | Redirections are processed in the order they appear, from |
---|
2875 | left to right. |
---|
2876 | .PP |
---|
2877 | In the following descriptions, if the file descriptor number is |
---|
2878 | omitted, and the first character of the redirection operator is |
---|
2879 | .BR < , |
---|
2880 | the redirection refers to the standard input (file descriptor |
---|
2881 | 0). If the first character of the redirection operator is |
---|
2882 | .BR > , |
---|
2883 | the redirection refers to the standard output (file descriptor |
---|
2884 | 1). |
---|
2885 | .PP |
---|
2886 | The word following the redirection operator in the following |
---|
2887 | descriptions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to brace expansion, |
---|
2888 | tilde expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic |
---|
2889 | expansion, quote removal, pathname expansion, and word splitting. |
---|
2890 | If it expands to more than one word, |
---|
2891 | .B bash |
---|
2892 | reports an error. |
---|
2893 | .PP |
---|
2894 | Note that the order of redirections is significant. For example, |
---|
2895 | the command |
---|
2896 | .RS |
---|
2897 | .PP |
---|
2898 | ls \fB>\fP dirlist 2\fB>&\fP1 |
---|
2899 | .RE |
---|
2900 | .PP |
---|
2901 | directs both standard output and standard error to the file |
---|
2902 | .IR dirlist , |
---|
2903 | while the command |
---|
2904 | .RS |
---|
2905 | .PP |
---|
2906 | ls 2\fB>&\fP1 \fB>\fP dirlist |
---|
2907 | .RE |
---|
2908 | .PP |
---|
2909 | directs only the standard output to file |
---|
2910 | .IR dirlist , |
---|
2911 | because the standard error was duplicated as standard output |
---|
2912 | before the standard output was redirected to |
---|
2913 | .IR dirlist . |
---|
2914 | .PP |
---|
2915 | \fBBash\fP handles several filenames specially when they are used in |
---|
2916 | redirections, as described in the following table: |
---|
2917 | .RS |
---|
2918 | .PP |
---|
2919 | .PD 0 |
---|
2920 | .TP |
---|
2921 | .B /dev/fd/\fIfd\fP |
---|
2922 | If \fIfd\fP is a valid integer, file descriptor \fIfd\fP is duplicated. |
---|
2923 | .TP |
---|
2924 | .B /dev/stdin |
---|
2925 | File descriptor 0 is duplicated. |
---|
2926 | .TP |
---|
2927 | .B /dev/stdout |
---|
2928 | File descriptor 1 is duplicated. |
---|
2929 | .TP |
---|
2930 | .B /dev/stderr |
---|
2931 | File descriptor 2 is duplicated. |
---|
2932 | .TP |
---|
2933 | .B /dev/tcp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP |
---|
2934 | If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP |
---|
2935 | is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open |
---|
2936 | a TCP connection to the corresponding socket. |
---|
2937 | .TP |
---|
2938 | .B /dev/udp/\fIhost\fP/\fIport\fP |
---|
2939 | If \fIhost\fP is a valid hostname or Internet address, and \fIport\fP |
---|
2940 | is an integer port number or service name, \fBbash\fP attempts to open |
---|
2941 | a UDP connection to the corresponding socket. |
---|
2942 | .PD |
---|
2943 | .RE |
---|
2944 | .PP |
---|
2945 | A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail. |
---|
2946 | .SS Redirecting Input |
---|
2947 | .PP |
---|
2948 | Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from |
---|
2949 | the expansion of |
---|
2950 | .I word |
---|
2951 | to be opened for reading on file descriptor |
---|
2952 | .IR n , |
---|
2953 | or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if |
---|
2954 | .I n |
---|
2955 | is not specified. |
---|
2956 | .PP |
---|
2957 | The general format for redirecting input is: |
---|
2958 | .RS |
---|
2959 | .PP |
---|
2960 | [\fIn\fP]\fB<\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
2961 | .RE |
---|
2962 | .SS Redirecting Output |
---|
2963 | .PP |
---|
2964 | Redirection of output causes the file whose name results from |
---|
2965 | the expansion of |
---|
2966 | .I word |
---|
2967 | to be opened for writing on file descriptor |
---|
2968 | .IR n , |
---|
2969 | or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if |
---|
2970 | .I n |
---|
2971 | is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created; |
---|
2972 | if it does exist it is truncated to zero size. |
---|
2973 | .PP |
---|
2974 | The general format for redirecting output is: |
---|
2975 | .RS |
---|
2976 | .PP |
---|
2977 | [\fIn\fP]\fB>\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
2978 | .RE |
---|
2979 | .PP |
---|
2980 | If the redirection operator is |
---|
2981 | .BR > , |
---|
2982 | and the |
---|
2983 | .B noclobber |
---|
2984 | option to the |
---|
2985 | .B set |
---|
2986 | builtin has been enabled, the redirection will fail if the file |
---|
2987 | whose name results from the expansion of \fIword\fP exists and is |
---|
2988 | a regular file. |
---|
2989 | If the redirection operator is |
---|
2990 | .BR >| , |
---|
2991 | or the redirection operator is |
---|
2992 | .B > |
---|
2993 | and the |
---|
2994 | .B noclobber |
---|
2995 | option to the |
---|
2996 | .B set |
---|
2997 | builtin command is not enabled, the redirection is attempted even |
---|
2998 | if the file named by \fIword\fP exists. |
---|
2999 | .SS Appending Redirected Output |
---|
3000 | .PP |
---|
3001 | Redirection of output in this fashion |
---|
3002 | causes the file whose name results from |
---|
3003 | the expansion of |
---|
3004 | .I word |
---|
3005 | to be opened for appending on file descriptor |
---|
3006 | .IR n , |
---|
3007 | or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if |
---|
3008 | .I n |
---|
3009 | is not specified. If the file does not exist it is created. |
---|
3010 | .PP |
---|
3011 | The general format for appending output is: |
---|
3012 | .RS |
---|
3013 | .PP |
---|
3014 | [\fIn\fP]\fB>>\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
3015 | .RE |
---|
3016 | .PP |
---|
3017 | .SS Redirecting Standard Output and Standard Error |
---|
3018 | .PP |
---|
3019 | .B Bash |
---|
3020 | allows both the |
---|
3021 | standard output (file descriptor 1) and |
---|
3022 | the standard error output (file descriptor 2) |
---|
3023 | to be redirected to the file whose name is the |
---|
3024 | expansion of |
---|
3025 | .I word |
---|
3026 | with this construct. |
---|
3027 | .PP |
---|
3028 | There are two formats for redirecting standard output and |
---|
3029 | standard error: |
---|
3030 | .RS |
---|
3031 | .PP |
---|
3032 | \fB&>\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
3033 | .RE |
---|
3034 | and |
---|
3035 | .RS |
---|
3036 | \fB>&\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
3037 | .RE |
---|
3038 | .PP |
---|
3039 | Of the two forms, the first is preferred. |
---|
3040 | This is semantically equivalent to |
---|
3041 | .RS |
---|
3042 | .PP |
---|
3043 | \fB>\fP\fIword\fP 2\fB>&\fP1 |
---|
3044 | .RE |
---|
3045 | .SS Here Documents |
---|
3046 | .PP |
---|
3047 | This type of redirection instructs the shell to read input from the |
---|
3048 | current source until a line containing only |
---|
3049 | .I word |
---|
3050 | (with no trailing blanks) |
---|
3051 | is seen. All of |
---|
3052 | the lines read up to that point are then used as the standard |
---|
3053 | input for a command. |
---|
3054 | .PP |
---|
3055 | The format of here-documents is: |
---|
3056 | .RS |
---|
3057 | .PP |
---|
3058 | .nf |
---|
3059 | \fB<<\fP[\fB\-\fP]\fIword\fP |
---|
3060 | \fIhere-document\fP |
---|
3061 | \fIdelimiter\fP |
---|
3062 | .fi |
---|
3063 | .RE |
---|
3064 | .PP |
---|
3065 | No parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, |
---|
3066 | or pathname expansion is performed on |
---|
3067 | .IR word . |
---|
3068 | If any characters in |
---|
3069 | .I word |
---|
3070 | are quoted, the |
---|
3071 | .I delimiter |
---|
3072 | is the result of quote removal on |
---|
3073 | .IR word , |
---|
3074 | and the lines in the here-document are not expanded. |
---|
3075 | If \fIword\fP is unquoted, |
---|
3076 | all lines of the here-document are subjected to parameter expansion, |
---|
3077 | command substitution, and arithmetic expansion. In the latter |
---|
3078 | case, the character sequence |
---|
3079 | .B \e<newline> |
---|
3080 | is ignored, and |
---|
3081 | .B \e |
---|
3082 | must be used to quote the characters |
---|
3083 | .BR \e , |
---|
3084 | .BR $ , |
---|
3085 | and |
---|
3086 | .BR ` . |
---|
3087 | .PP |
---|
3088 | If the redirection operator is |
---|
3089 | .BR <<\- , |
---|
3090 | then all leading tab characters are stripped from input lines and the |
---|
3091 | line containing |
---|
3092 | .IR delimiter . |
---|
3093 | This allows |
---|
3094 | here-documents within shell scripts to be indented in a |
---|
3095 | natural fashion. |
---|
3096 | .SS "Here Strings" |
---|
3097 | A variant of here documents, the format is: |
---|
3098 | .RS |
---|
3099 | .PP |
---|
3100 | .nf |
---|
3101 | \fB<<<\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
3102 | .fi |
---|
3103 | .RE |
---|
3104 | .PP |
---|
3105 | The \fIword\fP is expanded and supplied to the command on its standard |
---|
3106 | input. |
---|
3107 | .SS "Duplicating File Descriptors" |
---|
3108 | .PP |
---|
3109 | The redirection operator |
---|
3110 | .RS |
---|
3111 | .PP |
---|
3112 | [\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
3113 | .RE |
---|
3114 | .PP |
---|
3115 | is used to duplicate input file descriptors. |
---|
3116 | If |
---|
3117 | .I word |
---|
3118 | expands to one or more digits, the file descriptor denoted by |
---|
3119 | .I n |
---|
3120 | is made to be a copy of that file descriptor. |
---|
3121 | If the digits in |
---|
3122 | .I word |
---|
3123 | do not specify a file descriptor open for input, a redirection error occurs. |
---|
3124 | If |
---|
3125 | .I word |
---|
3126 | evaluates to |
---|
3127 | .BR \- , |
---|
3128 | file descriptor |
---|
3129 | .I n |
---|
3130 | is closed. If |
---|
3131 | .I n |
---|
3132 | is not specified, the standard input (file descriptor 0) is used. |
---|
3133 | .PP |
---|
3134 | The operator |
---|
3135 | .RS |
---|
3136 | .PP |
---|
3137 | [\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
3138 | .RE |
---|
3139 | .PP |
---|
3140 | is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors. If |
---|
3141 | .I n |
---|
3142 | is not specified, the standard output (file descriptor 1) is used. |
---|
3143 | If the digits in |
---|
3144 | .I word |
---|
3145 | do not specify a file descriptor open for output, a redirection error occurs. |
---|
3146 | As a special case, if \fIn\fP is omitted, and \fIword\fP does not |
---|
3147 | expand to one or more digits, the standard output and standard |
---|
3148 | error are redirected as described previously. |
---|
3149 | .SS "Moving File Descriptors" |
---|
3150 | .PP |
---|
3151 | The redirection operator |
---|
3152 | .RS |
---|
3153 | .PP |
---|
3154 | [\fIn\fP]\fB<&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP |
---|
3155 | .RE |
---|
3156 | .PP |
---|
3157 | moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor |
---|
3158 | .IR n , |
---|
3159 | or the standard input (file descriptor 0) if \fIn\fP is not specified. |
---|
3160 | \fIdigit\fP is closed after being duplicated to \fIn\fP. |
---|
3161 | .PP |
---|
3162 | Similarly, the redirection operator |
---|
3163 | .RS |
---|
3164 | .PP |
---|
3165 | [\fIn\fP]\fB>&\fP\fIdigit\fP\fB\-\fP |
---|
3166 | .RE |
---|
3167 | .PP |
---|
3168 | moves the file descriptor \fIdigit\fP to file descriptor |
---|
3169 | .IR n , |
---|
3170 | or the standard output (file descriptor 1) if \fIn\fP is not specified. |
---|
3171 | .SS "Opening File Descriptors for Reading and Writing" |
---|
3172 | .PP |
---|
3173 | The redirection operator |
---|
3174 | .RS |
---|
3175 | .PP |
---|
3176 | [\fIn\fP]\fB<>\fP\fIword\fP |
---|
3177 | .RE |
---|
3178 | .PP |
---|
3179 | causes the file whose name is the expansion of |
---|
3180 | .I word |
---|
3181 | to be opened for both reading and writing on file descriptor |
---|
3182 | .IR n , |
---|
3183 | or on file descriptor 0 if |
---|
3184 | .I n |
---|
3185 | is not specified. If the file does not exist, it is created. |
---|
3186 | .SH ALIASES |
---|
3187 | \fIAliases\fP allow a string to be substituted for a word when it is used |
---|
3188 | as the first word of a simple command. |
---|
3189 | The shell maintains a list of aliases that may be set and unset with the |
---|
3190 | .B alias |
---|
3191 | and |
---|
3192 | .B unalias |
---|
3193 | builtin commands (see |
---|
3194 | .SM |
---|
3195 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
3196 | below). |
---|
3197 | The first word of each simple command, if unquoted, |
---|
3198 | is checked to see if it has an |
---|
3199 | alias. If so, that word is replaced by the text of the alias. |
---|
3200 | The characters \fB/\fP, \fB$\fP, \fB`\fP, and \fB=\fP and |
---|
3201 | any of the shell \fImetacharacters\fP or quoting characters |
---|
3202 | listed above may not appear in an alias name. |
---|
3203 | The replacement text may contain any valid shell input, |
---|
3204 | including shell metacharacters. |
---|
3205 | The first word of the replacement text is tested |
---|
3206 | for aliases, but a word that is identical to an alias being expanded |
---|
3207 | is not expanded a second time. |
---|
3208 | This means that one may alias |
---|
3209 | .B ls |
---|
3210 | to |
---|
3211 | .BR "ls \-F" , |
---|
3212 | for instance, and |
---|
3213 | .B bash |
---|
3214 | does not try to recursively expand the replacement text. |
---|
3215 | If the last character of the alias value is a |
---|
3216 | .IR blank , |
---|
3217 | then the next command |
---|
3218 | word following the alias is also checked for alias expansion. |
---|
3219 | .PP |
---|
3220 | Aliases are created and listed with the |
---|
3221 | .B alias |
---|
3222 | command, and removed with the |
---|
3223 | .B unalias |
---|
3224 | command. |
---|
3225 | .PP |
---|
3226 | There is no mechanism for using arguments in the replacement text. |
---|
3227 | If arguments are needed, a shell function should be used (see |
---|
3228 | .SM |
---|
3229 | .B FUNCTIONS |
---|
3230 | below). |
---|
3231 | .PP |
---|
3232 | Aliases are not expanded when the shell is not interactive, unless |
---|
3233 | the |
---|
3234 | .B expand_aliases |
---|
3235 | shell option is set using |
---|
3236 | .B shopt |
---|
3237 | (see the description of |
---|
3238 | .B shopt |
---|
3239 | under |
---|
3240 | .SM |
---|
3241 | \fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP |
---|
3242 | below). |
---|
3243 | .PP |
---|
3244 | The rules concerning the definition and use of aliases are |
---|
3245 | somewhat confusing. |
---|
3246 | .B Bash |
---|
3247 | always reads at least one complete line |
---|
3248 | of input before executing any |
---|
3249 | of the commands on that line. Aliases are expanded when a |
---|
3250 | command is read, not when it is executed. Therefore, an |
---|
3251 | alias definition appearing on the same line as another |
---|
3252 | command does not take effect until the next line of input is read. |
---|
3253 | The commands following the alias definition |
---|
3254 | on that line are not affected by the new alias. |
---|
3255 | This behavior is also an issue when functions are executed. |
---|
3256 | Aliases are expanded when a function definition is read, |
---|
3257 | not when the function is executed, because a function definition |
---|
3258 | is itself a compound command. As a consequence, aliases |
---|
3259 | defined in a function are not available until after that |
---|
3260 | function is executed. To be safe, always put |
---|
3261 | alias definitions on a separate line, and do not use |
---|
3262 | .B alias |
---|
3263 | in compound commands. |
---|
3264 | .PP |
---|
3265 | For almost every purpose, aliases are superseded by |
---|
3266 | shell functions. |
---|
3267 | .SH FUNCTIONS |
---|
3268 | A shell function, defined as described above under |
---|
3269 | .SM |
---|
3270 | .BR "SHELL GRAMMAR" , |
---|
3271 | stores a series of commands for later execution. |
---|
3272 | When the name of a shell function is used as a simple command name, |
---|
3273 | the list of commands associated with that function name is executed. |
---|
3274 | Functions are executed in the context of the |
---|
3275 | current shell; no new process is created to interpret |
---|
3276 | them (contrast this with the execution of a shell script). |
---|
3277 | When a function is executed, the arguments to the |
---|
3278 | function become the positional parameters |
---|
3279 | during its execution. |
---|
3280 | The special parameter |
---|
3281 | .B # |
---|
3282 | is updated to reflect the change. Special parameter 0 |
---|
3283 | is unchanged. |
---|
3284 | The first element of the |
---|
3285 | .SM |
---|
3286 | .B FUNCNAME |
---|
3287 | variable is set to the name of the function while the function |
---|
3288 | is executing. |
---|
3289 | All other aspects of the shell execution |
---|
3290 | environment are identical between a function and its caller |
---|
3291 | with the exception that the |
---|
3292 | .SM |
---|
3293 | .B DEBUG |
---|
3294 | trap (see the description of the |
---|
3295 | .B trap |
---|
3296 | builtin under |
---|
3297 | .SM |
---|
3298 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
3299 | below) is not inherited unless the function has been given the |
---|
3300 | \fBtrace\fP attribute (see the description of the |
---|
3301 | .SM |
---|
3302 | .B declare |
---|
3303 | builtin below) or the |
---|
3304 | \fB\-o functrace\fP shell option has been enabled with |
---|
3305 | the \fBset\fP builtin |
---|
3306 | (in which case all functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP trap). |
---|
3307 | .PP |
---|
3308 | Variables local to the function may be declared with the |
---|
3309 | .B local |
---|
3310 | builtin command. Ordinarily, variables and their values |
---|
3311 | are shared between the function and its caller. |
---|
3312 | .PP |
---|
3313 | If the builtin command |
---|
3314 | .B return |
---|
3315 | is executed in a function, the function completes and |
---|
3316 | execution resumes with the next command after the function |
---|
3317 | call. |
---|
3318 | Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed |
---|
3319 | before execution resumes. |
---|
3320 | When a function completes, the values of the |
---|
3321 | positional parameters and the special parameter |
---|
3322 | .B # |
---|
3323 | are restored to the values they had prior to the function's |
---|
3324 | execution. |
---|
3325 | .PP |
---|
3326 | Function names and definitions may be listed with the |
---|
3327 | .B \-f |
---|
3328 | option to the |
---|
3329 | .B declare |
---|
3330 | or |
---|
3331 | .B typeset |
---|
3332 | builtin commands. The |
---|
3333 | .B \-F |
---|
3334 | option to |
---|
3335 | .B declare |
---|
3336 | or |
---|
3337 | .B typeset |
---|
3338 | will list the function names only |
---|
3339 | (and optionally the source file and line number, if the \fBextdebug\fP |
---|
3340 | shell option is enabled). |
---|
3341 | Functions may be exported so that subshells |
---|
3342 | automatically have them defined with the |
---|
3343 | .B \-f |
---|
3344 | option to the |
---|
3345 | .B export |
---|
3346 | builtin. |
---|
3347 | Note that shell functions and variables with the same name may result |
---|
3348 | in multiple identically-named entries in the environment passed to the |
---|
3349 | shell's children. |
---|
3350 | Care should be taken in cases where this may cause a problem. |
---|
3351 | .PP |
---|
3352 | Functions may be recursive. No limit is imposed on the number |
---|
3353 | of recursive calls. |
---|
3354 | .SH "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" |
---|
3355 | The shell allows arithmetic expressions to be evaluated, under |
---|
3356 | certain circumstances (see the \fBlet\fP and \fBdeclare\fP builtin |
---|
3357 | commands and \fBArithmetic Expansion\fP). |
---|
3358 | Evaluation is done in fixed-width integers with no check for overflow, |
---|
3359 | though division by 0 is trapped and flagged as an error. |
---|
3360 | The operators and their precedence, associativity, and values |
---|
3361 | are the same as in the C language. |
---|
3362 | The following list of operators is grouped into levels of |
---|
3363 | equal-precedence operators. |
---|
3364 | The levels are listed in order of decreasing precedence. |
---|
3365 | .PP |
---|
3366 | .PD 0 |
---|
3367 | .TP |
---|
3368 | .B \fIid\fP++ \fIid\fP\-\- |
---|
3369 | variable post-increment and post-decrement |
---|
3370 | .TP |
---|
3371 | .B ++\fIid\fP \-\-\fIid\fP |
---|
3372 | variable pre-increment and pre-decrement |
---|
3373 | .TP |
---|
3374 | .B \- + |
---|
3375 | unary minus and plus |
---|
3376 | .TP |
---|
3377 | .B ! ~ |
---|
3378 | logical and bitwise negation |
---|
3379 | .TP |
---|
3380 | .B ** |
---|
3381 | exponentiation |
---|
3382 | .TP |
---|
3383 | .B * / % |
---|
3384 | multiplication, division, remainder |
---|
3385 | .TP |
---|
3386 | .B + \- |
---|
3387 | addition, subtraction |
---|
3388 | .TP |
---|
3389 | .B << >> |
---|
3390 | left and right bitwise shifts |
---|
3391 | .TP |
---|
3392 | .B <= >= < > |
---|
3393 | comparison |
---|
3394 | .TP |
---|
3395 | .B == != |
---|
3396 | equality and inequality |
---|
3397 | .TP |
---|
3398 | .B & |
---|
3399 | bitwise AND |
---|
3400 | .TP |
---|
3401 | .B ^ |
---|
3402 | bitwise exclusive OR |
---|
3403 | .TP |
---|
3404 | .B | |
---|
3405 | bitwise OR |
---|
3406 | .TP |
---|
3407 | .B && |
---|
3408 | logical AND |
---|
3409 | .TP |
---|
3410 | .B || |
---|
3411 | logical OR |
---|
3412 | .TP |
---|
3413 | .B \fIexpr\fP?\fIexpr\fP:\fIexpr\fP |
---|
3414 | conditional operator |
---|
3415 | .TP |
---|
3416 | .B = *= /= %= += \-= <<= >>= &= ^= |= |
---|
3417 | assignment |
---|
3418 | .TP |
---|
3419 | .B \fIexpr1\fP , \fIexpr2\fP |
---|
3420 | comma |
---|
3421 | .PD |
---|
3422 | .PP |
---|
3423 | Shell variables are allowed as operands; parameter expansion is |
---|
3424 | performed before the expression is evaluated. |
---|
3425 | Within an expression, shell variables may also be referenced by name |
---|
3426 | without using the parameter expansion syntax. |
---|
3427 | A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to 0 when referenced |
---|
3428 | by name without using the parameter expansion syntax. |
---|
3429 | The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic expression |
---|
3430 | when it is referenced, or when a variable which has been given the |
---|
3431 | \fIinteger\fP attribute using \fBdeclare -i\fP is assigned a value. |
---|
3432 | A null value evaluates to 0. |
---|
3433 | A shell variable need not have its integer attribute |
---|
3434 | turned on to be used in an expression. |
---|
3435 | .PP |
---|
3436 | Constants with a leading 0 are interpreted as octal numbers. |
---|
3437 | A leading 0x or 0X denotes hexadecimal. |
---|
3438 | Otherwise, numbers take the form [\fIbase#\fP]n, where \fIbase\fP |
---|
3439 | is a decimal number between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic |
---|
3440 | base, and \fIn\fP is a number in that base. |
---|
3441 | If \fIbase#\fP is omitted, then base 10 is used. |
---|
3442 | The digits greater than 9 are represented by the lowercase letters, |
---|
3443 | the uppercase letters, @, and _, in that order. |
---|
3444 | If \fIbase\fP is less than or equal to 36, lowercase and uppercase |
---|
3445 | letters may be used interchangably to represent numbers between 10 |
---|
3446 | and 35. |
---|
3447 | .PP |
---|
3448 | Operators are evaluated in order of precedence. Sub-expressions in |
---|
3449 | parentheses are evaluated first and may override the precedence |
---|
3450 | rules above. |
---|
3451 | .SH "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" |
---|
3452 | Conditional expressions are used by the \fB[[\fP compound command and |
---|
3453 | the \fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP builtin commands to test file attributes |
---|
3454 | and perform string and arithmetic comparisons. |
---|
3455 | Expressions are formed from the following unary or binary primaries. |
---|
3456 | If any \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is of the form |
---|
3457 | \fI/dev/fd/n\fP, then file descriptor \fIn\fP is checked. |
---|
3458 | If the \fIfile\fP argument to one of the primaries is one of |
---|
3459 | \fI/dev/stdin\fP, \fI/dev/stdout\fP, or \fI/dev/stderr\fP, file |
---|
3460 | descriptor 0, 1, or 2, respectively, is checked. |
---|
3461 | .sp 1 |
---|
3462 | .PD 0 |
---|
3463 | .TP |
---|
3464 | .B \-a \fIfile\fP |
---|
3465 | True if \fIfile\fP exists. |
---|
3466 | .TP |
---|
3467 | .B \-b \fIfile\fP |
---|
3468 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a block special file. |
---|
3469 | .TP |
---|
3470 | .B \-c \fIfile\fP |
---|
3471 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a character special file. |
---|
3472 | .TP |
---|
3473 | .B \-d \fIfile\fP |
---|
3474 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a directory. |
---|
3475 | .TP |
---|
3476 | .B \-e \fIfile\fP |
---|
3477 | True if \fIfile\fP exists. |
---|
3478 | .TP |
---|
3479 | .B \-f \fIfile\fP |
---|
3480 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a regular file. |
---|
3481 | .TP |
---|
3482 | .B \-g \fIfile\fP |
---|
3483 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is set-group-id. |
---|
3484 | .TP |
---|
3485 | .B \-h \fIfile\fP |
---|
3486 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link. |
---|
3487 | .TP |
---|
3488 | .B \-k \fIfile\fP |
---|
3489 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and its ``sticky'' bit is set. |
---|
3490 | .TP |
---|
3491 | .B \-p \fIfile\fP |
---|
3492 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a named pipe (FIFO). |
---|
3493 | .TP |
---|
3494 | .B \-r \fIfile\fP |
---|
3495 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is readable. |
---|
3496 | .TP |
---|
3497 | .B \-s \fIfile\fP |
---|
3498 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and has a size greater than zero. |
---|
3499 | .TP |
---|
3500 | .B \-t \fIfd\fP |
---|
3501 | True if file descriptor |
---|
3502 | .I fd |
---|
3503 | is open and refers to a terminal. |
---|
3504 | .TP |
---|
3505 | .B \-u \fIfile\fP |
---|
3506 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and its set-user-id bit is set. |
---|
3507 | .TP |
---|
3508 | .B \-w \fIfile\fP |
---|
3509 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is writable. |
---|
3510 | .TP |
---|
3511 | .B \-x \fIfile\fP |
---|
3512 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is executable. |
---|
3513 | .TP |
---|
3514 | .B \-O \fIfile\fP |
---|
3515 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective user id. |
---|
3516 | .TP |
---|
3517 | .B \-G \fIfile\fP |
---|
3518 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is owned by the effective group id. |
---|
3519 | .TP |
---|
3520 | .B \-L \fIfile\fP |
---|
3521 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a symbolic link. |
---|
3522 | .TP |
---|
3523 | .B \-S \fIfile\fP |
---|
3524 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and is a socket. |
---|
3525 | .TP |
---|
3526 | .B \-N \fIfile\fP |
---|
3527 | True if \fIfile\fP exists and has been modified since it was last read. |
---|
3528 | .TP |
---|
3529 | \fIfile1\fP \-\fBnt\fP \fIfile2\fP |
---|
3530 | True if \fIfile1\fP is newer (according to modification date) than \fIfile2\fP, |
---|
3531 | or if \fIfile1\fP exists and \fPfile2\fP does not. |
---|
3532 | .TP |
---|
3533 | \fIfile1\fP \-\fBot\fP \fIfile2\fP |
---|
3534 | True if \fIfile1\fP is older than \fIfile2\fP, or if \fIfile2\fP exists |
---|
3535 | and \fIfile1\fP does not. |
---|
3536 | .TP |
---|
3537 | \fIfile1\fP \fB\-ef\fP \fIfile2\fP |
---|
3538 | True if \fIfile1\fP and \fIfile2\fP refer to the same device and |
---|
3539 | inode numbers. |
---|
3540 | .TP |
---|
3541 | .B \-o \fIoptname\fP |
---|
3542 | True if shell option |
---|
3543 | .I optname |
---|
3544 | is enabled. |
---|
3545 | See the list of options under the description of the |
---|
3546 | .B \-o |
---|
3547 | option to the |
---|
3548 | .B set |
---|
3549 | builtin below. |
---|
3550 | .TP |
---|
3551 | .B \-z \fIstring\fP |
---|
3552 | True if the length of \fIstring\fP is zero. |
---|
3553 | .TP |
---|
3554 | \fIstring\fP |
---|
3555 | .PD 0 |
---|
3556 | .TP |
---|
3557 | .B \-n \fIstring\fP |
---|
3558 | .PD |
---|
3559 | True if the length of |
---|
3560 | .I string |
---|
3561 | is non-zero. |
---|
3562 | .TP |
---|
3563 | \fIstring1\fP \fB==\fP \fIstring2\fP |
---|
3564 | True if the strings are equal. \fB=\fP may be used in place of |
---|
3565 | \fB==\fP for strict POSIX compliance. |
---|
3566 | .TP |
---|
3567 | \fIstring1\fP \fB!=\fP \fIstring2\fP |
---|
3568 | True if the strings are not equal. |
---|
3569 | .TP |
---|
3570 | \fIstring1\fP \fB<\fP \fIstring2\fP |
---|
3571 | True if \fIstring1\fP sorts before \fIstring2\fP lexicographically |
---|
3572 | in the current locale. |
---|
3573 | .TP |
---|
3574 | \fIstring1\fP \fB>\fP \fIstring2\fP |
---|
3575 | True if \fIstring1\fP sorts after \fIstring2\fP lexicographically |
---|
3576 | in the current locale. |
---|
3577 | .TP |
---|
3578 | .I \fIarg1\fP \fBOP\fP \fIarg2\fP |
---|
3579 | .SM |
---|
3580 | .B OP |
---|
3581 | is one of |
---|
3582 | .BR \-eq , |
---|
3583 | .BR \-ne , |
---|
3584 | .BR \-lt , |
---|
3585 | .BR \-le , |
---|
3586 | .BR \-gt , |
---|
3587 | or |
---|
3588 | .BR \-ge . |
---|
3589 | These arithmetic binary operators return true if \fIarg1\fP |
---|
3590 | is equal to, not equal to, less than, less than or equal to, |
---|
3591 | greater than, or greater than or equal to \fIarg2\fP, respectively. |
---|
3592 | .I Arg1 |
---|
3593 | and |
---|
3594 | .I arg2 |
---|
3595 | may be positive or negative integers. |
---|
3596 | .PD |
---|
3597 | .SH "SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION" |
---|
3598 | When a simple command is executed, the shell performs the following |
---|
3599 | expansions, assignments, and redirections, from left to right. |
---|
3600 | .IP 1. |
---|
3601 | The words that the parser has marked as variable assignments (those |
---|
3602 | preceding the command name) and redirections are saved for later |
---|
3603 | processing. |
---|
3604 | .IP 2. |
---|
3605 | The words that are not variable assignments or redirections are |
---|
3606 | expanded. If any words remain after expansion, the first word |
---|
3607 | is taken to be the name of the command and the remaining words are |
---|
3608 | the arguments. |
---|
3609 | .IP 3. |
---|
3610 | Redirections are performed as described above under |
---|
3611 | .SM |
---|
3612 | .BR REDIRECTION . |
---|
3613 | .IP 4. |
---|
3614 | The text after the \fB=\fP in each variable assignment undergoes tilde |
---|
3615 | expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, |
---|
3616 | and quote removal before being assigned to the variable. |
---|
3617 | .PP |
---|
3618 | If no command name results, the variable assignments affect the current |
---|
3619 | shell environment. Otherwise, the variables are added to the environment |
---|
3620 | of the executed command and do not affect the current shell environment. |
---|
3621 | If any of the assignments attempts to assign a value to a readonly variable, |
---|
3622 | an error occurs, and the command exits with a non-zero status. |
---|
3623 | .PP |
---|
3624 | If no command name results, redirections are performed, but do not |
---|
3625 | affect the current shell environment. A redirection error causes the |
---|
3626 | command to exit with a non-zero status. |
---|
3627 | .PP |
---|
3628 | If there is a command name left after expansion, execution proceeds as |
---|
3629 | described below. Otherwise, the command exits. If one of the expansions |
---|
3630 | contained a command substitution, the exit status of the command is |
---|
3631 | the exit status of the last command substitution performed. If there |
---|
3632 | were no command substitutions, the command exits with a status of zero. |
---|
3633 | .SH "COMMAND EXECUTION" |
---|
3634 | After a command has been split into words, if it results in a |
---|
3635 | simple command and an optional list of arguments, the following |
---|
3636 | actions are taken. |
---|
3637 | .PP |
---|
3638 | If the command name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to |
---|
3639 | locate it. If there exists a shell function by that name, that |
---|
3640 | function is invoked as described above in |
---|
3641 | .SM |
---|
3642 | .BR FUNCTIONS . |
---|
3643 | If the name does not match a function, the shell searches for |
---|
3644 | it in the list of shell builtins. If a match is found, that |
---|
3645 | builtin is invoked. |
---|
3646 | .PP |
---|
3647 | If the name is neither a shell function nor a builtin, |
---|
3648 | and contains no slashes, |
---|
3649 | .B bash |
---|
3650 | searches each element of the |
---|
3651 | .SM |
---|
3652 | .B PATH |
---|
3653 | for a directory containing an executable file by that name. |
---|
3654 | .B Bash |
---|
3655 | uses a hash table to remember the full pathnames of executable |
---|
3656 | files (see |
---|
3657 | .B hash |
---|
3658 | under |
---|
3659 | .SM |
---|
3660 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
3661 | below). |
---|
3662 | A full search of the directories in |
---|
3663 | .SM |
---|
3664 | .B PATH |
---|
3665 | is performed only if the command is not found in the hash table. |
---|
3666 | If the search is unsuccessful, the shell prints an error |
---|
3667 | message and returns an exit status of 127. |
---|
3668 | .PP |
---|
3669 | If the search is successful, or if the command name contains |
---|
3670 | one or more slashes, the shell executes the named program in a |
---|
3671 | separate execution environment. |
---|
3672 | Argument 0 is set to the name given, and the remaining arguments |
---|
3673 | to the command are set to the arguments given, if any. |
---|
3674 | .PP |
---|
3675 | If this execution fails because the file is not in executable |
---|
3676 | format, and the file is not a directory, it is assumed to be |
---|
3677 | a \fIshell script\fP, a file |
---|
3678 | containing shell commands. A subshell is spawned to execute |
---|
3679 | it. This subshell reinitializes itself, so |
---|
3680 | that the effect is as if a new shell had been invoked |
---|
3681 | to handle the script, with the exception that the locations of |
---|
3682 | commands remembered by the parent (see |
---|
3683 | .B hash |
---|
3684 | below under |
---|
3685 | .SM |
---|
3686 | \fBSHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS\fP) |
---|
3687 | are retained by the child. |
---|
3688 | .PP |
---|
3689 | If the program is a file beginning with |
---|
3690 | .BR #! , |
---|
3691 | the remainder of the first line specifies an interpreter |
---|
3692 | for the program. The shell executes the |
---|
3693 | specified interpreter on operating systems that do not |
---|
3694 | handle this executable format themselves. The arguments to the |
---|
3695 | interpreter consist of a single optional argument following the |
---|
3696 | interpreter name on the first line of the program, followed |
---|
3697 | by the name of the program, followed by the command |
---|
3698 | arguments, if any. |
---|
3699 | .SH COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT |
---|
3700 | The shell has an \fIexecution environment\fP, which consists of the |
---|
3701 | following: |
---|
3702 | .sp 1 |
---|
3703 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3704 | open files inherited by the shell at invocation, as modified by |
---|
3705 | redirections supplied to the \fBexec\fP builtin |
---|
3706 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3707 | the current working directory as set by \fBcd\fP, \fBpushd\fP, or |
---|
3708 | \fBpopd\fP, or inherited by the shell at invocation |
---|
3709 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3710 | the file creation mode mask as set by \fBumask\fP or inherited from |
---|
3711 | the shell's parent |
---|
3712 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3713 | current traps set by \fBtrap\fP |
---|
3714 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3715 | shell parameters that are set by variable assignment or with \fBset\fP |
---|
3716 | or inherited from the shell's parent in the environment |
---|
3717 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3718 | shell functions defined during execution or inherited from the shell's |
---|
3719 | parent in the environment |
---|
3720 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3721 | options enabled at invocation (either by default or with command-line |
---|
3722 | arguments) or by \fBset\fP |
---|
3723 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3724 | options enabled by \fBshopt\fP |
---|
3725 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3726 | shell aliases defined with \fBalias\fP |
---|
3727 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3728 | various process IDs, including those of background jobs, the value |
---|
3729 | of \fB$$\fP, and the value of \fB$PPID\fP |
---|
3730 | .PP |
---|
3731 | When a simple command other than a builtin or shell function |
---|
3732 | is to be executed, it |
---|
3733 | is invoked in a separate execution environment that consists of |
---|
3734 | the following. Unless otherwise noted, the values are inherited |
---|
3735 | from the shell. |
---|
3736 | .sp 1 |
---|
3737 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3738 | the shell's open files, plus any modifications and additions specified |
---|
3739 | by redirections to the command |
---|
3740 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3741 | the current working directory |
---|
3742 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3743 | the file creation mode mask |
---|
3744 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3745 | shell variables and functions marked for export, along with variables |
---|
3746 | exported for the command, passed in the environment |
---|
3747 | .IP \(bu |
---|
3748 | traps caught by the shell are reset to the values inherited from the |
---|
3749 | shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored |
---|
3750 | .PP |
---|
3751 | A command invoked in this separate environment cannot affect the |
---|
3752 | shell's execution environment. |
---|
3753 | .PP |
---|
3754 | Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses, |
---|
3755 | and asynchronous commands are invoked in a |
---|
3756 | subshell environment that is a duplicate of the shell environment, |
---|
3757 | except that traps caught by the shell are reset to the values |
---|
3758 | that the shell inherited from its parent at invocation. Builtin |
---|
3759 | commands that are invoked as part of a pipeline are also executed in a |
---|
3760 | subshell environment. Changes made to the subshell environment |
---|
3761 | cannot affect the shell's execution environment. |
---|
3762 | .PP |
---|
3763 | If a command is followed by a \fB&\fP and job control is not active, the |
---|
3764 | default standard input for the command is the empty file \fI/dev/null\fP. |
---|
3765 | Otherwise, the invoked command inherits the file descriptors of the calling |
---|
3766 | shell as modified by redirections. |
---|
3767 | .SH ENVIRONMENT |
---|
3768 | When a program is invoked it is given an array of strings |
---|
3769 | called the |
---|
3770 | .IR environment . |
---|
3771 | This is a list of |
---|
3772 | \fIname\fP\-\fIvalue\fP pairs, of the form |
---|
3773 | .IR "name\fR=\fPvalue" . |
---|
3774 | .PP |
---|
3775 | The shell provides several ways to manipulate the environment. |
---|
3776 | On invocation, the shell scans its own environment and |
---|
3777 | creates a parameter for each name found, automatically marking |
---|
3778 | it for |
---|
3779 | .I export |
---|
3780 | to child processes. Executed commands inherit the environment. |
---|
3781 | The |
---|
3782 | .B export |
---|
3783 | and |
---|
3784 | .B declare \-x |
---|
3785 | commands allow parameters and functions to be added to and |
---|
3786 | deleted from the environment. If the value of a parameter |
---|
3787 | in the environment is modified, the new value becomes part |
---|
3788 | of the environment, replacing the old. The environment |
---|
3789 | inherited by any executed command consists of the shell's |
---|
3790 | initial environment, whose values may be modified in the shell, |
---|
3791 | less any pairs removed by the |
---|
3792 | .B unset |
---|
3793 | command, plus any additions via the |
---|
3794 | .B export |
---|
3795 | and |
---|
3796 | .B declare \-x |
---|
3797 | commands. |
---|
3798 | .PP |
---|
3799 | The environment for any |
---|
3800 | .I simple command |
---|
3801 | or function may be augmented temporarily by prefixing it with |
---|
3802 | parameter assignments, as described above in |
---|
3803 | .SM |
---|
3804 | .BR PARAMETERS . |
---|
3805 | These assignment statements affect only the environment seen |
---|
3806 | by that command. |
---|
3807 | .PP |
---|
3808 | If the |
---|
3809 | .B \-k |
---|
3810 | option is set (see the |
---|
3811 | .B set |
---|
3812 | builtin command below), then |
---|
3813 | .I all |
---|
3814 | parameter assignments are placed in the environment for a command, |
---|
3815 | not just those that precede the command name. |
---|
3816 | .PP |
---|
3817 | When |
---|
3818 | .B bash |
---|
3819 | invokes an external command, the variable |
---|
3820 | .B _ |
---|
3821 | is set to the full file name of the command and passed to that |
---|
3822 | command in its environment. |
---|
3823 | .SH "EXIT STATUS" |
---|
3824 | For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a |
---|
3825 | zero exit status has succeeded. An exit status of zero |
---|
3826 | indicates success. A non-zero exit status indicates failure. |
---|
3827 | When a command terminates on a fatal signal \fIN\fP, \fBbash\fP uses |
---|
3828 | the value of 128+\fIN\fP as the exit status. |
---|
3829 | .PP |
---|
3830 | If a command is not found, the child process created to |
---|
3831 | execute it returns a status of 127. If a command is found |
---|
3832 | but is not executable, the return status is 126. |
---|
3833 | .PP |
---|
3834 | If a command fails because of an error during expansion or redirection, |
---|
3835 | the exit status is greater than zero. |
---|
3836 | .PP |
---|
3837 | Shell builtin commands return a status of 0 (\fItrue\fP) if |
---|
3838 | successful, and non-zero (\fIfalse\fP) if an error occurs |
---|
3839 | while they execute. |
---|
3840 | All builtins return an exit status of 2 to indicate incorrect usage. |
---|
3841 | .PP |
---|
3842 | \fBBash\fP itself returns the exit status of the last command |
---|
3843 | executed, unless a syntax error occurs, in which case it exits |
---|
3844 | with a non-zero value. See also the \fBexit\fP builtin |
---|
3845 | command below. |
---|
3846 | .SH SIGNALS |
---|
3847 | When \fBbash\fP is interactive, in the absence of any traps, it ignores |
---|
3848 | .SM |
---|
3849 | .B SIGTERM |
---|
3850 | (so that \fBkill 0\fP does not kill an interactive shell), |
---|
3851 | and |
---|
3852 | .SM |
---|
3853 | .B SIGINT |
---|
3854 | is caught and handled (so that the \fBwait\fP builtin is interruptible). |
---|
3855 | In all cases, \fBbash\fP ignores |
---|
3856 | .SM |
---|
3857 | .BR SIGQUIT . |
---|
3858 | If job control is in effect, |
---|
3859 | .B bash |
---|
3860 | ignores |
---|
3861 | .SM |
---|
3862 | .BR SIGTTIN , |
---|
3863 | .SM |
---|
3864 | .BR SIGTTOU , |
---|
3865 | and |
---|
3866 | .SM |
---|
3867 | .BR SIGTSTP . |
---|
3868 | .PP |
---|
3869 | Non-builtin commands run by \fBbash\fP have signal handlers |
---|
3870 | set to the values inherited by the shell from its parent. |
---|
3871 | When job control is not in effect, asynchronous commands |
---|
3872 | ignore |
---|
3873 | .SM |
---|
3874 | .B SIGINT |
---|
3875 | and |
---|
3876 | .SM |
---|
3877 | .B SIGQUIT |
---|
3878 | in addition to these inherited handlers. |
---|
3879 | Commands run as a result of command substitution ignore the |
---|
3880 | keyboard-generated job control signals |
---|
3881 | .SM |
---|
3882 | .BR SIGTTIN , |
---|
3883 | .SM |
---|
3884 | .BR SIGTTOU , |
---|
3885 | and |
---|
3886 | .SM |
---|
3887 | .BR SIGTSTP . |
---|
3888 | .PP |
---|
3889 | The shell exits by default upon receipt of a |
---|
3890 | .SM |
---|
3891 | .BR SIGHUP . |
---|
3892 | Before exiting, an interactive shell resends the |
---|
3893 | .SM |
---|
3894 | .B SIGHUP |
---|
3895 | to all jobs, running or stopped. |
---|
3896 | Stopped jobs are sent |
---|
3897 | .SM |
---|
3898 | .B SIGCONT |
---|
3899 | to ensure that they receive the |
---|
3900 | .SM |
---|
3901 | .BR SIGHUP . |
---|
3902 | To prevent the shell from |
---|
3903 | sending the signal to a particular job, it should be removed from the |
---|
3904 | jobs table with the |
---|
3905 | .B disown |
---|
3906 | builtin (see |
---|
3907 | .SM |
---|
3908 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
3909 | below) or marked |
---|
3910 | to not receive |
---|
3911 | .SM |
---|
3912 | .B SIGHUP |
---|
3913 | using |
---|
3914 | .BR "disown \-h" . |
---|
3915 | .PP |
---|
3916 | If the |
---|
3917 | .B huponexit |
---|
3918 | shell option has been set with |
---|
3919 | .BR shopt , |
---|
3920 | .B bash |
---|
3921 | sends a |
---|
3922 | .SM |
---|
3923 | .B SIGHUP |
---|
3924 | to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits. |
---|
3925 | .PP |
---|
3926 | If \Bbash\fP is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal |
---|
3927 | for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until |
---|
3928 | the command completes. |
---|
3929 | When \fBbash\fP is waiting for an asynchronous command via the \fBwait\fP |
---|
3930 | builtin, the reception of a signal for which a trap has been set will |
---|
3931 | cause the \fBwait\fP builtin to return immediately with an exit status |
---|
3932 | greater than 128, immediately after which the trap is executed. |
---|
3933 | .SH "JOB CONTROL" |
---|
3934 | .I Job control |
---|
3935 | refers to the ability to selectively stop (\fIsuspend\fP) |
---|
3936 | the execution of processes and continue (\fIresume\fP) |
---|
3937 | their execution at a later point. A user typically employs |
---|
3938 | this facility via an interactive interface supplied jointly |
---|
3939 | by the system's terminal driver and |
---|
3940 | .BR bash . |
---|
3941 | .PP |
---|
3942 | The shell associates a |
---|
3943 | .I job |
---|
3944 | with each pipeline. It keeps a table of currently executing |
---|
3945 | jobs, which may be listed with the |
---|
3946 | .B jobs |
---|
3947 | command. When |
---|
3948 | .B bash |
---|
3949 | starts a job asynchronously (in the |
---|
3950 | .IR background ), |
---|
3951 | it prints a line that looks like: |
---|
3952 | .RS |
---|
3953 | .PP |
---|
3954 | [1] 25647 |
---|
3955 | .RE |
---|
3956 | .PP |
---|
3957 | indicating that this job is job number 1 and that the process ID |
---|
3958 | of the last process in the pipeline associated with this job is 25647. |
---|
3959 | All of the processes in a single pipeline are members of the same job. |
---|
3960 | .B Bash |
---|
3961 | uses the |
---|
3962 | .I job |
---|
3963 | abstraction as the basis for job control. |
---|
3964 | .PP |
---|
3965 | To facilitate the implementation of the user interface to job |
---|
3966 | control, the operating system maintains the notion of a \fIcurrent terminal |
---|
3967 | process group ID\fP. Members of this process group (processes whose |
---|
3968 | process group ID is equal to the current terminal process group ID) |
---|
3969 | receive keyboard-generated signals such as |
---|
3970 | .SM |
---|
3971 | .BR SIGINT . |
---|
3972 | These processes are said to be in the |
---|
3973 | .IR foreground . |
---|
3974 | .I Background |
---|
3975 | processes are those whose process group ID differs from the terminal's; |
---|
3976 | such processes are immune to keyboard-generated signals. |
---|
3977 | Only foreground processes are allowed to read from or write to the |
---|
3978 | terminal. Background processes which attempt to read from (write to) the |
---|
3979 | terminal are sent a |
---|
3980 | .SM |
---|
3981 | .B SIGTTIN (SIGTTOU) |
---|
3982 | signal by the terminal driver, |
---|
3983 | which, unless caught, suspends the process. |
---|
3984 | .PP |
---|
3985 | If the operating system on which |
---|
3986 | .B bash |
---|
3987 | is running supports |
---|
3988 | job control, |
---|
3989 | .B bash |
---|
3990 | contains facilities to use it. |
---|
3991 | Typing the |
---|
3992 | .I suspend |
---|
3993 | character (typically |
---|
3994 | .BR ^Z , |
---|
3995 | Control-Z) while a process is running |
---|
3996 | causes that process to be stopped and returns control to |
---|
3997 | .BR bash . |
---|
3998 | Typing the |
---|
3999 | .I "delayed suspend" |
---|
4000 | character (typically |
---|
4001 | .BR ^Y , |
---|
4002 | Control-Y) causes the process to be stopped when it |
---|
4003 | attempts to read input from the terminal, and control to |
---|
4004 | be returned to |
---|
4005 | .BR bash . |
---|
4006 | The user may then manipulate the state of this job, using the |
---|
4007 | .B bg |
---|
4008 | command to continue it in the background, the |
---|
4009 | .B fg |
---|
4010 | command to continue it in the foreground, or |
---|
4011 | the |
---|
4012 | .B kill |
---|
4013 | command to kill it. A \fB^Z\fP takes effect immediately, |
---|
4014 | and has the additional side effect of causing pending output |
---|
4015 | and typeahead to be discarded. |
---|
4016 | .PP |
---|
4017 | There are a number of ways to refer to a job in the shell. |
---|
4018 | The character |
---|
4019 | .B % |
---|
4020 | introduces a job name. Job number |
---|
4021 | .I n |
---|
4022 | may be referred to as |
---|
4023 | .BR %n . |
---|
4024 | A job may also be referred to using a prefix of the name used to |
---|
4025 | start it, or using a substring that appears in its command line. |
---|
4026 | For example, |
---|
4027 | .B %ce |
---|
4028 | refers to a stopped |
---|
4029 | .B ce |
---|
4030 | job. If a prefix matches more than one job, |
---|
4031 | .B bash |
---|
4032 | reports an error. Using |
---|
4033 | .BR %?ce , |
---|
4034 | on the other hand, refers to any job containing the string |
---|
4035 | .B ce |
---|
4036 | in its command line. If the substring matches more than one job, |
---|
4037 | .B bash |
---|
4038 | reports an error. The symbols |
---|
4039 | .B %% |
---|
4040 | and |
---|
4041 | .B %+ |
---|
4042 | refer to the shell's notion of the |
---|
4043 | .IR "current job" , |
---|
4044 | which is the last job stopped while it was in |
---|
4045 | the foreground or started in the background. |
---|
4046 | The |
---|
4047 | .I "previous job" |
---|
4048 | may be referenced using |
---|
4049 | .BR %\- . |
---|
4050 | In output pertaining to jobs (e.g., the output of the |
---|
4051 | .B jobs |
---|
4052 | command), the current job is always flagged with a |
---|
4053 | .BR + , |
---|
4054 | and the previous job with a |
---|
4055 | .BR \- . |
---|
4056 | .PP |
---|
4057 | Simply naming a job can be used to bring it into the |
---|
4058 | foreground: |
---|
4059 | .B %1 |
---|
4060 | is a synonym for |
---|
4061 | \fB``fg %1''\fP, |
---|
4062 | bringing job 1 from the background into the foreground. |
---|
4063 | Similarly, |
---|
4064 | .B ``%1 &'' |
---|
4065 | resumes job 1 in the background, equivalent to |
---|
4066 | \fB``bg %1''\fP. |
---|
4067 | .PP |
---|
4068 | The shell learns immediately whenever a job changes state. |
---|
4069 | Normally, |
---|
4070 | .B bash |
---|
4071 | waits until it is about to print a prompt before reporting |
---|
4072 | changes in a job's status so as to not interrupt |
---|
4073 | any other output. If the |
---|
4074 | .B \-b |
---|
4075 | option to the |
---|
4076 | .B set |
---|
4077 | builtin command |
---|
4078 | is enabled, |
---|
4079 | .B bash |
---|
4080 | reports such changes immediately. |
---|
4081 | Any trap on |
---|
4082 | .SM |
---|
4083 | .B SIGCHLD |
---|
4084 | is executed for each child that exits. |
---|
4085 | .PP |
---|
4086 | If an attempt to exit |
---|
4087 | .B bash |
---|
4088 | is made while jobs are stopped, the shell prints a warning message. The |
---|
4089 | .B jobs |
---|
4090 | command may then be used to inspect their status. |
---|
4091 | If a second attempt to exit is made without an intervening command, |
---|
4092 | the shell does not print another warning, and the stopped |
---|
4093 | jobs are terminated. |
---|
4094 | .SH PROMPTING |
---|
4095 | When executing interactively, |
---|
4096 | .B bash |
---|
4097 | displays the primary prompt |
---|
4098 | .SM |
---|
4099 | .B PS1 |
---|
4100 | when it is ready to read a command, and the secondary prompt |
---|
4101 | .SM |
---|
4102 | .B PS2 |
---|
4103 | when it needs more input to complete a command. |
---|
4104 | .B Bash |
---|
4105 | allows these prompt strings to be customized by inserting a number of |
---|
4106 | backslash-escaped special characters that are decoded as follows: |
---|
4107 | .RS |
---|
4108 | .PD 0 |
---|
4109 | .TP |
---|
4110 | .B \ea |
---|
4111 | an ASCII bell character (07) |
---|
4112 | .TP |
---|
4113 | .B \ed |
---|
4114 | the date in "Weekday Month Date" format (e.g., "Tue May 26") |
---|
4115 | .TP |
---|
4116 | .B \eD{\fIformat\fP} |
---|
4117 | the \fIformat\fP is passed to \fIstrftime\fP(3) and the result is inserted |
---|
4118 | into the prompt string; an empty \fIformat\fP results in a locale-specific |
---|
4119 | time representation. The braces are required |
---|
4120 | .TP |
---|
4121 | .B \ee |
---|
4122 | an ASCII escape character (033) |
---|
4123 | .TP |
---|
4124 | .B \eh |
---|
4125 | the hostname up to the first `.' |
---|
4126 | .TP |
---|
4127 | .B \eH |
---|
4128 | the hostname |
---|
4129 | .TP |
---|
4130 | .B \ej |
---|
4131 | the number of jobs currently managed by the shell |
---|
4132 | .TP |
---|
4133 | .B \el |
---|
4134 | the basename of the shell's terminal device name |
---|
4135 | .TP |
---|
4136 | .B \en |
---|
4137 | newline |
---|
4138 | .TP |
---|
4139 | .B \er |
---|
4140 | carriage return |
---|
4141 | .TP |
---|
4142 | .B \es |
---|
4143 | the name of the shell, the basename of |
---|
4144 | .B $0 |
---|
4145 | (the portion following the final slash) |
---|
4146 | .TP |
---|
4147 | .B \et |
---|
4148 | the current time in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format |
---|
4149 | .TP |
---|
4150 | .B \eT |
---|
4151 | the current time in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format |
---|
4152 | .TP |
---|
4153 | .B \e@ |
---|
4154 | the current time in 12-hour am/pm format |
---|
4155 | .TP |
---|
4156 | .B \eA |
---|
4157 | the current time in 24-hour HH:MM format |
---|
4158 | .TP |
---|
4159 | .B \eu |
---|
4160 | the username of the current user |
---|
4161 | .TP |
---|
4162 | .B \ev |
---|
4163 | the version of \fBbash\fP (e.g., 2.00) |
---|
4164 | .TP |
---|
4165 | .B \eV |
---|
4166 | the release of \fBbash\fP, version + patch level (e.g., 2.00.0) |
---|
4167 | .TP |
---|
4168 | .B \ew |
---|
4169 | the current working directory, with \fB$HOME\fP abbreviated with a tilde |
---|
4170 | .TP |
---|
4171 | .B \eW |
---|
4172 | the basename of the current working directory, with \fB$HOME\fP |
---|
4173 | abbreviated with a tilde |
---|
4174 | .TP |
---|
4175 | .B \e! |
---|
4176 | the history number of this command |
---|
4177 | .TP |
---|
4178 | .B \e# |
---|
4179 | the command number of this command |
---|
4180 | .TP |
---|
4181 | .B \e$ |
---|
4182 | if the effective UID is 0, a |
---|
4183 | .BR # , |
---|
4184 | otherwise a |
---|
4185 | .B $ |
---|
4186 | .TP |
---|
4187 | .B \e\fInnn\fP |
---|
4188 | the character corresponding to the octal number \fInnn\fP |
---|
4189 | .TP |
---|
4190 | .B \e\e |
---|
4191 | a backslash |
---|
4192 | .TP |
---|
4193 | .B \e[ |
---|
4194 | begin a sequence of non-printing characters, which could be used to |
---|
4195 | embed a terminal control sequence into the prompt |
---|
4196 | .TP |
---|
4197 | .B \e] |
---|
4198 | end a sequence of non-printing characters |
---|
4199 | .PD |
---|
4200 | .RE |
---|
4201 | .PP |
---|
4202 | The command number and the history number are usually different: |
---|
4203 | the history number of a command is its position in the history |
---|
4204 | list, which may include commands restored from the history file |
---|
4205 | (see |
---|
4206 | .SM |
---|
4207 | .B HISTORY |
---|
4208 | below), while the command number is the position in the sequence |
---|
4209 | of commands executed during the current shell session. |
---|
4210 | After the string is decoded, it is expanded via |
---|
4211 | parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic |
---|
4212 | expansion, and quote removal, subject to the value of the |
---|
4213 | .B promptvars |
---|
4214 | shell option (see the description of the |
---|
4215 | .B shopt |
---|
4216 | command under |
---|
4217 | .SM |
---|
4218 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
4219 | below). |
---|
4220 | .SH READLINE |
---|
4221 | This is the library that handles reading input when using an interactive |
---|
4222 | shell, unless the |
---|
4223 | .B \-\-noediting |
---|
4224 | option is given at shell invocation. |
---|
4225 | By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of emacs. |
---|
4226 | A vi-style line editing interface is also available. |
---|
4227 | To turn off line editing after the shell is running, use the |
---|
4228 | .B +o emacs |
---|
4229 | or |
---|
4230 | .B +o vi |
---|
4231 | options to the |
---|
4232 | .B set |
---|
4233 | builtin (see |
---|
4234 | .SM |
---|
4235 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
4236 | below). |
---|
4237 | .SS "Readline Notation" |
---|
4238 | .PP |
---|
4239 | In this section, the emacs-style notation is used to denote |
---|
4240 | keystrokes. Control keys are denoted by C\-\fIkey\fR, e.g., C\-n |
---|
4241 | means Control\-N. Similarly, |
---|
4242 | .I meta |
---|
4243 | keys are denoted by M\-\fIkey\fR, so M\-x means Meta\-X. (On keyboards |
---|
4244 | without a |
---|
4245 | .I meta |
---|
4246 | key, M\-\fIx\fP means ESC \fIx\fP, i.e., press the Escape key |
---|
4247 | then the |
---|
4248 | .I x |
---|
4249 | key. This makes ESC the \fImeta prefix\fP. |
---|
4250 | The combination M\-C\-\fIx\fP means ESC\-Control\-\fIx\fP, |
---|
4251 | or press the Escape key |
---|
4252 | then hold the Control key while pressing the |
---|
4253 | .I x |
---|
4254 | key.) |
---|
4255 | .PP |
---|
4256 | Readline commands may be given numeric |
---|
4257 | .IR arguments , |
---|
4258 | which normally act as a repeat count. |
---|
4259 | Sometimes, however, it is the sign of the argument that is significant. |
---|
4260 | Passing a negative argument to a command that acts in the forward |
---|
4261 | direction (e.g., \fBkill\-line\fP) causes that command to act in a |
---|
4262 | backward direction. |
---|
4263 | Commands whose behavior with arguments deviates from this are noted |
---|
4264 | below. |
---|
4265 | .PP |
---|
4266 | When a command is described as \fIkilling\fP text, the text |
---|
4267 | deleted is saved for possible future retrieval |
---|
4268 | (\fIyanking\fP). The killed text is saved in a |
---|
4269 | \fIkill ring\fP. Consecutive kills cause the text to be |
---|
4270 | accumulated into one unit, which can be yanked all at once. |
---|
4271 | Commands which do not kill text separate the chunks of text |
---|
4272 | on the kill ring. |
---|
4273 | .SS "Readline Initialization" |
---|
4274 | .PP |
---|
4275 | Readline is customized by putting commands in an initialization |
---|
4276 | file (the \fIinputrc\fP file). |
---|
4277 | The name of this file is taken from the value of the |
---|
4278 | .SM |
---|
4279 | .B INPUTRC |
---|
4280 | variable. If that variable is unset, the default is |
---|
4281 | .IR ~/.inputrc . |
---|
4282 | When a program which uses the readline library starts up, the |
---|
4283 | initialization file is read, and the key bindings and variables |
---|
4284 | are set. |
---|
4285 | There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the |
---|
4286 | readline initialization file. |
---|
4287 | Blank lines are ignored. |
---|
4288 | Lines beginning with a \fB#\fP are comments. |
---|
4289 | Lines beginning with a \fB$\fP indicate conditional constructs. |
---|
4290 | Other lines denote key bindings and variable settings. |
---|
4291 | .PP |
---|
4292 | The default key-bindings may be changed with an |
---|
4293 | .I inputrc |
---|
4294 | file. |
---|
4295 | Other programs that use this library may add their own commands |
---|
4296 | and bindings. |
---|
4297 | .PP |
---|
4298 | For example, placing |
---|
4299 | .RS |
---|
4300 | .PP |
---|
4301 | M\-Control\-u: universal\-argument |
---|
4302 | .RE |
---|
4303 | or |
---|
4304 | .RS |
---|
4305 | C\-Meta\-u: universal\-argument |
---|
4306 | .RE |
---|
4307 | into the |
---|
4308 | .I inputrc |
---|
4309 | would make M\-C\-u execute the readline command |
---|
4310 | .IR universal\-argument . |
---|
4311 | .PP |
---|
4312 | The following symbolic character names are recognized: |
---|
4313 | .IR RUBOUT , |
---|
4314 | .IR DEL , |
---|
4315 | .IR ESC , |
---|
4316 | .IR LFD , |
---|
4317 | .IR NEWLINE , |
---|
4318 | .IR RET , |
---|
4319 | .IR RETURN , |
---|
4320 | .IR SPC , |
---|
4321 | .IR SPACE , |
---|
4322 | and |
---|
4323 | .IR TAB . |
---|
4324 | .PP |
---|
4325 | In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound |
---|
4326 | to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a \fImacro\fP). |
---|
4327 | .SS "Readline Key Bindings" |
---|
4328 | .PP |
---|
4329 | The syntax for controlling key bindings in the |
---|
4330 | .I inputrc |
---|
4331 | file is simple. All that is required is the name of the |
---|
4332 | command or the text of a macro and a key sequence to which |
---|
4333 | it should be bound. The name may be specified in one of two ways: |
---|
4334 | as a symbolic key name, possibly with \fIMeta\-\fP or \fIControl\-\fP |
---|
4335 | prefixes, or as a key sequence. |
---|
4336 | .PP |
---|
4337 | When using the form \fBkeyname\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP, |
---|
4338 | .I keyname |
---|
4339 | is the name of a key spelled out in English. For example: |
---|
4340 | .sp |
---|
4341 | .RS |
---|
4342 | Control-u: universal\-argument |
---|
4343 | .br |
---|
4344 | Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word |
---|
4345 | .br |
---|
4346 | Control-o: "> output" |
---|
4347 | .RE |
---|
4348 | .LP |
---|
4349 | In the above example, |
---|
4350 | .I C\-u |
---|
4351 | is bound to the function |
---|
4352 | .BR universal\-argument , |
---|
4353 | .I M\-DEL |
---|
4354 | is bound to the function |
---|
4355 | .BR backward\-kill\-word , |
---|
4356 | and |
---|
4357 | .I C\-o |
---|
4358 | is bound to run the macro |
---|
4359 | expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text |
---|
4360 | .if t \f(CW> output\fP |
---|
4361 | .if n ``> output'' |
---|
4362 | into the line). |
---|
4363 | .PP |
---|
4364 | In the second form, \fB"keyseq"\fP:\^\fIfunction\-name\fP or \fImacro\fP, |
---|
4365 | .B keyseq |
---|
4366 | differs from |
---|
4367 | .B keyname |
---|
4368 | above in that strings denoting |
---|
4369 | an entire key sequence may be specified by placing the sequence |
---|
4370 | within double quotes. Some GNU Emacs style key escapes can be |
---|
4371 | used, as in the following example, but the symbolic character names |
---|
4372 | are not recognized. |
---|
4373 | .sp |
---|
4374 | .RS |
---|
4375 | "\eC\-u": universal\-argument |
---|
4376 | .br |
---|
4377 | "\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file |
---|
4378 | .br |
---|
4379 | "\ee[11~": "Function Key 1" |
---|
4380 | .RE |
---|
4381 | .PP |
---|
4382 | In this example, |
---|
4383 | .I C\-u |
---|
4384 | is again bound to the function |
---|
4385 | .BR universal\-argument . |
---|
4386 | .I "C\-x C\-r" |
---|
4387 | is bound to the function |
---|
4388 | .BR re\-read\-init\-file , |
---|
4389 | and |
---|
4390 | .I "ESC [ 1 1 ~" |
---|
4391 | is bound to insert the text |
---|
4392 | .if t \f(CWFunction Key 1\fP. |
---|
4393 | .if n ``Function Key 1''. |
---|
4394 | .PP |
---|
4395 | The full set of GNU Emacs style escape sequences is |
---|
4396 | .RS |
---|
4397 | .PD 0 |
---|
4398 | .TP |
---|
4399 | .B \eC\- |
---|
4400 | control prefix |
---|
4401 | .TP |
---|
4402 | .B \eM\- |
---|
4403 | meta prefix |
---|
4404 | .TP |
---|
4405 | .B \ee |
---|
4406 | an escape character |
---|
4407 | .TP |
---|
4408 | .B \e\e |
---|
4409 | backslash |
---|
4410 | .TP |
---|
4411 | .B \e" |
---|
4412 | literal " |
---|
4413 | .TP |
---|
4414 | .B \e' |
---|
4415 | literal ' |
---|
4416 | .RE |
---|
4417 | .PD |
---|
4418 | .PP |
---|
4419 | In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second |
---|
4420 | set of backslash escapes is available: |
---|
4421 | .RS |
---|
4422 | .PD 0 |
---|
4423 | .TP |
---|
4424 | .B \ea |
---|
4425 | alert (bell) |
---|
4426 | .TP |
---|
4427 | .B \eb |
---|
4428 | backspace |
---|
4429 | .TP |
---|
4430 | .B \ed |
---|
4431 | delete |
---|
4432 | .TP |
---|
4433 | .B \ef |
---|
4434 | form feed |
---|
4435 | .TP |
---|
4436 | .B \en |
---|
4437 | newline |
---|
4438 | .TP |
---|
4439 | .B \er |
---|
4440 | carriage return |
---|
4441 | .TP |
---|
4442 | .B \et |
---|
4443 | horizontal tab |
---|
4444 | .TP |
---|
4445 | .B \ev |
---|
4446 | vertical tab |
---|
4447 | .TP |
---|
4448 | .B \e\fInnn\fP |
---|
4449 | the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP |
---|
4450 | (one to three digits) |
---|
4451 | .TP |
---|
4452 | .B \ex\fIHH\fP |
---|
4453 | the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP |
---|
4454 | (one or two hex digits) |
---|
4455 | .RE |
---|
4456 | .PD |
---|
4457 | .PP |
---|
4458 | When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must |
---|
4459 | be used to indicate a macro definition. |
---|
4460 | Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name. |
---|
4461 | In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded. |
---|
4462 | Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text, |
---|
4463 | including " and '. |
---|
4464 | .PP |
---|
4465 | .B Bash |
---|
4466 | allows the current readline key bindings to be displayed or modified |
---|
4467 | with the |
---|
4468 | .B bind |
---|
4469 | builtin command. The editing mode may be switched during interactive |
---|
4470 | use by using the |
---|
4471 | .B \-o |
---|
4472 | option to the |
---|
4473 | .B set |
---|
4474 | builtin command (see |
---|
4475 | .SM |
---|
4476 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
4477 | below). |
---|
4478 | .SS "Readline Variables" |
---|
4479 | .PP |
---|
4480 | Readline has variables that can be used to further customize its |
---|
4481 | behavior. A variable may be set in the |
---|
4482 | .I inputrc |
---|
4483 | file with a statement of the form |
---|
4484 | .RS |
---|
4485 | .PP |
---|
4486 | \fBset\fP \fIvariable\-name\fP \fIvalue\fP |
---|
4487 | .RE |
---|
4488 | .PP |
---|
4489 | Except where noted, readline variables can take the values |
---|
4490 | .B On |
---|
4491 | or |
---|
4492 | .BR Off . |
---|
4493 | The variables and their default values are: |
---|
4494 | .PP |
---|
4495 | .PD 0 |
---|
4496 | .TP |
---|
4497 | .B bell\-style (audible) |
---|
4498 | Controls what happens when readline wants to ring the terminal bell. |
---|
4499 | If set to \fBnone\fP, readline never rings the bell. If set to |
---|
4500 | \fBvisible\fP, readline uses a visible bell if one is available. |
---|
4501 | If set to \fBaudible\fP, readline attempts to ring the terminal's bell. |
---|
4502 | .TP |
---|
4503 | .B comment\-begin (``#'') |
---|
4504 | The string that is inserted when the readline |
---|
4505 | .B insert\-comment |
---|
4506 | command is executed. |
---|
4507 | This command is bound to |
---|
4508 | .B M\-# |
---|
4509 | in emacs mode and to |
---|
4510 | .B # |
---|
4511 | in vi command mode. |
---|
4512 | .TP |
---|
4513 | .B completion\-ignore\-case (Off) |
---|
4514 | If set to \fBOn\fP, readline performs filename matching and completion |
---|
4515 | in a case\-insensitive fashion. |
---|
4516 | .TP |
---|
4517 | .B completion\-query\-items (100) |
---|
4518 | This determines when the user is queried about viewing |
---|
4519 | the number of possible completions |
---|
4520 | generated by the \fBpossible\-completions\fP command. |
---|
4521 | It may be set to any integer value greater than or equal to |
---|
4522 | zero. If the number of possible completions is greater than |
---|
4523 | or equal to the value of this variable, the user is asked whether |
---|
4524 | or not he wishes to view them; otherwise they are simply listed |
---|
4525 | on the terminal. |
---|
4526 | .TP |
---|
4527 | .B convert\-meta (On) |
---|
4528 | If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will convert characters with the |
---|
4529 | eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence |
---|
4530 | by stripping the eighth bit and prefixing an |
---|
4531 | escape character (in effect, using escape as the \fImeta prefix\fP). |
---|
4532 | .TP |
---|
4533 | .B disable\-completion (Off) |
---|
4534 | If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will inhibit word completion. Completion |
---|
4535 | characters will be inserted into the line as if they had been |
---|
4536 | mapped to \fBself-insert\fP. |
---|
4537 | .TP |
---|
4538 | .B editing\-mode (emacs) |
---|
4539 | Controls whether readline begins with a set of key bindings similar |
---|
4540 | to \fIemacs\fP or \fIvi\fP. |
---|
4541 | .B editing\-mode |
---|
4542 | can be set to either |
---|
4543 | .B emacs |
---|
4544 | or |
---|
4545 | .BR vi . |
---|
4546 | .TP |
---|
4547 | .B enable\-keypad (Off) |
---|
4548 | When set to \fBOn\fP, readline will try to enable the application |
---|
4549 | keypad when it is called. Some systems need this to enable the |
---|
4550 | arrow keys. |
---|
4551 | .TP |
---|
4552 | .B expand\-tilde (Off) |
---|
4553 | If set to \fBon\fP, tilde expansion is performed when readline |
---|
4554 | attempts word completion. |
---|
4555 | .TP |
---|
4556 | .B history-preserve-point |
---|
4557 | If set to \fBon\fP, the history code attempts to place point at the |
---|
4558 | same location on each history line retrived with \fBprevious-history\fP |
---|
4559 | or \fBnext-history\fP. |
---|
4560 | .TP |
---|
4561 | .B horizontal\-scroll\-mode (Off) |
---|
4562 | When set to \fBOn\fP, makes readline use a single line for display, |
---|
4563 | scrolling the input horizontally on a single screen line when it |
---|
4564 | becomes longer than the screen width rather than wrapping to a new line. |
---|
4565 | .TP |
---|
4566 | .B input\-meta (Off) |
---|
4567 | If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will enable eight-bit input (that is, |
---|
4568 | it will not strip the high bit from the characters it reads), |
---|
4569 | regardless of what the terminal claims it can support. The name |
---|
4570 | .B meta\-flag |
---|
4571 | is a synonym for this variable. |
---|
4572 | .TP |
---|
4573 | .B isearch\-terminators (``C\-[C\-J'') |
---|
4574 | The string of characters that should terminate an incremental |
---|
4575 | search without subsequently executing the character as a command. |
---|
4576 | If this variable has not been given a value, the characters |
---|
4577 | \fIESC\fP and \fIC\-J\fP will terminate an incremental search. |
---|
4578 | .TP |
---|
4579 | .B keymap (emacs) |
---|
4580 | Set the current readline keymap. The set of valid keymap names is |
---|
4581 | \fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi, |
---|
4582 | vi\-command\fP, and |
---|
4583 | .IR vi\-insert . |
---|
4584 | \fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is |
---|
4585 | equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP. The default value is |
---|
4586 | .IR emacs ; |
---|
4587 | the value of |
---|
4588 | .B editing\-mode |
---|
4589 | also affects the default keymap. |
---|
4590 | .TP |
---|
4591 | .B mark\-directories (On) |
---|
4592 | If set to \fBOn\fP, completed directory names have a slash |
---|
4593 | appended. |
---|
4594 | .TP |
---|
4595 | .B mark\-modified\-lines (Off) |
---|
4596 | If set to \fBOn\fP, history lines that have been modified are displayed |
---|
4597 | with a preceding asterisk (\fB*\fP). |
---|
4598 | .TP |
---|
4599 | .B mark\-symlinked\-directories (Off) |
---|
4600 | If set to \fBOn\fP, completed names which are symbolic links to directories |
---|
4601 | have a slash appended (subject to the value of |
---|
4602 | \fBmark\-directories\fP). |
---|
4603 | .TP |
---|
4604 | .B match\-hidden\-files (On) |
---|
4605 | This variable, when set to \fBOn\fP, causes readline to match files whose |
---|
4606 | names begin with a `.' (hidden files) when performing filename |
---|
4607 | completion, unless the leading `.' is |
---|
4608 | supplied by the user in the filename to be completed. |
---|
4609 | .TP |
---|
4610 | .B output\-meta (Off) |
---|
4611 | If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display characters with the |
---|
4612 | eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape |
---|
4613 | sequence. |
---|
4614 | .TP |
---|
4615 | .B page\-completions (On) |
---|
4616 | If set to \fBOn\fP, readline uses an internal \fImore\fP-like pager |
---|
4617 | to display a screenful of possible completions at a time. |
---|
4618 | .TP |
---|
4619 | .B print\-completions\-horizontally (Off) |
---|
4620 | If set to \fBOn\fP, readline will display completions with matches |
---|
4621 | sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen. |
---|
4622 | .TP |
---|
4623 | .B show\-all\-if\-ambiguous (Off) |
---|
4624 | This alters the default behavior of the completion functions. If |
---|
4625 | set to |
---|
4626 | .BR on , |
---|
4627 | words which have more than one possible completion cause the |
---|
4628 | matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell. |
---|
4629 | .TP |
---|
4630 | .B show\-all\-if\-unmodified (Off) |
---|
4631 | This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in |
---|
4632 | a fashion similar to \fBshow\-all\-if\-ambiguous\fP. |
---|
4633 | If set to |
---|
4634 | .BR on , |
---|
4635 | words which have more than one possible completion without any |
---|
4636 | possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share |
---|
4637 | a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead |
---|
4638 | of ringing the bell. |
---|
4639 | .TP |
---|
4640 | .B visible\-stats (Off) |
---|
4641 | If set to \fBOn\fP, a character denoting a file's type as reported |
---|
4642 | by \fIstat\fP(2) is appended to the filename when listing possible |
---|
4643 | completions. |
---|
4644 | .PD |
---|
4645 | .SS "Readline Conditional Constructs" |
---|
4646 | .PP |
---|
4647 | Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional |
---|
4648 | compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key |
---|
4649 | bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result |
---|
4650 | of tests. There are four parser directives used. |
---|
4651 | .IP \fB$if\fP |
---|
4652 | The |
---|
4653 | .B $if |
---|
4654 | construct allows bindings to be made based on the |
---|
4655 | editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using |
---|
4656 | readline. The text of the test extends to the end of the line; |
---|
4657 | no characters are required to isolate it. |
---|
4658 | .RS |
---|
4659 | .IP \fBmode\fP |
---|
4660 | The \fBmode=\fP form of the \fB$if\fP directive is used to test |
---|
4661 | whether readline is in emacs or vi mode. |
---|
4662 | This may be used in conjunction |
---|
4663 | with the \fBset keymap\fP command, for instance, to set bindings in |
---|
4664 | the \fIemacs\-standard\fP and \fIemacs\-ctlx\fP keymaps only if |
---|
4665 | readline is starting out in emacs mode. |
---|
4666 | .IP \fBterm\fP |
---|
4667 | The \fBterm=\fP form may be used to include terminal-specific |
---|
4668 | key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the |
---|
4669 | terminal's function keys. The word on the right side of the |
---|
4670 | .B = |
---|
4671 | is tested against the both full name of the terminal and the portion |
---|
4672 | of the terminal name before the first \fB\-\fP. This allows |
---|
4673 | .I sun |
---|
4674 | to match both |
---|
4675 | .I sun |
---|
4676 | and |
---|
4677 | .IR sun\-cmd , |
---|
4678 | for instance. |
---|
4679 | .IP \fBapplication\fP |
---|
4680 | The \fBapplication\fP construct is used to include |
---|
4681 | application-specific settings. Each program using the readline |
---|
4682 | library sets the \fIapplication name\fP, and an initialization |
---|
4683 | file can test for a particular value. |
---|
4684 | This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for |
---|
4685 | a specific program. For instance, the following command adds a |
---|
4686 | key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash: |
---|
4687 | .sp 1 |
---|
4688 | .RS |
---|
4689 | .nf |
---|
4690 | \fB$if\fP Bash |
---|
4691 | # Quote the current or previous word |
---|
4692 | "\eC\-xq": "\eeb\e"\eef\e"" |
---|
4693 | \fB$endif\fP |
---|
4694 | .fi |
---|
4695 | .RE |
---|
4696 | .RE |
---|
4697 | .IP \fB$endif\fP |
---|
4698 | This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an |
---|
4699 | \fB$if\fP command. |
---|
4700 | .IP \fB$else\fP |
---|
4701 | Commands in this branch of the \fB$if\fP directive are executed if |
---|
4702 | the test fails. |
---|
4703 | .IP \fB$include\fP |
---|
4704 | This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands |
---|
4705 | and bindings from that file. For example, the following directive |
---|
4706 | would read \fI/etc/inputrc\fP: |
---|
4707 | .sp 1 |
---|
4708 | .RS |
---|
4709 | .nf |
---|
4710 | \fB$include\fP \^ \fI/etc/inputrc\fP |
---|
4711 | .fi |
---|
4712 | .RE |
---|
4713 | .SS Searching |
---|
4714 | .PP |
---|
4715 | Readline provides commands for searching through the command history |
---|
4716 | (see |
---|
4717 | .SM |
---|
4718 | .B HISTORY |
---|
4719 | below) for lines containing a specified string. |
---|
4720 | There are two search modes: |
---|
4721 | .I incremental |
---|
4722 | and |
---|
4723 | .IR non-incremental . |
---|
4724 | .PP |
---|
4725 | Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the |
---|
4726 | search string. |
---|
4727 | As each character of the search string is typed, readline displays |
---|
4728 | the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far. |
---|
4729 | An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to |
---|
4730 | find the desired history entry. |
---|
4731 | The characters present in the value of the \fBisearch-terminators\fP |
---|
4732 | variable are used to terminate an incremental search. |
---|
4733 | If that variable has not been assigned a value the Escape and |
---|
4734 | Control-J characters will terminate an incremental search. |
---|
4735 | Control-G will abort an incremental search and restore the original |
---|
4736 | line. |
---|
4737 | When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the |
---|
4738 | search string becomes the current line. |
---|
4739 | .PP |
---|
4740 | To find other matching entries in the history list, type Control-S or |
---|
4741 | Control-R as appropriate. |
---|
4742 | This will search backward or forward in the history for the next |
---|
4743 | entry matching the search string typed so far. |
---|
4744 | Any other key sequence bound to a readline command will terminate |
---|
4745 | the search and execute that command. |
---|
4746 | For instance, a \fInewline\fP will terminate the search and accept |
---|
4747 | the line, thereby executing the command from the history list. |
---|
4748 | .PP |
---|
4749 | Readline remembers the last incremental search string. If two |
---|
4750 | Control-Rs are typed without any intervening characters defining a |
---|
4751 | new search string, any remembered search string is used. |
---|
4752 | .PP |
---|
4753 | Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting |
---|
4754 | to search for matching history lines. The search string may be |
---|
4755 | typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line. |
---|
4756 | .SS "Readline Command Names" |
---|
4757 | .PP |
---|
4758 | The following is a list of the names of the commands and the default |
---|
4759 | key sequences to which they are bound. |
---|
4760 | Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default. |
---|
4761 | In the following descriptions, \fIpoint\fP refers to the current cursor |
---|
4762 | position, and \fImark\fP refers to a cursor position saved by the |
---|
4763 | \fBset\-mark\fP command. |
---|
4764 | The text between the point and mark is referred to as the \fIregion\fP. |
---|
4765 | .SS Commands for Moving |
---|
4766 | .PP |
---|
4767 | .PD 0 |
---|
4768 | .TP |
---|
4769 | .B beginning\-of\-line (C\-a) |
---|
4770 | Move to the start of the current line. |
---|
4771 | .TP |
---|
4772 | .B end\-of\-line (C\-e) |
---|
4773 | Move to the end of the line. |
---|
4774 | .TP |
---|
4775 | .B forward\-char (C\-f) |
---|
4776 | Move forward a character. |
---|
4777 | .TP |
---|
4778 | .B backward\-char (C\-b) |
---|
4779 | Move back a character. |
---|
4780 | .TP |
---|
4781 | .B forward\-word (M\-f) |
---|
4782 | Move forward to the end of the next word. Words are composed of |
---|
4783 | alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). |
---|
4784 | .TP |
---|
4785 | .B backward\-word (M\-b) |
---|
4786 | Move back to the start of the current or previous word. Words are |
---|
4787 | composed of alphanumeric characters (letters and digits). |
---|
4788 | .TP |
---|
4789 | .B clear\-screen (C\-l) |
---|
4790 | Clear the screen leaving the current line at the top of the screen. |
---|
4791 | With an argument, refresh the current line without clearing the |
---|
4792 | screen. |
---|
4793 | .TP |
---|
4794 | .B redraw\-current\-line |
---|
4795 | Refresh the current line. |
---|
4796 | .PD |
---|
4797 | .SS Commands for Manipulating the History |
---|
4798 | .PP |
---|
4799 | .PD 0 |
---|
4800 | .TP |
---|
4801 | .B accept\-line (Newline, Return) |
---|
4802 | Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is. If this line is |
---|
4803 | non-empty, add it to the history list according to the state of the |
---|
4804 | .SM |
---|
4805 | .B HISTCONTROL |
---|
4806 | variable. If the line is a modified history |
---|
4807 | line, then restore the history line to its original state. |
---|
4808 | .TP |
---|
4809 | .B previous\-history (C\-p) |
---|
4810 | Fetch the previous command from the history list, moving back in |
---|
4811 | the list. |
---|
4812 | .TP |
---|
4813 | .B next\-history (C\-n) |
---|
4814 | Fetch the next command from the history list, moving forward in the |
---|
4815 | list. |
---|
4816 | .TP |
---|
4817 | .B beginning\-of\-history (M\-<) |
---|
4818 | Move to the first line in the history. |
---|
4819 | .TP |
---|
4820 | .B end\-of\-history (M\->) |
---|
4821 | Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently being |
---|
4822 | entered. |
---|
4823 | .TP |
---|
4824 | .B reverse\-search\-history (C\-r) |
---|
4825 | Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through |
---|
4826 | the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. |
---|
4827 | .TP |
---|
4828 | .B forward\-search\-history (C\-s) |
---|
4829 | Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through |
---|
4830 | the history as necessary. This is an incremental search. |
---|
4831 | .TP |
---|
4832 | .B non\-incremental\-reverse\-search\-history (M\-p) |
---|
4833 | Search backward through the history starting at the current line |
---|
4834 | using a non-incremental search for a string supplied by the user. |
---|
4835 | .TP |
---|
4836 | .B non\-incremental\-forward\-search\-history (M\-n) |
---|
4837 | Search forward through the history using a non-incremental search for |
---|
4838 | a string supplied by the user. |
---|
4839 | .TP |
---|
4840 | .B history\-search\-forward |
---|
4841 | Search forward through the history for the string of characters |
---|
4842 | between the start of the current line and the point. |
---|
4843 | This is a non-incremental search. |
---|
4844 | .TP |
---|
4845 | .B history\-search\-backward |
---|
4846 | Search backward through the history for the string of characters |
---|
4847 | between the start of the current line and the point. |
---|
4848 | This is a non-incremental search. |
---|
4849 | .TP |
---|
4850 | .B yank\-nth\-arg (M\-C\-y) |
---|
4851 | Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually |
---|
4852 | the second word on the previous line) at point. |
---|
4853 | With an argument |
---|
4854 | .IR n , |
---|
4855 | insert the \fIn\fPth word from the previous command (the words |
---|
4856 | in the previous command begin with word 0). A negative argument |
---|
4857 | inserts the \fIn\fPth word from the end of the previous command. |
---|
4858 | .TP |
---|
4859 | .B |
---|
4860 | yank\-last\-arg (M\-.\^, M\-_\^) |
---|
4861 | Insert the last argument to the previous command (the last word of |
---|
4862 | the previous history entry). With an argument, |
---|
4863 | behave exactly like \fByank\-nth\-arg\fP. |
---|
4864 | Successive calls to \fByank\-last\-arg\fP move back through the history |
---|
4865 | list, inserting the last argument of each line in turn. |
---|
4866 | .TP |
---|
4867 | .B shell\-expand\-line (M\-C\-e) |
---|
4868 | Expand the line as the shell does. This |
---|
4869 | performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell |
---|
4870 | word expansions. See |
---|
4871 | .SM |
---|
4872 | .B HISTORY EXPANSION |
---|
4873 | below for a description of history expansion. |
---|
4874 | .TP |
---|
4875 | .B history\-expand\-line (M\-^) |
---|
4876 | Perform history expansion on the current line. |
---|
4877 | See |
---|
4878 | .SM |
---|
4879 | .B HISTORY EXPANSION |
---|
4880 | below for a description of history expansion. |
---|
4881 | .TP |
---|
4882 | .B magic\-space |
---|
4883 | Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space. |
---|
4884 | See |
---|
4885 | .SM |
---|
4886 | .B HISTORY EXPANSION |
---|
4887 | below for a description of history expansion. |
---|
4888 | .TP |
---|
4889 | .B alias\-expand\-line |
---|
4890 | Perform alias expansion on the current line. |
---|
4891 | See |
---|
4892 | .SM |
---|
4893 | .B ALIASES |
---|
4894 | above for a description of alias expansion. |
---|
4895 | .TP |
---|
4896 | .B history\-and\-alias\-expand\-line |
---|
4897 | Perform history and alias expansion on the current line. |
---|
4898 | .TP |
---|
4899 | .B insert\-last\-argument (M\-.\^, M\-_\^) |
---|
4900 | A synonym for \fByank\-last\-arg\fP. |
---|
4901 | .TP |
---|
4902 | .B operate\-and\-get\-next (C\-o) |
---|
4903 | Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line |
---|
4904 | relative to the current line from the history for editing. Any |
---|
4905 | argument is ignored. |
---|
4906 | .TP |
---|
4907 | .B edit\-and\-execute\-command (C\-xC\-e) |
---|
4908 | Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell |
---|
4909 | commands. |
---|
4910 | \fBBash\fP attempts to invoke |
---|
4911 | .SM |
---|
4912 | .BR $FCEDIT , |
---|
4913 | .SM |
---|
4914 | .BR $EDITOR , |
---|
4915 | and \fIemacs\fP as the editor, in that order. |
---|
4916 | .PD |
---|
4917 | .SS Commands for Changing Text |
---|
4918 | .PP |
---|
4919 | .PD 0 |
---|
4920 | .TP |
---|
4921 | .B delete\-char (C\-d) |
---|
4922 | Delete the character at point. If point is at the |
---|
4923 | beginning of the line, there are no characters in the line, and |
---|
4924 | the last character typed was not bound to \fBdelete\-char\fP, |
---|
4925 | then return |
---|
4926 | .SM |
---|
4927 | .BR EOF . |
---|
4928 | .TP |
---|
4929 | .B backward\-delete\-char (Rubout) |
---|
4930 | Delete the character behind the cursor. When given a numeric argument, |
---|
4931 | save the deleted text on the kill ring. |
---|
4932 | .TP |
---|
4933 | .B forward\-backward\-delete\-char |
---|
4934 | Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the |
---|
4935 | end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is |
---|
4936 | deleted. |
---|
4937 | .TP |
---|
4938 | .B quoted\-insert (C\-q, C\-v) |
---|
4939 | Add the next character typed to the line verbatim. This is |
---|
4940 | how to insert characters like \fBC\-q\fP, for example. |
---|
4941 | .TP |
---|
4942 | .B tab\-insert (C\-v TAB) |
---|
4943 | Insert a tab character. |
---|
4944 | .TP |
---|
4945 | .B self\-insert (a,\ b,\ A,\ 1,\ !,\ ...) |
---|
4946 | Insert the character typed. |
---|
4947 | .TP |
---|
4948 | .B transpose\-chars (C\-t) |
---|
4949 | Drag the character before point forward over the character at point, |
---|
4950 | moving point forward as well. |
---|
4951 | If point is at the end of the line, then this transposes |
---|
4952 | the two characters before point. |
---|
4953 | Negative arguments have no effect. |
---|
4954 | .TP |
---|
4955 | .B transpose\-words (M\-t) |
---|
4956 | Drag the word before point past the word after point, |
---|
4957 | moving point over that word as well. |
---|
4958 | If point is at the end of the line, this transposes |
---|
4959 | the last two words on the line. |
---|
4960 | .TP |
---|
4961 | .B upcase\-word (M\-u) |
---|
4962 | Uppercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, |
---|
4963 | uppercase the previous word, but do not move point. |
---|
4964 | .TP |
---|
4965 | .B downcase\-word (M\-l) |
---|
4966 | Lowercase the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, |
---|
4967 | lowercase the previous word, but do not move point. |
---|
4968 | .TP |
---|
4969 | .B capitalize\-word (M\-c) |
---|
4970 | Capitalize the current (or following) word. With a negative argument, |
---|
4971 | capitalize the previous word, but do not move point. |
---|
4972 | .TP |
---|
4973 | .B overwrite\-mode |
---|
4974 | Toggle overwrite mode. With an explicit positive numeric argument, |
---|
4975 | switches to overwrite mode. With an explicit non-positive numeric |
---|
4976 | argument, switches to insert mode. This command affects only |
---|
4977 | \fBemacs\fP mode; \fBvi\fP mode does overwrite differently. |
---|
4978 | Each call to \fIreadline()\fP starts in insert mode. |
---|
4979 | In overwrite mode, characters bound to \fBself\-insert\fP replace |
---|
4980 | the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right. |
---|
4981 | Characters bound to \fBbackward\-delete\-char\fP replace the character |
---|
4982 | before point with a space. By default, this command is unbound. |
---|
4983 | .PD |
---|
4984 | .SS Killing and Yanking |
---|
4985 | .PP |
---|
4986 | .PD 0 |
---|
4987 | .TP |
---|
4988 | .B kill\-line (C\-k) |
---|
4989 | Kill the text from point to the end of the line. |
---|
4990 | .TP |
---|
4991 | .B backward\-kill\-line (C\-x Rubout) |
---|
4992 | Kill backward to the beginning of the line. |
---|
4993 | .TP |
---|
4994 | .B unix\-line\-discard (C\-u) |
---|
4995 | Kill backward from point to the beginning of the line. |
---|
4996 | The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. |
---|
4997 | .\" There is no real difference between this and backward-kill-line |
---|
4998 | .TP |
---|
4999 | .B kill\-whole\-line |
---|
5000 | Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is. |
---|
5001 | .TP |
---|
5002 | .B kill\-word (M\-d) |
---|
5003 | Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between |
---|
5004 | words, to the end of the next word. |
---|
5005 | Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBforward\-word\fP. |
---|
5006 | .TP |
---|
5007 | .B backward\-kill\-word (M\-Rubout) |
---|
5008 | Kill the word behind point. |
---|
5009 | Word boundaries are the same as those used by \fBbackward\-word\fP. |
---|
5010 | .TP |
---|
5011 | .B unix\-word\-rubout (C\-w) |
---|
5012 | Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary. |
---|
5013 | The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. |
---|
5014 | .TP |
---|
5015 | .B unix\-filename\-rubout |
---|
5016 | Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character |
---|
5017 | as the word boundaries. |
---|
5018 | The killed text is saved on the kill-ring. |
---|
5019 | .TP |
---|
5020 | .B delete\-horizontal\-space (M\-\e) |
---|
5021 | Delete all spaces and tabs around point. |
---|
5022 | .TP |
---|
5023 | .B kill\-region |
---|
5024 | Kill the text in the current region. |
---|
5025 | .TP |
---|
5026 | .B copy\-region\-as\-kill |
---|
5027 | Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer. |
---|
5028 | .TP |
---|
5029 | .B copy\-backward\-word |
---|
5030 | Copy the word before point to the kill buffer. |
---|
5031 | The word boundaries are the same as \fBbackward\-word\fP. |
---|
5032 | .TP |
---|
5033 | .B copy\-forward\-word |
---|
5034 | Copy the word following point to the kill buffer. |
---|
5035 | The word boundaries are the same as \fBforward\-word\fP. |
---|
5036 | .TP |
---|
5037 | .B yank (C\-y) |
---|
5038 | Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point. |
---|
5039 | .TP |
---|
5040 | .B yank\-pop (M\-y) |
---|
5041 | Rotate the kill ring, and yank the new top. Only works following |
---|
5042 | .B yank |
---|
5043 | or |
---|
5044 | .BR yank\-pop . |
---|
5045 | .PD |
---|
5046 | .SS Numeric Arguments |
---|
5047 | .PP |
---|
5048 | .PD 0 |
---|
5049 | .TP |
---|
5050 | .B digit\-argument (M\-0, M\-1, ..., M\-\-) |
---|
5051 | Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new |
---|
5052 | argument. M\-\- starts a negative argument. |
---|
5053 | .TP |
---|
5054 | .B universal\-argument |
---|
5055 | This is another way to specify an argument. |
---|
5056 | If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a |
---|
5057 | leading minus sign, those digits define the argument. |
---|
5058 | If the command is followed by digits, executing |
---|
5059 | .B universal\-argument |
---|
5060 | again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored. |
---|
5061 | As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a |
---|
5062 | character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count |
---|
5063 | for the next command is multiplied by four. |
---|
5064 | The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the |
---|
5065 | first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the |
---|
5066 | argument count sixteen, and so on. |
---|
5067 | .PD |
---|
5068 | .SS Completing |
---|
5069 | .PP |
---|
5070 | .PD 0 |
---|
5071 | .TP |
---|
5072 | .B complete (TAB) |
---|
5073 | Attempt to perform completion on the text before point. |
---|
5074 | .B Bash |
---|
5075 | attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the |
---|
5076 | text begins with \fB$\fP), username (if the text begins with |
---|
5077 | \fB~\fP), hostname (if the text begins with \fB@\fP), or |
---|
5078 | command (including aliases and functions) in turn. If none |
---|
5079 | of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted. |
---|
5080 | .TP |
---|
5081 | .B possible\-completions (M\-?) |
---|
5082 | List the possible completions of the text before point. |
---|
5083 | .TP |
---|
5084 | .B insert\-completions (M\-*) |
---|
5085 | Insert all completions of the text before point |
---|
5086 | that would have been generated by |
---|
5087 | \fBpossible\-completions\fP. |
---|
5088 | .TP |
---|
5089 | .B menu\-complete |
---|
5090 | Similar to \fBcomplete\fP, but replaces the word to be completed |
---|
5091 | with a single match from the list of possible completions. |
---|
5092 | Repeated execution of \fBmenu\-complete\fP steps through the list |
---|
5093 | of possible completions, inserting each match in turn. |
---|
5094 | At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung |
---|
5095 | (subject to the setting of \fBbell\-style\fP) |
---|
5096 | and the original text is restored. |
---|
5097 | An argument of \fIn\fP moves \fIn\fP positions forward in the list |
---|
5098 | of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward |
---|
5099 | through the list. |
---|
5100 | This command is intended to be bound to \fBTAB\fP, but is unbound |
---|
5101 | by default. |
---|
5102 | .TP |
---|
5103 | .B delete\-char\-or\-list |
---|
5104 | Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or |
---|
5105 | end of the line (like \fBdelete\-char\fP). |
---|
5106 | If at the end of the line, behaves identically to |
---|
5107 | \fBpossible\-completions\fP. |
---|
5108 | This command is unbound by default. |
---|
5109 | .TP |
---|
5110 | .B complete\-filename (M\-/) |
---|
5111 | Attempt filename completion on the text before point. |
---|
5112 | .TP |
---|
5113 | .B possible\-filename\-completions (C\-x /) |
---|
5114 | List the possible completions of the text before point, |
---|
5115 | treating it as a filename. |
---|
5116 | .TP |
---|
5117 | .B complete\-username (M\-~) |
---|
5118 | Attempt completion on the text before point, treating |
---|
5119 | it as a username. |
---|
5120 | .TP |
---|
5121 | .B possible\-username\-completions (C\-x ~) |
---|
5122 | List the possible completions of the text before point, |
---|
5123 | treating it as a username. |
---|
5124 | .TP |
---|
5125 | .B complete\-variable (M\-$) |
---|
5126 | Attempt completion on the text before point, treating |
---|
5127 | it as a shell variable. |
---|
5128 | .TP |
---|
5129 | .B possible\-variable\-completions (C\-x $) |
---|
5130 | List the possible completions of the text before point, |
---|
5131 | treating it as a shell variable. |
---|
5132 | .TP |
---|
5133 | .B complete\-hostname (M\-@) |
---|
5134 | Attempt completion on the text before point, treating |
---|
5135 | it as a hostname. |
---|
5136 | .TP |
---|
5137 | .B possible\-hostname\-completions (C\-x @) |
---|
5138 | List the possible completions of the text before point, |
---|
5139 | treating it as a hostname. |
---|
5140 | .TP |
---|
5141 | .B complete\-command (M\-!) |
---|
5142 | Attempt completion on the text before point, treating |
---|
5143 | it as a command name. Command completion attempts to |
---|
5144 | match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell |
---|
5145 | functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames, |
---|
5146 | in that order. |
---|
5147 | .TP |
---|
5148 | .B possible\-command\-completions (C\-x !) |
---|
5149 | List the possible completions of the text before point, |
---|
5150 | treating it as a command name. |
---|
5151 | .TP |
---|
5152 | .B dynamic\-complete\-history (M\-TAB) |
---|
5153 | Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing |
---|
5154 | the text against lines from the history list for possible |
---|
5155 | completion matches. |
---|
5156 | .TP |
---|
5157 | .B complete\-into\-braces (M\-{) |
---|
5158 | Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions |
---|
5159 | enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell (see |
---|
5160 | .B Brace Expansion |
---|
5161 | above). |
---|
5162 | .PD |
---|
5163 | .SS Keyboard Macros |
---|
5164 | .PP |
---|
5165 | .PD 0 |
---|
5166 | .TP |
---|
5167 | .B start\-kbd\-macro (C\-x (\^) |
---|
5168 | Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro. |
---|
5169 | .TP |
---|
5170 | .B end\-kbd\-macro (C\-x )\^) |
---|
5171 | Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro |
---|
5172 | and store the definition. |
---|
5173 | .TP |
---|
5174 | .B call\-last\-kbd\-macro (C\-x e) |
---|
5175 | Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters |
---|
5176 | in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard. |
---|
5177 | .PD |
---|
5178 | .SS Miscellaneous |
---|
5179 | .PP |
---|
5180 | .PD 0 |
---|
5181 | .TP |
---|
5182 | .B re\-read\-init\-file (C\-x C\-r) |
---|
5183 | Read in the contents of the \fIinputrc\fP file, and incorporate |
---|
5184 | any bindings or variable assignments found there. |
---|
5185 | .TP |
---|
5186 | .B abort (C\-g) |
---|
5187 | Abort the current editing command and |
---|
5188 | ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of |
---|
5189 | .BR bell\-style ). |
---|
5190 | .TP |
---|
5191 | .B do\-uppercase\-version (M\-a, M\-b, M\-\fIx\fP, ...) |
---|
5192 | If the metafied character \fIx\fP is lowercase, run the command |
---|
5193 | that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character. |
---|
5194 | .TP |
---|
5195 | .B prefix\-meta (ESC) |
---|
5196 | Metafy the next character typed. |
---|
5197 | .SM |
---|
5198 | .B ESC |
---|
5199 | .B f |
---|
5200 | is equivalent to |
---|
5201 | .BR Meta\-f . |
---|
5202 | .TP |
---|
5203 | .B undo (C\-_, C\-x C\-u) |
---|
5204 | Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line. |
---|
5205 | .TP |
---|
5206 | .B revert\-line (M\-r) |
---|
5207 | Undo all changes made to this line. This is like executing the |
---|
5208 | .B undo |
---|
5209 | command enough times to return the line to its initial state. |
---|
5210 | .TP |
---|
5211 | .B tilde\-expand (M\-&) |
---|
5212 | Perform tilde expansion on the current word. |
---|
5213 | .TP |
---|
5214 | .B set\-mark (C\-@, M\-<space>) |
---|
5215 | Set the mark to the point. If a |
---|
5216 | numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position. |
---|
5217 | .TP |
---|
5218 | .B exchange\-point\-and\-mark (C\-x C\-x) |
---|
5219 | Swap the point with the mark. The current cursor position is set to |
---|
5220 | the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark. |
---|
5221 | .TP |
---|
5222 | .B character\-search (C\-]) |
---|
5223 | A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that |
---|
5224 | character. A negative count searches for previous occurrences. |
---|
5225 | .TP |
---|
5226 | .B character\-search\-backward (M\-C\-]) |
---|
5227 | A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence of that |
---|
5228 | character. A negative count searches for subsequent occurrences. |
---|
5229 | .TP |
---|
5230 | .B insert\-comment (M\-#) |
---|
5231 | Without a numeric argument, the value of the readline |
---|
5232 | .B comment\-begin |
---|
5233 | variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line. |
---|
5234 | If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle: if |
---|
5235 | the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value |
---|
5236 | of \fBcomment\-begin\fP, the value is inserted, otherwise |
---|
5237 | the characters in \fBcomment-begin\fP are deleted from the beginning of |
---|
5238 | the line. |
---|
5239 | In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed. |
---|
5240 | The default value of |
---|
5241 | \fBcomment\-begin\fP causes this command to make the current line |
---|
5242 | a shell comment. |
---|
5243 | If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line |
---|
5244 | will be executed by the shell. |
---|
5245 | .TP |
---|
5246 | .B glob\-complete\-word (M\-g) |
---|
5247 | The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, |
---|
5248 | with an asterisk implicitly appended. This pattern is used to |
---|
5249 | generate a list of matching file names for possible completions. |
---|
5250 | .TP |
---|
5251 | .B glob\-expand\-word (C\-x *) |
---|
5252 | The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion, |
---|
5253 | and the list of matching file names is inserted, replacing the word. |
---|
5254 | If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before |
---|
5255 | pathname expansion. |
---|
5256 | .TP |
---|
5257 | .B glob\-list\-expansions (C\-x g) |
---|
5258 | The list of expansions that would have been generated by |
---|
5259 | .B glob\-expand\-word |
---|
5260 | is displayed, and the line is redrawn. |
---|
5261 | If a numeric argument is supplied, an asterisk is appended before |
---|
5262 | pathname expansion. |
---|
5263 | .TP |
---|
5264 | .B dump\-functions |
---|
5265 | Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the |
---|
5266 | readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, |
---|
5267 | the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part |
---|
5268 | of an \fIinputrc\fP file. |
---|
5269 | .TP |
---|
5270 | .B dump\-variables |
---|
5271 | Print all of the settable readline variables and their values to the |
---|
5272 | readline output stream. If a numeric argument is supplied, |
---|
5273 | the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part |
---|
5274 | of an \fIinputrc\fP file. |
---|
5275 | .TP |
---|
5276 | .B dump\-macros |
---|
5277 | Print all of the readline key sequences bound to macros and the |
---|
5278 | strings they ouput. If a numeric argument is supplied, |
---|
5279 | the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part |
---|
5280 | of an \fIinputrc\fP file. |
---|
5281 | .TP |
---|
5282 | .B display\-shell\-version (C\-x C\-v) |
---|
5283 | Display version information about the current instance of |
---|
5284 | .BR bash . |
---|
5285 | .PD |
---|
5286 | .SS Programmable Completion |
---|
5287 | .PP |
---|
5288 | When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for |
---|
5289 | which a completion specification (a \fIcompspec\fP) has been defined |
---|
5290 | using the \fBcomplete\fP builtin (see |
---|
5291 | .SM |
---|
5292 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
5293 | below), the programmable completion facilities are invoked. |
---|
5294 | .PP |
---|
5295 | First, the command name is identified. |
---|
5296 | If a compspec has been defined for that command, the |
---|
5297 | compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word. |
---|
5298 | If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full |
---|
5299 | pathname is searched for first. |
---|
5300 | If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to |
---|
5301 | find a compspec for the portion following the final slash. |
---|
5302 | .PP |
---|
5303 | Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of |
---|
5304 | matching words. |
---|
5305 | If a compspec is not found, the default \fBbash\fP completion as |
---|
5306 | described above under \fBCompleting\fP is performed. |
---|
5307 | .PP |
---|
5308 | First, the actions specified by the compspec are used. |
---|
5309 | Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are |
---|
5310 | returned. |
---|
5311 | When the |
---|
5312 | .B \-f |
---|
5313 | or |
---|
5314 | .B \-d |
---|
5315 | option is used for filename or directory name completion, the shell |
---|
5316 | variable |
---|
5317 | .SM |
---|
5318 | .B FIGNORE |
---|
5319 | is used to filter the matches. |
---|
5320 | .PP |
---|
5321 | Any completions specified by a filename expansion pattern to the |
---|
5322 | \fB\-G\fP option are generated next. |
---|
5323 | The words generated by the pattern need not match the word |
---|
5324 | being completed. |
---|
5325 | The |
---|
5326 | .SM |
---|
5327 | .B GLOBIGNORE |
---|
5328 | shell variable is not used to filter the matches, but the |
---|
5329 | .SM |
---|
5330 | .B FIGNORE |
---|
5331 | variable is used. |
---|
5332 | .PP |
---|
5333 | Next, the string specified as the argument to the \fB\-W\fP option |
---|
5334 | is considered. |
---|
5335 | The string is first split using the characters in the |
---|
5336 | .SM |
---|
5337 | .B IFS |
---|
5338 | special variable as delimiters. |
---|
5339 | Shell quoting is honored. |
---|
5340 | Each word is then expanded using |
---|
5341 | brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion, |
---|
5342 | command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and pathname expansion, |
---|
5343 | as described above under |
---|
5344 | .SM |
---|
5345 | .BR EXPANSION . |
---|
5346 | The results are split using the rules described above under |
---|
5347 | \fBWord Splitting\fP. |
---|
5348 | The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being |
---|
5349 | completed, and the matching words become the possible completions. |
---|
5350 | .PP |
---|
5351 | After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command |
---|
5352 | specified with the \fB\-F\fP and \fB\-C\fP options is invoked. |
---|
5353 | When the command or function is invoked, the |
---|
5354 | .SM |
---|
5355 | .B COMP_LINE |
---|
5356 | and |
---|
5357 | .SM |
---|
5358 | .B COMP_POINT |
---|
5359 | variables are assigned values as described above under |
---|
5360 | \fBShell Variables\fP. |
---|
5361 | If a shell function is being invoked, the |
---|
5362 | .SM |
---|
5363 | .B COMP_WORDS |
---|
5364 | and |
---|
5365 | .SM |
---|
5366 | .B COMP_CWORD |
---|
5367 | variables are also set. |
---|
5368 | When the function or command is invoked, the first argument is the |
---|
5369 | name of the command whose arguments are being completed, the |
---|
5370 | second argument is the word being completed, and the third argument |
---|
5371 | is the word preceding the word being completed on the current command line. |
---|
5372 | No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed |
---|
5373 | is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating |
---|
5374 | the matches. |
---|
5375 | .PP |
---|
5376 | Any function specified with \fB\-F\fP is invoked first. |
---|
5377 | The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the |
---|
5378 | \fBcompgen\fP builtin described below, to generate the matches. |
---|
5379 | It must put the possible completions in the |
---|
5380 | .SM |
---|
5381 | .B COMPREPLY |
---|
5382 | array variable. |
---|
5383 | .PP |
---|
5384 | Next, any command specified with the \fB\-C\fP option is invoked |
---|
5385 | in an environment equivalent to command substitution. |
---|
5386 | It should print a list of completions, one per line, to the |
---|
5387 | standard output. |
---|
5388 | Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary. |
---|
5389 | .PP |
---|
5390 | After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter |
---|
5391 | specified with the \fB\-X\fP option is applied to the list. |
---|
5392 | The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a \fB&\fP |
---|
5393 | in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed. |
---|
5394 | A literal \fB&\fP may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash |
---|
5395 | is removed before attempting a match. |
---|
5396 | Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list. |
---|
5397 | A leading \fB!\fP negates the pattern; in this case any completion |
---|
5398 | not matching the pattern will be removed. |
---|
5399 | .PP |
---|
5400 | Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP |
---|
5401 | options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is |
---|
5402 | returned to the readline completion code as the list of possible |
---|
5403 | completions. |
---|
5404 | .PP |
---|
5405 | If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the |
---|
5406 | \fB\-o dirnames\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the |
---|
5407 | compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted. |
---|
5408 | .PP |
---|
5409 | If the \fB\-o plusdirs\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the |
---|
5410 | compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any |
---|
5411 | matches are added to the results of the other actions. |
---|
5412 | .PP |
---|
5413 | By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned |
---|
5414 | to the completion code as the full set of possible completions. |
---|
5415 | The default \fBbash\fP completions are not attempted, and the readline |
---|
5416 | default of filename completion is disabled. |
---|
5417 | If the \fB\-o bashdefault\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when |
---|
5418 | the compspec was defined, the \fBbash\fP default completions are attempted |
---|
5419 | if the compspec generates no matches. |
---|
5420 | If the \fB\-o default\fP option was supplied to \fBcomplete\fP when the |
---|
5421 | compspec was defined, readline's default completion will be performed |
---|
5422 | if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default \fBbash\fP completions) |
---|
5423 | generate no matches. |
---|
5424 | .PP |
---|
5425 | When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired, |
---|
5426 | the programmable completion functions force readline to append a slash |
---|
5427 | to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to |
---|
5428 | the value of the \fBmark\-directories\fP readline variable, regardless |
---|
5429 | of the setting of the \fBmark-symlinked\-directories\fP readline variable. |
---|
5430 | .SH HISTORY |
---|
5431 | When the |
---|
5432 | .B \-o history |
---|
5433 | option to the |
---|
5434 | .B set |
---|
5435 | builtin is enabled, the shell provides access to the |
---|
5436 | \fIcommand history\fP, |
---|
5437 | the list of commands previously typed. |
---|
5438 | The value of the \fBHISTSIZE\fP variable is used as the |
---|
5439 | number of commands to save in a history list. |
---|
5440 | The text of the last |
---|
5441 | .SM |
---|
5442 | .B HISTSIZE |
---|
5443 | commands (default 500) is saved. The shell |
---|
5444 | stores each command in the history list prior to parameter and |
---|
5445 | variable expansion (see |
---|
5446 | .SM |
---|
5447 | .B EXPANSION |
---|
5448 | above) but after history expansion is performed, subject to the |
---|
5449 | values of the shell variables |
---|
5450 | .SM |
---|
5451 | .B HISTIGNORE |
---|
5452 | and |
---|
5453 | .SM |
---|
5454 | .BR HISTCONTROL . |
---|
5455 | .PP |
---|
5456 | On startup, the history is initialized from the file named by |
---|
5457 | the variable |
---|
5458 | .SM |
---|
5459 | .B HISTFILE |
---|
5460 | (default \fI~/.bash_history\fP). |
---|
5461 | The file named by the value of |
---|
5462 | .SM |
---|
5463 | .B HISTFILE |
---|
5464 | is truncated, if necessary, to contain no more than |
---|
5465 | the number of lines specified by the value of |
---|
5466 | .SM |
---|
5467 | .BR HISTFILESIZE . |
---|
5468 | When an interactive shell exits, the last |
---|
5469 | .SM |
---|
5470 | .B $HISTSIZE |
---|
5471 | lines are copied from the history list to |
---|
5472 | .SM |
---|
5473 | .BR $HISTFILE . |
---|
5474 | If the |
---|
5475 | .B histappend |
---|
5476 | shell option is enabled |
---|
5477 | (see the description of |
---|
5478 | .B shopt |
---|
5479 | under |
---|
5480 | .SM |
---|
5481 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
5482 | below), the lines are appended to the history file, |
---|
5483 | otherwise the history file is overwritten. |
---|
5484 | If |
---|
5485 | .SM |
---|
5486 | .B HISTFILE |
---|
5487 | is unset, or if the history file is unwritable, the history is |
---|
5488 | not saved. After saving the history, the history file is truncated |
---|
5489 | to contain no more than |
---|
5490 | .SM |
---|
5491 | .B HISTFILESIZE |
---|
5492 | lines. If |
---|
5493 | .SM |
---|
5494 | .B HISTFILESIZE |
---|
5495 | is not set, no truncation is performed. |
---|
5496 | .PP |
---|
5497 | The builtin command |
---|
5498 | .B fc |
---|
5499 | (see |
---|
5500 | .SM |
---|
5501 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
5502 | below) may be used to list or edit and re-execute a portion of |
---|
5503 | the history list. |
---|
5504 | The |
---|
5505 | .B history |
---|
5506 | builtin may be used to display or modify the history list and |
---|
5507 | manipulate the history file. |
---|
5508 | When using command-line editing, search commands |
---|
5509 | are available in each editing mode that provide access to the |
---|
5510 | history list. |
---|
5511 | .PP |
---|
5512 | The shell allows control over which commands are saved on the history |
---|
5513 | list. The |
---|
5514 | .SM |
---|
5515 | .B HISTCONTROL |
---|
5516 | and |
---|
5517 | .SM |
---|
5518 | .B HISTIGNORE |
---|
5519 | variables may be set to cause the shell to save only a subset of the |
---|
5520 | commands entered. |
---|
5521 | The |
---|
5522 | .B cmdhist |
---|
5523 | shell option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each |
---|
5524 | line of a multi-line command in the same history entry, adding |
---|
5525 | semicolons where necessary to preserve syntactic correctness. |
---|
5526 | The |
---|
5527 | .B lithist |
---|
5528 | shell option causes the shell to save the command with embedded newlines |
---|
5529 | instead of semicolons. See the description of the |
---|
5530 | .B shopt |
---|
5531 | builtin below under |
---|
5532 | .SM |
---|
5533 | .B "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
5534 | for information on setting and unsetting shell options. |
---|
5535 | .SH "HISTORY EXPANSION" |
---|
5536 | .PP |
---|
5537 | The shell supports a history expansion feature that |
---|
5538 | is similar to the history expansion in |
---|
5539 | .BR csh. |
---|
5540 | This section describes what syntax features are available. This |
---|
5541 | feature is enabled by default for interactive shells, and can be |
---|
5542 | disabled using the |
---|
5543 | .B \+H |
---|
5544 | option to the |
---|
5545 | .B set |
---|
5546 | builtin command (see |
---|
5547 | .SM |
---|
5548 | .B SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS |
---|
5549 | below). Non-interactive shells do not perform history expansion |
---|
5550 | by default. |
---|
5551 | .PP |
---|
5552 | History expansions introduce words from the history list into |
---|
5553 | the input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the |
---|
5554 | arguments to a previous command into the current input line, or |
---|
5555 | fix errors in previous commands quickly. |
---|
5556 | .PP |
---|
5557 | History expansion is performed immediately after a complete line |
---|
5558 | is read, before the shell breaks it into words. |
---|
5559 | It takes place in two parts. |
---|
5560 | The first is to determine which line from the history list |
---|
5561 | to use during substitution. |
---|
5562 | The second is to select portions of that line for inclusion into |
---|
5563 | the current one. |
---|
5564 | The line selected from the history is the \fIevent\fP, |
---|
5565 | and the portions of that line that are acted upon are \fIwords\fP. |
---|
5566 | Various \fImodifiers\fP are available to manipulate the selected words. |
---|
5567 | The line is broken into words in the same fashion as when reading input, |
---|
5568 | so that several \fImetacharacter\fP-separated words surrounded by |
---|
5569 | quotes are considered one word. |
---|
5570 | History expansions are introduced by the appearance of the |
---|
5571 | history expansion character, which is \^\fB!\fP\^ by default. |
---|
5572 | Only backslash (\^\fB\e\fP\^) and single quotes can quote |
---|
5573 | the history expansion character. |
---|
5574 | .PP |
---|
5575 | Several characters inhibit history expansion if found immediately |
---|
5576 | following the history expansion character, even if it is unquoted: |
---|
5577 | space, tab, newline, carriage return, and \fB=\fP. |
---|
5578 | If the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled, \fB(\fP will also |
---|
5579 | inhibit expansion. |
---|
5580 | .PP |
---|
5581 | Several shell options settable with the |
---|
5582 | .B shopt |
---|
5583 | builtin may be used to tailor the behavior of history expansion. |
---|
5584 | If the |
---|
5585 | .B histverify |
---|
5586 | shell option is enabled (see the description of the |
---|
5587 | .B shopt |
---|
5588 | builtin), and |
---|
5589 | .B readline |
---|
5590 | is being used, history substitutions are not immediately passed to |
---|
5591 | the shell parser. |
---|
5592 | Instead, the expanded line is reloaded into the |
---|
5593 | .B readline |
---|
5594 | editing buffer for further modification. |
---|
5595 | If |
---|
5596 | .B readline |
---|
5597 | is being used, and the |
---|
5598 | .B histreedit |
---|
5599 | shell option is enabled, a failed history substitution will be reloaded |
---|
5600 | into the |
---|
5601 | .B readline |
---|
5602 | editing buffer for correction. |
---|
5603 | The |
---|
5604 | .B \-p |
---|
5605 | option to the |
---|
5606 | .B history |
---|
5607 | builtin command may be used to see what a history expansion will |
---|
5608 | do before using it. |
---|
5609 | The |
---|
5610 | .B \-s |
---|
5611 | option to the |
---|
5612 | .B history |
---|
5613 | builtin may be used to add commands to the end of the history list |
---|
5614 | without actually executing them, so that they are available for |
---|
5615 | subsequent recall. |
---|
5616 | .PP |
---|
5617 | The shell allows control of the various characters used by the |
---|
5618 | history expansion mechanism (see the description of |
---|
5619 | .B histchars |
---|
5620 | above under |
---|
5621 | .BR "Shell Variables" ). |
---|
5622 | .SS Event Designators |
---|
5623 | .PP |
---|
5624 | An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the |
---|
5625 | history list. |
---|
5626 | .PP |
---|
5627 | .PD 0 |
---|
5628 | .TP |
---|
5629 | .B ! |
---|
5630 | Start a history substitution, except when followed by a |
---|
5631 | .BR blank , |
---|
5632 | newline, carriage return, = |
---|
5633 | or ( (when the \fBextglob\fP shell option is enabled using |
---|
5634 | the \fBshopt\fP builtin). |
---|
5635 | .TP |
---|
5636 | .B !\fIn\fR |
---|
5637 | Refer to command line |
---|
5638 | .IR n . |
---|
5639 | .TP |
---|
5640 | .B !\-\fIn\fR |
---|
5641 | Refer to the current command line minus |
---|
5642 | .IR n . |
---|
5643 | .TP |
---|
5644 | .B !! |
---|
5645 | Refer to the previous command. This is a synonym for `!\-1'. |
---|
5646 | .TP |
---|
5647 | .B !\fIstring\fR |
---|
5648 | Refer to the most recent command starting with |
---|
5649 | .IR string . |
---|
5650 | .TP |
---|
5651 | .B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR |
---|
5652 | Refer to the most recent command containing |
---|
5653 | .IR string . |
---|
5654 | The trailing \fB?\fP may be omitted if |
---|
5655 | .I string |
---|
5656 | is followed immediately by a newline. |
---|
5657 | .TP |
---|
5658 | .B \d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring1\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u\fIstring2\fP\d\s+2^\s-2\u |
---|
5659 | Quick substitution. Repeat the last command, replacing |
---|
5660 | .I string1 |
---|
5661 | with |
---|
5662 | .IR string2 . |
---|
5663 | Equivalent to |
---|
5664 | ``!!:s/\fIstring1\fP/\fIstring2\fP/'' |
---|
5665 | (see \fBModifiers\fP below). |
---|
5666 | .TP |
---|
5667 | .B !# |
---|
5668 | The entire command line typed so far. |
---|
5669 | .PD |
---|
5670 | .SS Word Designators |
---|
5671 | .PP |
---|
5672 | Word designators are used to select desired words from the event. |
---|
5673 | A |
---|
5674 | .B : |
---|
5675 | separates the event specification from the word designator. |
---|
5676 | It may be omitted if the word designator begins with a |
---|
5677 | .BR ^ , |
---|
5678 | .BR $ , |
---|
5679 | .BR * , |
---|
5680 | .BR \- , |
---|
5681 | or |
---|
5682 | .BR % . |
---|
5683 | Words are numbered from the beginning of the line, |
---|
5684 | with the first word being denoted by 0 (zero). |
---|
5685 | Words are inserted into the current line separated by single spaces. |
---|
5686 | .PP |
---|
5687 | .PD 0 |
---|
5688 | .TP |
---|
5689 | .B 0 (zero) |
---|
5690 | The zeroth word. For the shell, this is the command |
---|
5691 | word. |
---|
5692 | .TP |
---|
5693 | .I n |
---|
5694 | The \fIn\fRth word. |
---|
5695 | .TP |
---|
5696 | .B ^ |
---|
5697 | The first argument. That is, word 1. |
---|
5698 | .TP |
---|
5699 | .B $ |
---|
5700 | The last argument. |
---|
5701 | .TP |
---|
5702 | .B % |
---|
5703 | The word matched by the most recent `?\fIstring\fR?' search. |
---|
5704 | .TP |
---|
5705 | .I x\fB\-\fPy |
---|
5706 | A range of words; `\-\fIy\fR' abbreviates `0\-\fIy\fR'. |
---|
5707 | .TP |
---|
5708 | .B * |
---|
5709 | All of the words but the zeroth. This is a synonym |
---|
5710 | for `\fI1\-$\fP'. It is not an error to use |
---|
5711 | .B * |
---|
5712 | if there is just one |
---|
5713 | word in the event; the empty string is returned in that case. |
---|
5714 | .TP |
---|
5715 | .B x* |
---|
5716 | Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP. |
---|
5717 | .TP |
---|
5718 | .B x\- |
---|
5719 | Abbreviates \fIx\-$\fP like \fBx*\fP, but omits the last word. |
---|
5720 | .PD |
---|
5721 | .PP |
---|
5722 | If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the |
---|
5723 | previous command is used as the event. |
---|
5724 | .SS Modifiers |
---|
5725 | .PP |
---|
5726 | After the optional word designator, there may appear a sequence of |
---|
5727 | one or more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'. |
---|
5728 | .PP |
---|
5729 | .PD 0 |
---|
5730 | .PP |
---|
5731 | .TP |
---|
5732 | .B h |
---|
5733 | Remove a trailing file name component, leaving only the head. |
---|
5734 | .TP |
---|
5735 | .B t |
---|
5736 | Remove all leading file name components, leaving the tail. |
---|
5737 | .TP |
---|
5738 | .B r |
---|
5739 | Remove a trailing suffix of the form \fI.xxx\fP, leaving the |
---|
5740 | basename. |
---|
5741 | .TP |
---|
5742 | .B e |
---|
5743 | Remove all but the trailing suffix. |
---|
5744 | .TP |
---|
5745 | .B p |
---|
5746 | Print the new command but do not execute it. |
---|
5747 | .TP |
---|
5748 | .B q |
---|
5749 | Quote the substituted words, escaping further substitutions. |
---|
5750 | .TP |
---|
5751 | .B x |
---|
5752 | Quote the substituted words as with |
---|
5753 | .BR q , |
---|
5754 | but break into words at |
---|
5755 | .B blanks |
---|
5756 | and newlines. |
---|
5757 | .TP |
---|
5758 | .B s/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/ |
---|
5759 | Substitute |
---|
5760 | .I new |
---|
5761 | for the first occurrence of |
---|
5762 | .I old |
---|
5763 | in the event line. Any delimiter can be used in place of /. The |
---|
5764 | final delimiter is optional if it is the last character of the |
---|
5765 | event line. The delimiter may be quoted in |
---|
5766 | .I old |
---|
5767 | and |
---|
5768 | .I new |
---|
5769 | with a single backslash. If & appears in |
---|
5770 | .IR new , |
---|
5771 | it is replaced by |
---|
5772 | .IR old . |
---|
5773 | A single backslash will quote the &. If |
---|
5774 | .I old |
---|
5775 | is null, it is set to the last |
---|
5776 | .I old |
---|
5777 | substituted, or, if no previous history substitutions took place, |
---|
5778 | the last |
---|
5779 | .I string |
---|
5780 | in a |
---|
5781 | .B !?\fIstring\fR\fB[?]\fR |
---|
5782 | search. |
---|
5783 | .TP |
---|
5784 | .B & |
---|
5785 | Repeat the previous substitution. |
---|
5786 | .TP |
---|
5787 | .B g |
---|
5788 | Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line. This is |
---|
5789 | used in conjunction with `\fB:s\fP' (e.g., `\fB:gs/\fIold\fP/\fInew\fP/\fR') |
---|
5790 | or `\fB:&\fP'. If used with |
---|
5791 | `\fB:s\fP', any delimiter can be used |
---|
5792 | in place of /, and the final delimiter is optional |
---|
5793 | if it is the last character of the event line. |
---|
5794 | An \fBa\fP may be used as a synonym for \fBg\fP. |
---|
5795 | .TP |
---|
5796 | .B G |
---|
5797 | Apply the following `\fBs\fP' modifier once to each word in the event line. |
---|
5798 | .PD |
---|
5799 | .SH "SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS" |
---|
5800 | .\" start of bash_builtins |
---|
5801 | .zZ |
---|
5802 | .PP |
---|
5803 | Unless otherwise noted, each builtin command documented in this |
---|
5804 | section as accepting options preceded by |
---|
5805 | .B \- |
---|
5806 | accepts |
---|
5807 | .B \-\- |
---|
5808 | to signify the end of the options. |
---|
5809 | .sp .5 |
---|
5810 | .PD 0 |
---|
5811 | .TP |
---|
5812 | \fB:\fP [\fIarguments\fP] |
---|
5813 | .PD |
---|
5814 | No effect; the command does nothing beyond expanding |
---|
5815 | .I arguments |
---|
5816 | and performing any specified |
---|
5817 | redirections. A zero exit code is returned. |
---|
5818 | .TP |
---|
5819 | \fB .\| \fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP] |
---|
5820 | .PD 0 |
---|
5821 | .TP |
---|
5822 | \fBsource\fP \fIfilename\fP [\fIarguments\fP] |
---|
5823 | .PD |
---|
5824 | Read and execute commands from |
---|
5825 | .I filename |
---|
5826 | in the current |
---|
5827 | shell environment and return the exit status of the last command |
---|
5828 | executed from |
---|
5829 | .IR filename . |
---|
5830 | If |
---|
5831 | .I filename |
---|
5832 | does not contain a slash, file names in |
---|
5833 | .SM |
---|
5834 | .B PATH |
---|
5835 | are used to find the directory containing |
---|
5836 | .IR filename . |
---|
5837 | The file searched for in |
---|
5838 | .SM |
---|
5839 | .B PATH |
---|
5840 | need not be executable. |
---|
5841 | When \fBbash\fP is not in \fIposix mode\fP, the current directory is |
---|
5842 | searched if no file is found in |
---|
5843 | .SM |
---|
5844 | .BR PATH . |
---|
5845 | If the |
---|
5846 | .B sourcepath |
---|
5847 | option to the |
---|
5848 | .B shopt |
---|
5849 | builtin command is turned off, the |
---|
5850 | .SM |
---|
5851 | .B PATH |
---|
5852 | is not searched. |
---|
5853 | If any \fIarguments\fP are supplied, they become the positional |
---|
5854 | parameters when \fIfilename\fP is executed. Otherwise the positional |
---|
5855 | parameters are unchanged. |
---|
5856 | The return status is the status of the last command exited within |
---|
5857 | the script (0 if no commands are executed), and false if |
---|
5858 | .I filename |
---|
5859 | is not found or cannot be read. |
---|
5860 | .TP |
---|
5861 | \fBalias\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] |
---|
5862 | \fBAlias\fP with no arguments or with the |
---|
5863 | .B \-p |
---|
5864 | option prints the list of aliases in the form |
---|
5865 | \fBalias\fP \fIname\fP=\fIvalue\fP on standard output. |
---|
5866 | When arguments are supplied, an alias is defined for |
---|
5867 | each \fIname\fP whose \fIvalue\fP is given. |
---|
5868 | A trailing space in \fIvalue\fP causes the next word to be |
---|
5869 | checked for alias substitution when the alias is expanded. |
---|
5870 | For each \fIname\fP in the argument list for which no \fIvalue\fP |
---|
5871 | is supplied, the name and value of the alias is printed. |
---|
5872 | \fBAlias\fP returns true unless a \fIname\fP is given for which |
---|
5873 | no alias has been defined. |
---|
5874 | .TP |
---|
5875 | \fBbg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP] |
---|
5876 | Resume the suspended job \fIjobspec\fP in the background, as if it |
---|
5877 | had been started with |
---|
5878 | .BR & . |
---|
5879 | If \fIjobspec\fP is not present, the shell's notion of the |
---|
5880 | \fIcurrent job\fP is used. |
---|
5881 | .B bg |
---|
5882 | .I jobspec |
---|
5883 | returns 0 unless run when job control is disabled or, when run with |
---|
5884 | job control enabled, if \fIjobspec\fP was not found or started without |
---|
5885 | job control. |
---|
5886 | .TP |
---|
5887 | \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-lpsvPSV\fP] |
---|
5888 | .PD 0 |
---|
5889 | .TP |
---|
5890 | \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] [\fB\-q\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-r\fP \fIkeyseq\fP] |
---|
5891 | .TP |
---|
5892 | \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP |
---|
5893 | .TP |
---|
5894 | \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fB\-x\fP \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP |
---|
5895 | .TP |
---|
5896 | \fBbind\fP [\fB\-m\fP \fIkeymap\fP] \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIfunction\-name\fP |
---|
5897 | .TP |
---|
5898 | \fBbind\fP \fIreadline\-command\fP |
---|
5899 | .PD |
---|
5900 | Display current |
---|
5901 | .B readline |
---|
5902 | key and function bindings, bind a key sequence to a |
---|
5903 | .B readline |
---|
5904 | function or macro, or set a |
---|
5905 | .B readline |
---|
5906 | variable. |
---|
5907 | Each non-option argument is a command as it would appear in |
---|
5908 | .IR .inputrc , |
---|
5909 | but each binding or command must be passed as a separate argument; |
---|
5910 | e.g., '"\eC\-x\eC\-r": re\-read\-init\-file'. |
---|
5911 | Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: |
---|
5912 | .RS |
---|
5913 | .PD 0 |
---|
5914 | .TP |
---|
5915 | .B \-m \fIkeymap\fP |
---|
5916 | Use |
---|
5917 | .I keymap |
---|
5918 | as the keymap to be affected by the subsequent bindings. |
---|
5919 | Acceptable |
---|
5920 | .I keymap |
---|
5921 | names are |
---|
5922 | \fIemacs, emacs\-standard, emacs\-meta, emacs\-ctlx, vi, |
---|
5923 | vi\-move, vi\-command\fP, and |
---|
5924 | .IR vi\-insert . |
---|
5925 | \fIvi\fP is equivalent to \fIvi\-command\fP; \fIemacs\fP is |
---|
5926 | equivalent to \fIemacs\-standard\fP. |
---|
5927 | .TP |
---|
5928 | .B \-l |
---|
5929 | List the names of all \fBreadline\fP functions. |
---|
5930 | .TP |
---|
5931 | .B \-p |
---|
5932 | Display \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings in such a way |
---|
5933 | that they can be re-read. |
---|
5934 | .TP |
---|
5935 | .B \-P |
---|
5936 | List current \fBreadline\fP function names and bindings. |
---|
5937 | .TP |
---|
5938 | .B \-v |
---|
5939 | Display \fBreadline\fP variable names and values in such a way that they |
---|
5940 | can be re-read. |
---|
5941 | .TP |
---|
5942 | .B \-V |
---|
5943 | List current \fBreadline\fP variable names and values. |
---|
5944 | .TP |
---|
5945 | .B \-s |
---|
5946 | Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings |
---|
5947 | they output in such a way that they can be re-read. |
---|
5948 | .TP |
---|
5949 | .B \-S |
---|
5950 | Display \fBreadline\fP key sequences bound to macros and the strings |
---|
5951 | they output. |
---|
5952 | .TP |
---|
5953 | .B \-f \fIfilename\fP |
---|
5954 | Read key bindings from \fIfilename\fP. |
---|
5955 | .TP |
---|
5956 | .B \-q \fIfunction\fP |
---|
5957 | Query about which keys invoke the named \fIfunction\fP. |
---|
5958 | .TP |
---|
5959 | .B \-u \fIfunction\fP |
---|
5960 | Unbind all keys bound to the named \fIfunction\fP. |
---|
5961 | .TP |
---|
5962 | .B \-r \fIkeyseq\fP |
---|
5963 | Remove any current binding for \fIkeyseq\fP. |
---|
5964 | .TP |
---|
5965 | .B \-x \fIkeyseq\fP:\fIshell\-command\fP |
---|
5966 | Cause \fIshell\-command\fP to be executed whenever \fIkeyseq\fP is |
---|
5967 | entered. |
---|
5968 | .PD |
---|
5969 | .PP |
---|
5970 | The return value is 0 unless an unrecognized option is given or an |
---|
5971 | error occurred. |
---|
5972 | .RE |
---|
5973 | .TP |
---|
5974 | \fBbreak\fP [\fIn\fP] |
---|
5975 | Exit from within a |
---|
5976 | .BR for , |
---|
5977 | .BR while , |
---|
5978 | .BR until , |
---|
5979 | or |
---|
5980 | .B select |
---|
5981 | loop. If \fIn\fP is specified, break \fIn\fP levels. |
---|
5982 | .I n |
---|
5983 | must be \(>= 1. If |
---|
5984 | .I n |
---|
5985 | is greater than the number of enclosing loops, all enclosing loops |
---|
5986 | are exited. The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing |
---|
5987 | a loop when |
---|
5988 | .B break |
---|
5989 | is executed. |
---|
5990 | .TP |
---|
5991 | \fBbuiltin\fP \fIshell\-builtin\fP [\fIarguments\fP] |
---|
5992 | Execute the specified shell builtin, passing it |
---|
5993 | .IR arguments , |
---|
5994 | and return its exit status. |
---|
5995 | This is useful when defining a |
---|
5996 | function whose name is the same as a shell builtin, |
---|
5997 | retaining the functionality of the builtin within the function. |
---|
5998 | The \fBcd\fP builtin is commonly redefined this way. |
---|
5999 | The return status is false if |
---|
6000 | .I shell\-builtin |
---|
6001 | is not a shell builtin command. |
---|
6002 | .TP |
---|
6003 | \fBcd\fP [\fB\-L|-P\fP] [\fIdir\fP] |
---|
6004 | Change the current directory to \fIdir\fP. The variable |
---|
6005 | .SM |
---|
6006 | .B HOME |
---|
6007 | is the |
---|
6008 | default |
---|
6009 | .IR dir . |
---|
6010 | The variable |
---|
6011 | .SM |
---|
6012 | .B CDPATH |
---|
6013 | defines the search path for the directory containing |
---|
6014 | .IR dir . |
---|
6015 | Alternative directory names in |
---|
6016 | .SM |
---|
6017 | .B CDPATH |
---|
6018 | are separated by a colon (:). A null directory name in |
---|
6019 | .SM |
---|
6020 | .B CDPATH |
---|
6021 | is the same as the current directory, i.e., ``\fB.\fP''. If |
---|
6022 | .I dir |
---|
6023 | begins with a slash (/), |
---|
6024 | then |
---|
6025 | .SM |
---|
6026 | .B CDPATH |
---|
6027 | is not used. The |
---|
6028 | .B \-P |
---|
6029 | option says to use the physical directory structure instead of |
---|
6030 | following symbolic links (see also the |
---|
6031 | .B \-P |
---|
6032 | option to the |
---|
6033 | .B set |
---|
6034 | builtin command); the |
---|
6035 | .B \-L |
---|
6036 | option forces symbolic links to be followed. An argument of |
---|
6037 | .B \- |
---|
6038 | is equivalent to |
---|
6039 | .SM |
---|
6040 | .BR $OLDPWD . |
---|
6041 | If a non-empty directory name from \fBCDPATH\fP is used, or if |
---|
6042 | \fB\-\fP is the first argument, and the directory change is |
---|
6043 | successful, the absolute pathname of the new working directory is |
---|
6044 | written to the standard output. |
---|
6045 | The return value is true if the directory was successfully changed; |
---|
6046 | false otherwise. |
---|
6047 | .TP |
---|
6048 | \fBcaller\fP [\fIexpr\fP] |
---|
6049 | Returns the context of any active subroutine call (a shell function or |
---|
6050 | a script executed with the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins. |
---|
6051 | Without \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP displays the line number and source |
---|
6052 | filename of the current subroutine call. |
---|
6053 | If a non-negative integer is supplied as \fIexpr\fP, \fBcaller\fP |
---|
6054 | displays the line number, subroutine name, and source file corresponding |
---|
6055 | to that position in the current execution call stack. This extra |
---|
6056 | information may be used, for example, to print a stack trace. The |
---|
6057 | current frame is frame 0. |
---|
6058 | The return value is 0 unless the shell is not executing a subroutine |
---|
6059 | call or \fIexpr\fP does not correspond to a valid position in the |
---|
6060 | call stack. |
---|
6061 | .TP |
---|
6062 | \fBcommand\fP [\fB\-pVv\fP] \fIcommand\fP [\fIarg\fP ...] |
---|
6063 | Run |
---|
6064 | .I command |
---|
6065 | with |
---|
6066 | .I args |
---|
6067 | suppressing the normal shell function lookup. Only builtin |
---|
6068 | commands or commands found in the |
---|
6069 | .SM |
---|
6070 | .B PATH |
---|
6071 | are executed. If the |
---|
6072 | .B \-p |
---|
6073 | option is given, the search for |
---|
6074 | .I command |
---|
6075 | is performed using a default value for |
---|
6076 | .B PATH |
---|
6077 | that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities. |
---|
6078 | If either the |
---|
6079 | .B \-V |
---|
6080 | or |
---|
6081 | .B \-v |
---|
6082 | option is supplied, a description of |
---|
6083 | .I command |
---|
6084 | is printed. The |
---|
6085 | .B \-v |
---|
6086 | option causes a single word indicating the command or file name |
---|
6087 | used to invoke |
---|
6088 | .I command |
---|
6089 | to be displayed; the |
---|
6090 | .B \-V |
---|
6091 | option produces a more verbose description. |
---|
6092 | If the |
---|
6093 | .B \-V |
---|
6094 | or |
---|
6095 | .B \-v |
---|
6096 | option is supplied, the exit status is 0 if |
---|
6097 | .I command |
---|
6098 | was found, and 1 if not. If neither option is supplied and |
---|
6099 | an error occurred or |
---|
6100 | .I command |
---|
6101 | cannot be found, the exit status is 127. Otherwise, the exit status of the |
---|
6102 | .B command |
---|
6103 | builtin is the exit status of |
---|
6104 | .IR command . |
---|
6105 | .TP |
---|
6106 | \fBcompgen\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIword\fP] |
---|
6107 | Generate possible completion matches for \fIword\fP according to |
---|
6108 | the \fIoption\fPs, which may be any option accepted by the |
---|
6109 | .B complete |
---|
6110 | builtin with the exception of \fB\-p\fP and \fB\-r\fP, and write |
---|
6111 | the matches to the standard output. |
---|
6112 | When using the \fB\-F\fP or \fB\-C\fP options, the various shell variables |
---|
6113 | set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not |
---|
6114 | have useful values. |
---|
6115 | .sp 1 |
---|
6116 | The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable |
---|
6117 | completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification |
---|
6118 | with the same flags. |
---|
6119 | If \fIword\fP is specified, only those completions matching \fIword\fP |
---|
6120 | will be displayed. |
---|
6121 | .sp 1 |
---|
6122 | The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no |
---|
6123 | matches were generated. |
---|
6124 | .TP |
---|
6125 | \fBcomplete\fP [\fB\-abcdefgjksuv\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP] [\fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP] [\fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP] [\fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP] [\fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP] [\fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP] |
---|
6126 | .br |
---|
6127 | [\fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP] [\fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP] [\fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname ...\fP] |
---|
6128 | .PD 0 |
---|
6129 | .TP |
---|
6130 | \fBcomplete\fP \fB\-pr\fP [\fIname\fP ...] |
---|
6131 | .PD |
---|
6132 | Specify how arguments to each \fIname\fP should be completed. |
---|
6133 | If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, |
---|
6134 | existing completion specifications are printed in a way that allows |
---|
6135 | them to be reused as input. |
---|
6136 | The \fB\-r\fP option removes a completion specification for |
---|
6137 | each \fIname\fP, or, if no \fIname\fPs are supplied, all |
---|
6138 | completion specifications. |
---|
6139 | .sp 1 |
---|
6140 | The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion |
---|
6141 | is attempted is described above under \fBProgrammable Completion\fP. |
---|
6142 | .sp 1 |
---|
6143 | Other options, if specified, have the following meanings. |
---|
6144 | The arguments to the \fB\-G\fP, \fB\-W\fP, and \fB\-X\fP options |
---|
6145 | (and, if necessary, the \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-S\fP options) |
---|
6146 | should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the |
---|
6147 | .B complete |
---|
6148 | builtin is invoked. |
---|
6149 | .RS |
---|
6150 | .PD 0 |
---|
6151 | .TP 8 |
---|
6152 | \fB\-o\fP \fIcomp-option\fP |
---|
6153 | The \fIcomp-option\fP controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior |
---|
6154 | beyond the simple generation of completions. |
---|
6155 | \fIcomp-option\fP may be one of: |
---|
6156 | .RS |
---|
6157 | .TP 8 |
---|
6158 | .B bashdefault |
---|
6159 | Perform the rest of the default \fBbash\fP completions if the compspec |
---|
6160 | generates no matches. |
---|
6161 | .TP 8 |
---|
6162 | .B default |
---|
6163 | Use readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates |
---|
6164 | no matches. |
---|
6165 | .TP 8 |
---|
6166 | .B dirnames |
---|
6167 | Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches. |
---|
6168 | .TP 8 |
---|
6169 | .B filenames |
---|
6170 | Tell readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any |
---|
6171 | filename\-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names or |
---|
6172 | suppressing trailing spaces). Intended to be used with shell functions. |
---|
6173 | .TP 8 |
---|
6174 | .B nospace |
---|
6175 | Tell readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at |
---|
6176 | the end of the line. |
---|
6177 | .RE |
---|
6178 | .TP 8 |
---|
6179 | \fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP |
---|
6180 | The \fIaction\fP may be one of the following to generate a list of possible |
---|
6181 | completions: |
---|
6182 | .RS |
---|
6183 | .TP 8 |
---|
6184 | .B alias |
---|
6185 | Alias names. May also be specified as \fB\-a\fP. |
---|
6186 | .TP 8 |
---|
6187 | .B arrayvar |
---|
6188 | Array variable names. |
---|
6189 | .TP 8 |
---|
6190 | .B binding |
---|
6191 | \fBReadline\fP key binding names. |
---|
6192 | .TP 8 |
---|
6193 | .B builtin |
---|
6194 | Names of shell builtin commands. May also be specified as \fB\-b\fP. |
---|
6195 | .TP 8 |
---|
6196 | .B command |
---|
6197 | Command names. May also be specified as \fB\-c\fP. |
---|
6198 | .TP 8 |
---|
6199 | .B directory |
---|
6200 | Directory names. May also be specified as \fB\-d\fP. |
---|
6201 | .TP 8 |
---|
6202 | .B disabled |
---|
6203 | Names of disabled shell builtins. |
---|
6204 | .TP 8 |
---|
6205 | .B enabled |
---|
6206 | Names of enabled shell builtins. |
---|
6207 | .TP 8 |
---|
6208 | .B export |
---|
6209 | Names of exported shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-e\fP. |
---|
6210 | .TP 8 |
---|
6211 | .B file |
---|
6212 | File names. May also be specified as \fB\-f\fP. |
---|
6213 | .TP 8 |
---|
6214 | .B function |
---|
6215 | Names of shell functions. |
---|
6216 | .TP 8 |
---|
6217 | .B group |
---|
6218 | Group names. May also be specified as \fB\-g\fP. |
---|
6219 | .TP 8 |
---|
6220 | .B helptopic |
---|
6221 | Help topics as accepted by the \fBhelp\fP builtin. |
---|
6222 | .TP 8 |
---|
6223 | .B hostname |
---|
6224 | Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the |
---|
6225 | .SM |
---|
6226 | .B HOSTFILE |
---|
6227 | shell variable. |
---|
6228 | .TP 8 |
---|
6229 | .B job |
---|
6230 | Job names, if job control is active. May also be specified as \fB\-j\fP. |
---|
6231 | .TP 8 |
---|
6232 | .B keyword |
---|
6233 | Shell reserved words. May also be specified as \fB\-k\fP. |
---|
6234 | .TP 8 |
---|
6235 | .B running |
---|
6236 | Names of running jobs, if job control is active. |
---|
6237 | .TP 8 |
---|
6238 | .B service |
---|
6239 | Service names. May also be specified as \fB\-s\fP. |
---|
6240 | .TP 8 |
---|
6241 | .B setopt |
---|
6242 | Valid arguments for the \fB\-o\fP option to the \fBset\fP builtin. |
---|
6243 | .TP 8 |
---|
6244 | .B shopt |
---|
6245 | Shell option names as accepted by the \fBshopt\fP builtin. |
---|
6246 | .TP 8 |
---|
6247 | .B signal |
---|
6248 | Signal names. |
---|
6249 | .TP 8 |
---|
6250 | .B stopped |
---|
6251 | Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active. |
---|
6252 | .TP 8 |
---|
6253 | .B user |
---|
6254 | User names. May also be specified as \fB\-u\fP. |
---|
6255 | .TP 8 |
---|
6256 | .B variable |
---|
6257 | Names of all shell variables. May also be specified as \fB\-v\fP. |
---|
6258 | .RE |
---|
6259 | .TP 8 |
---|
6260 | \fB\-G\fP \fIglobpat\fP |
---|
6261 | The filename expansion pattern \fIglobpat\fP is expanded to generate |
---|
6262 | the possible completions. |
---|
6263 | .TP 8 |
---|
6264 | \fB\-W\fP \fIwordlist\fP |
---|
6265 | The \fIwordlist\fP is split using the characters in the |
---|
6266 | .SM |
---|
6267 | .B IFS |
---|
6268 | special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word is expanded. |
---|
6269 | The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which |
---|
6270 | match the word being completed. |
---|
6271 | .TP 8 |
---|
6272 | \fB\-C\fP \fIcommand\fP |
---|
6273 | \fIcommand\fP is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is |
---|
6274 | used as the possible completions. |
---|
6275 | .TP 8 |
---|
6276 | \fB\-F\fP \fIfunction\fP |
---|
6277 | The shell function \fIfunction\fP is executed in the current shell |
---|
6278 | environment. |
---|
6279 | When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value |
---|
6280 | of the |
---|
6281 | .SM |
---|
6282 | .B COMPREPLY |
---|
6283 | array variable. |
---|
6284 | .TP 8 |
---|
6285 | \fB\-X\fP \fIfilterpat\fP |
---|
6286 | \fIfilterpat\fP is a pattern as used for filename expansion. |
---|
6287 | It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the |
---|
6288 | preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching |
---|
6289 | \fIfilterpat\fP is removed from the list. |
---|
6290 | A leading \fB!\fP in \fIfilterpat\fP negates the pattern; in this |
---|
6291 | case, any completion not matching \fIfilterpat\fP is removed. |
---|
6292 | .TP 8 |
---|
6293 | \fB\-P\fP \fIprefix\fP |
---|
6294 | \fIprefix\fP is added at the beginning of each possible completion |
---|
6295 | after all other options have been applied. |
---|
6296 | .TP 8 |
---|
6297 | \fB\-S\fP \fIsuffix\fP |
---|
6298 | \fIsuffix\fP is appended to each possible completion |
---|
6299 | after all other options have been applied. |
---|
6300 | .PD |
---|
6301 | .PP |
---|
6302 | The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option |
---|
6303 | other than \fB\-p\fP or \fB\-r\fP is supplied without a \fIname\fP |
---|
6304 | argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for |
---|
6305 | a \fIname\fP for which no specification exists, or |
---|
6306 | an error occurs adding a completion specification. |
---|
6307 | .RE |
---|
6308 | .TP |
---|
6309 | \fBcontinue\fP [\fIn\fP] |
---|
6310 | Resume the next iteration of the enclosing |
---|
6311 | .BR for , |
---|
6312 | .BR while , |
---|
6313 | .BR until , |
---|
6314 | or |
---|
6315 | .B select |
---|
6316 | loop. |
---|
6317 | If |
---|
6318 | .I n |
---|
6319 | is specified, resume at the \fIn\fPth enclosing loop. |
---|
6320 | .I n |
---|
6321 | must be \(>= 1. If |
---|
6322 | .I n |
---|
6323 | is greater than the number of enclosing loops, the last enclosing loop |
---|
6324 | (the ``top-level'' loop) is resumed. The return value is 0 unless the |
---|
6325 | shell is not executing a loop when |
---|
6326 | .B continue |
---|
6327 | is executed. |
---|
6328 | .TP |
---|
6329 | \fBdeclare\fP [\fB\-afFirtx\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] |
---|
6330 | .PD 0 |
---|
6331 | .TP |
---|
6332 | \fBtypeset\fP [\fB\-afFirtx\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] |
---|
6333 | .PD |
---|
6334 | Declare variables and/or give them attributes. |
---|
6335 | If no \fIname\fPs are given then display the values of variables. |
---|
6336 | The |
---|
6337 | .B \-p |
---|
6338 | option will display the attributes and values of each |
---|
6339 | .IR name . |
---|
6340 | When |
---|
6341 | .B \-p |
---|
6342 | is used, additional options are ignored. |
---|
6343 | The |
---|
6344 | .B \-F |
---|
6345 | option inhibits the display of function definitions; only the |
---|
6346 | function name and attributes are printed. |
---|
6347 | If the \fBextdebug\fP shell option is enabled using \fBshopt\fP, |
---|
6348 | the source file name and line number where the function is defined |
---|
6349 | are displayed as well. The |
---|
6350 | .B \-F |
---|
6351 | option implies |
---|
6352 | .BR \-f . |
---|
6353 | The following options can |
---|
6354 | be used to restrict output to variables with the specified attribute or |
---|
6355 | to give variables attributes: |
---|
6356 | .RS |
---|
6357 | .PD 0 |
---|
6358 | .TP |
---|
6359 | .B \-a |
---|
6360 | Each \fIname\fP is an array variable (see |
---|
6361 | .B Arrays |
---|
6362 | above). |
---|
6363 | .TP |
---|
6364 | .B \-f |
---|
6365 | Use function names only. |
---|
6366 | .TP |
---|
6367 | .B \-i |
---|
6368 | The variable is treated as an integer; arithmetic evaluation (see |
---|
6369 | .SM |
---|
6370 | .B "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" ") " |
---|
6371 | is performed when the variable is assigned a value. |
---|
6372 | .TP |
---|
6373 | .B \-r |
---|
6374 | Make \fIname\fPs readonly. These names cannot then be assigned values |
---|
6375 | by subsequent assignment statements or unset. |
---|
6376 | .TP |
---|
6377 | .B \-t |
---|
6378 | Give each \fIname\fP the \fItrace\fP attribute. |
---|
6379 | Traced functions inherit the \fBDEBUG\fP trap from the calling shell. |
---|
6380 | The trace attribute has no special meaning for variables. |
---|
6381 | .TP |
---|
6382 | .B \-x |
---|
6383 | Mark \fIname\fPs for export to subsequent commands via the environment. |
---|
6384 | .PD |
---|
6385 | .PP |
---|
6386 | Using `+' instead of `\-' |
---|
6387 | turns off the attribute instead, with the exception that \fB+a\fP |
---|
6388 | may not be used to destroy an array variable. When used in a function, |
---|
6389 | makes each |
---|
6390 | \fIname\fP local, as with the |
---|
6391 | .B local |
---|
6392 | command. |
---|
6393 | If a variable name is followed by =\fIvalue\fP, the value of |
---|
6394 | the variable is set to \fIvalue\fP. |
---|
6395 | The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, |
---|
6396 | an attempt is made to define a function using |
---|
6397 | .if n ``\-f foo=bar'', |
---|
6398 | .if t \f(CW\-f foo=bar\fP, |
---|
6399 | an attempt is made to assign a value to a readonly variable, |
---|
6400 | an attempt is made to assign a value to an array variable without |
---|
6401 | using the compound assignment syntax (see |
---|
6402 | .B Arrays |
---|
6403 | above), one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name, |
---|
6404 | an attempt is made to turn off readonly status for a readonly variable, |
---|
6405 | an attempt is made to turn off array status for an array variable, |
---|
6406 | or an attempt is made to display a non-existent function with \fB\-f\fP. |
---|
6407 | .RE |
---|
6408 | .TP |
---|
6409 | .B dirs [\fB\-clpv\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] |
---|
6410 | Without options, displays the list of currently remembered directories. |
---|
6411 | The default display is on a single line with directory names separated |
---|
6412 | by spaces. |
---|
6413 | Directories are added to the list with the |
---|
6414 | .B pushd |
---|
6415 | command; the |
---|
6416 | .B popd |
---|
6417 | command removes entries from the list. |
---|
6418 | .RS |
---|
6419 | .PD 0 |
---|
6420 | .TP |
---|
6421 | \fB+\fP\fIn\fP |
---|
6422 | Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list |
---|
6423 | shown by |
---|
6424 | .B dirs |
---|
6425 | when invoked without options, starting with zero. |
---|
6426 | .TP |
---|
6427 | \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP |
---|
6428 | Displays the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list |
---|
6429 | shown by |
---|
6430 | .B dirs |
---|
6431 | when invoked without options, starting with zero. |
---|
6432 | .TP |
---|
6433 | .B \-c |
---|
6434 | Clears the directory stack by deleting all of the entries. |
---|
6435 | .TP |
---|
6436 | .B \-l |
---|
6437 | Produces a longer listing; the default listing format uses a |
---|
6438 | tilde to denote the home directory. |
---|
6439 | .TP |
---|
6440 | .B \-p |
---|
6441 | Print the directory stack with one entry per line. |
---|
6442 | .TP |
---|
6443 | .B \-v |
---|
6444 | Print the directory stack with one entry per line, |
---|
6445 | prefixing each entry with its index in the stack. |
---|
6446 | .PD |
---|
6447 | .PP |
---|
6448 | The return value is 0 unless an |
---|
6449 | invalid option is supplied or \fIn\fP indexes beyond the end |
---|
6450 | of the directory stack. |
---|
6451 | .RE |
---|
6452 | .TP |
---|
6453 | \fBdisown\fP [\fB\-ar\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fIjobspec\fP ...] |
---|
6454 | Without options, each |
---|
6455 | .I jobspec |
---|
6456 | is removed from the table of active jobs. |
---|
6457 | If the \fB\-h\fP option is given, each |
---|
6458 | .I jobspec |
---|
6459 | is not removed from the table, but is marked so that |
---|
6460 | .SM |
---|
6461 | .B SIGHUP |
---|
6462 | is not sent to the job if the shell receives a |
---|
6463 | .SM |
---|
6464 | .BR SIGHUP . |
---|
6465 | If no |
---|
6466 | .I jobspec |
---|
6467 | is present, and neither the |
---|
6468 | .B \-a |
---|
6469 | nor the |
---|
6470 | .B \-r |
---|
6471 | option is supplied, the \fIcurrent job\fP is used. |
---|
6472 | If no |
---|
6473 | .I jobspec |
---|
6474 | is supplied, the |
---|
6475 | .B \-a |
---|
6476 | option means to remove or mark all jobs; the |
---|
6477 | .B \-r |
---|
6478 | option without a |
---|
6479 | .I jobspec |
---|
6480 | argument restricts operation to running jobs. |
---|
6481 | The return value is 0 unless a |
---|
6482 | .I jobspec |
---|
6483 | does not specify a valid job. |
---|
6484 | .TP |
---|
6485 | \fBecho\fP [\fB\-neE\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...] |
---|
6486 | Output the \fIarg\fPs, separated by spaces, followed by a newline. |
---|
6487 | The return status is always 0. |
---|
6488 | If \fB\-n\fP is specified, the trailing newline is |
---|
6489 | suppressed. If the \fB\-e\fP option is given, interpretation of |
---|
6490 | the following backslash-escaped characters is enabled. The |
---|
6491 | .B \-E |
---|
6492 | option disables the interpretation of these escape characters, |
---|
6493 | even on systems where they are interpreted by default. |
---|
6494 | The \fBxpg_echo\fP shell option may be used to |
---|
6495 | dynamically determine whether or not \fBecho\fP expands these |
---|
6496 | escape characters by default. |
---|
6497 | .B echo |
---|
6498 | does not interpret |
---|
6499 | .B \-\- |
---|
6500 | to mean the end of options. |
---|
6501 | .B echo |
---|
6502 | interprets the following escape sequences: |
---|
6503 | .RS |
---|
6504 | .PD 0 |
---|
6505 | .TP |
---|
6506 | .B \ea |
---|
6507 | alert (bell) |
---|
6508 | .TP |
---|
6509 | .B \eb |
---|
6510 | backspace |
---|
6511 | .TP |
---|
6512 | .B \ec |
---|
6513 | suppress trailing newline |
---|
6514 | .TP |
---|
6515 | .B \ee |
---|
6516 | an escape character |
---|
6517 | .TP |
---|
6518 | .B \ef |
---|
6519 | form feed |
---|
6520 | .TP |
---|
6521 | .B \en |
---|
6522 | new line |
---|
6523 | .TP |
---|
6524 | .B \er |
---|
6525 | carriage return |
---|
6526 | .TP |
---|
6527 | .B \et |
---|
6528 | horizontal tab |
---|
6529 | .TP |
---|
6530 | .B \ev |
---|
6531 | vertical tab |
---|
6532 | .TP |
---|
6533 | .B \e\e |
---|
6534 | backslash |
---|
6535 | .TP |
---|
6536 | .B \e0\fInnn\fP |
---|
6537 | the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP |
---|
6538 | (zero to three octal digits) |
---|
6539 | .TP |
---|
6540 | .B \e\fInnn\fP |
---|
6541 | the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value \fInnn\fP |
---|
6542 | (one to three octal digits) |
---|
6543 | .TP |
---|
6544 | .B \ex\fIHH\fP |
---|
6545 | the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value \fIHH\fP |
---|
6546 | (one or two hex digits) |
---|
6547 | .PD |
---|
6548 | .RE |
---|
6549 | .TP |
---|
6550 | \fBenable\fP [\fB\-adnps\fP] [\fB\-f\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] |
---|
6551 | Enable and disable builtin shell commands. |
---|
6552 | Disabling a builtin allows a disk command which has the same name |
---|
6553 | as a shell builtin to be executed without specifying a full pathname, |
---|
6554 | even though the shell normally searches for builtins before disk commands. |
---|
6555 | If \fB\-n\fP is used, each \fIname\fP |
---|
6556 | is disabled; otherwise, |
---|
6557 | \fInames\fP are enabled. For example, to use the |
---|
6558 | .B test |
---|
6559 | binary found via the |
---|
6560 | .SM |
---|
6561 | .B PATH |
---|
6562 | instead of the shell builtin version, run |
---|
6563 | .if t \f(CWenable -n test\fP. |
---|
6564 | .if n ``enable -n test''. |
---|
6565 | The |
---|
6566 | .B \-f |
---|
6567 | option means to load the new builtin command |
---|
6568 | .I name |
---|
6569 | from shared object |
---|
6570 | .IR filename , |
---|
6571 | on systems that support dynamic loading. The |
---|
6572 | .B \-d |
---|
6573 | option will delete a builtin previously loaded with |
---|
6574 | .BR \-f . |
---|
6575 | If no \fIname\fP arguments are given, or if the |
---|
6576 | .B \-p |
---|
6577 | option is supplied, a list of shell builtins is printed. |
---|
6578 | With no other option arguments, the list consists of all enabled |
---|
6579 | shell builtins. |
---|
6580 | If \fB\-n\fP is supplied, only disabled builtins are printed. |
---|
6581 | If \fB\-a\fP is supplied, the list printed includes all builtins, with an |
---|
6582 | indication of whether or not each is enabled. |
---|
6583 | If \fB\-s\fP is supplied, the output is restricted to the POSIX |
---|
6584 | \fIspecial\fP builtins. |
---|
6585 | The return value is 0 unless a |
---|
6586 | .I name |
---|
6587 | is not a shell builtin or there is an error loading a new builtin |
---|
6588 | from a shared object. |
---|
6589 | .TP |
---|
6590 | \fBeval\fP [\fIarg\fP ...] |
---|
6591 | The \fIarg\fPs are read and concatenated together into a single |
---|
6592 | command. This command is then read and executed by the shell, and |
---|
6593 | its exit status is returned as the value of |
---|
6594 | .BR eval . |
---|
6595 | If there are no |
---|
6596 | .IR args , |
---|
6597 | or only null arguments, |
---|
6598 | .B eval |
---|
6599 | returns 0. |
---|
6600 | .TP |
---|
6601 | \fBexec\fP [\fB\-cl\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIname\fP] [\fIcommand\fP [\fIarguments\fP]] |
---|
6602 | If |
---|
6603 | .I command |
---|
6604 | is specified, it replaces the shell. |
---|
6605 | No new process is created. The |
---|
6606 | .I arguments |
---|
6607 | become the arguments to \fIcommand\fP. |
---|
6608 | If the |
---|
6609 | .B \-l |
---|
6610 | option is supplied, |
---|
6611 | the shell places a dash at the beginning of the zeroth arg passed to |
---|
6612 | .IR command . |
---|
6613 | This is what |
---|
6614 | .IR login (1) |
---|
6615 | does. The |
---|
6616 | .B \-c |
---|
6617 | option causes |
---|
6618 | .I command |
---|
6619 | to be executed with an empty environment. If |
---|
6620 | .B \-a |
---|
6621 | is supplied, the shell passes |
---|
6622 | .I name |
---|
6623 | as the zeroth argument to the executed command. If |
---|
6624 | .I command |
---|
6625 | cannot be executed for some reason, a non-interactive shell exits, |
---|
6626 | unless the shell option |
---|
6627 | .B execfail |
---|
6628 | is enabled, in which case it returns failure. |
---|
6629 | An interactive shell returns failure if the file cannot be executed. |
---|
6630 | If |
---|
6631 | .I command |
---|
6632 | is not specified, any redirections take effect in the current shell, |
---|
6633 | and the return status is 0. If there is a redirection error, the |
---|
6634 | return status is 1. |
---|
6635 | .TP |
---|
6636 | \fBexit\fP [\fIn\fP] |
---|
6637 | Cause the shell to exit |
---|
6638 | with a status of \fIn\fP. If |
---|
6639 | .I n |
---|
6640 | is omitted, the exit status |
---|
6641 | is that of the last command executed. |
---|
6642 | A trap on |
---|
6643 | .SM |
---|
6644 | .B EXIT |
---|
6645 | is executed before the shell terminates. |
---|
6646 | .TP |
---|
6647 | \fBexport\fP [\fB\-fn\fP\^] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP]] ... |
---|
6648 | .PD 0 |
---|
6649 | .TP |
---|
6650 | .B export \-p |
---|
6651 | .PD |
---|
6652 | The supplied |
---|
6653 | .I names |
---|
6654 | are marked for automatic export to the environment of |
---|
6655 | subsequently executed commands. If the |
---|
6656 | .B \-f |
---|
6657 | option is given, |
---|
6658 | the |
---|
6659 | .I names |
---|
6660 | refer to functions. |
---|
6661 | If no |
---|
6662 | .I names |
---|
6663 | are given, or if the |
---|
6664 | .B \-p |
---|
6665 | option is supplied, a list |
---|
6666 | of all names that are exported in this shell is printed. |
---|
6667 | The |
---|
6668 | .B \-n |
---|
6669 | option causes the export property to be removed from each |
---|
6670 | \fIname\fP. |
---|
6671 | If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of |
---|
6672 | the variable is set to \fIword\fP. |
---|
6673 | .B export |
---|
6674 | returns an exit status of 0 unless an invalid option is |
---|
6675 | encountered, |
---|
6676 | one of the \fInames\fP is not a valid shell variable name, or |
---|
6677 | .B \-f |
---|
6678 | is supplied with a |
---|
6679 | .I name |
---|
6680 | that is not a function. |
---|
6681 | .TP |
---|
6682 | \fBfc\fP [\fB\-e\fP \fIename\fP] [\fB\-nlr\fP] [\fIfirst\fP] [\fIlast\fP] |
---|
6683 | .PD 0 |
---|
6684 | .TP |
---|
6685 | \fBfc\fP \fB\-s\fP [\fIpat\fP=\fIrep\fP] [\fIcmd\fP] |
---|
6686 | .PD |
---|
6687 | Fix Command. In the first form, a range of commands from |
---|
6688 | .I first |
---|
6689 | to |
---|
6690 | .I last |
---|
6691 | is selected from the history list. |
---|
6692 | .I First |
---|
6693 | and |
---|
6694 | .I last |
---|
6695 | may be specified as a string (to locate the last command beginning |
---|
6696 | with that string) or as a number (an index into the history list, |
---|
6697 | where a negative number is used as an offset from the current |
---|
6698 | command number). If |
---|
6699 | .I last |
---|
6700 | is not specified it is set to |
---|
6701 | the current command for listing (so that |
---|
6702 | .if n ``fc \-l \-10'' |
---|
6703 | .if t \f(CWfc \-l \-10\fP |
---|
6704 | prints the last 10 commands) and to |
---|
6705 | .I first |
---|
6706 | otherwise. |
---|
6707 | If |
---|
6708 | .I first |
---|
6709 | is not specified it is set to the previous |
---|
6710 | command for editing and \-16 for listing. |
---|
6711 | .sp 1 |
---|
6712 | The |
---|
6713 | .B \-n |
---|
6714 | option suppresses |
---|
6715 | the command numbers when listing. The |
---|
6716 | .B \-r |
---|
6717 | option reverses the order of |
---|
6718 | the commands. If the |
---|
6719 | .B \-l |
---|
6720 | option is given, |
---|
6721 | the commands are listed on |
---|
6722 | standard output. Otherwise, the editor given by |
---|
6723 | .I ename |
---|
6724 | is invoked |
---|
6725 | on a file containing those commands. If |
---|
6726 | .I ename |
---|
6727 | is not given, the |
---|
6728 | value of the |
---|
6729 | .SM |
---|
6730 | .B FCEDIT |
---|
6731 | variable is used, and |
---|
6732 | the value of |
---|
6733 | .SM |
---|
6734 | .B EDITOR |
---|
6735 | if |
---|
6736 | .SM |
---|
6737 | .B FCEDIT |
---|
6738 | is not set. If neither variable is set, |
---|
6739 | .FN vi |
---|
6740 | is used. When editing is complete, the edited commands are |
---|
6741 | echoed and executed. |
---|
6742 | .sp 1 |
---|
6743 | In the second form, \fIcommand\fP is re-executed after each instance |
---|
6744 | of \fIpat\fP is replaced by \fIrep\fP. |
---|
6745 | A useful alias to use with this is |
---|
6746 | .if n ``r="fc -s"'', |
---|
6747 | .if t \f(CWr='fc \-s'\fP, |
---|
6748 | so that typing |
---|
6749 | .if n ``r cc'' |
---|
6750 | .if t \f(CWr cc\fP |
---|
6751 | runs the last command beginning with |
---|
6752 | .if n ``cc'' |
---|
6753 | .if t \f(CWcc\fP |
---|
6754 | and typing |
---|
6755 | .if n ``r'' |
---|
6756 | .if t \f(CWr\fP |
---|
6757 | re-executes the last command. |
---|
6758 | .sp 1 |
---|
6759 | If the first form is used, the return value is 0 unless an invalid |
---|
6760 | option is encountered or |
---|
6761 | .I first |
---|
6762 | or |
---|
6763 | .I last |
---|
6764 | specify history lines out of range. |
---|
6765 | If the |
---|
6766 | .B \-e |
---|
6767 | option is supplied, the return value is the value of the last |
---|
6768 | command executed or failure if an error occurs with the temporary |
---|
6769 | file of commands. If the second form is used, the return status |
---|
6770 | is that of the command re-executed, unless |
---|
6771 | .I cmd |
---|
6772 | does not specify a valid history line, in which case |
---|
6773 | .B fc |
---|
6774 | returns failure. |
---|
6775 | .TP |
---|
6776 | \fBfg\fP [\fIjobspec\fP] |
---|
6777 | Resume |
---|
6778 | .I jobspec |
---|
6779 | in the foreground, and make it the current job. |
---|
6780 | If |
---|
6781 | .I jobspec |
---|
6782 | is not present, the shell's notion of the \fIcurrent job\fP is used. |
---|
6783 | The return value is that of the command placed into the foreground, |
---|
6784 | or failure if run when job control is disabled or, when run with |
---|
6785 | job control enabled, if |
---|
6786 | .I jobspec |
---|
6787 | does not specify a valid job or |
---|
6788 | .I jobspec |
---|
6789 | specifies a job that was started without job control. |
---|
6790 | .TP |
---|
6791 | \fBgetopts\fP \fIoptstring\fP \fIname\fP [\fIargs\fP] |
---|
6792 | .B getopts |
---|
6793 | is used by shell procedures to parse positional parameters. |
---|
6794 | .I optstring |
---|
6795 | contains the option characters to be recognized; if a character |
---|
6796 | is followed by a colon, the option is expected to have an |
---|
6797 | argument, which should be separated from it by white space. |
---|
6798 | The colon and question mark characters may not be used as |
---|
6799 | option characters. |
---|
6800 | Each time it is invoked, |
---|
6801 | .B getopts |
---|
6802 | places the next option in the shell variable |
---|
6803 | .IR name , |
---|
6804 | initializing |
---|
6805 | .I name |
---|
6806 | if it does not exist, |
---|
6807 | and the index of the next argument to be processed into the |
---|
6808 | variable |
---|
6809 | .SM |
---|
6810 | .BR OPTIND . |
---|
6811 | .SM |
---|
6812 | .B OPTIND |
---|
6813 | is initialized to 1 each time the shell or a shell script |
---|
6814 | is invoked. When an option requires an argument, |
---|
6815 | .B getopts |
---|
6816 | places that argument into the variable |
---|
6817 | .SM |
---|
6818 | .BR OPTARG . |
---|
6819 | The shell does not reset |
---|
6820 | .SM |
---|
6821 | .B OPTIND |
---|
6822 | automatically; it must be manually reset between multiple |
---|
6823 | calls to |
---|
6824 | .B getopts |
---|
6825 | within the same shell invocation if a new set of parameters |
---|
6826 | is to be used. |
---|
6827 | .sp 1 |
---|
6828 | When the end of options is encountered, \fBgetopts\fP exits with a |
---|
6829 | return value greater than zero. |
---|
6830 | \fBOPTIND\fP is set to the index of the first non-option argument, |
---|
6831 | and \fBname\fP is set to ?. |
---|
6832 | .sp 1 |
---|
6833 | .B getopts |
---|
6834 | normally parses the positional parameters, but if more arguments are |
---|
6835 | given in |
---|
6836 | .IR args , |
---|
6837 | .B getopts |
---|
6838 | parses those instead. |
---|
6839 | .sp 1 |
---|
6840 | .B getopts |
---|
6841 | can report errors in two ways. If the first character of |
---|
6842 | .I optstring |
---|
6843 | is a colon, |
---|
6844 | .I silent |
---|
6845 | error reporting is used. In normal operation diagnostic messages |
---|
6846 | are printed when invalid options or missing option arguments are |
---|
6847 | encountered. |
---|
6848 | If the variable |
---|
6849 | .SM |
---|
6850 | .B OPTERR |
---|
6851 | is set to 0, no error messages will be displayed, even if the first |
---|
6852 | character of |
---|
6853 | .I optstring |
---|
6854 | is not a colon. |
---|
6855 | .sp 1 |
---|
6856 | If an invalid option is seen, |
---|
6857 | .B getopts |
---|
6858 | places ? into |
---|
6859 | .I name |
---|
6860 | and, if not silent, |
---|
6861 | prints an error message and unsets |
---|
6862 | .SM |
---|
6863 | .BR OPTARG . |
---|
6864 | If |
---|
6865 | .B getopts |
---|
6866 | is silent, |
---|
6867 | the option character found is placed in |
---|
6868 | .SM |
---|
6869 | .B OPTARG |
---|
6870 | and no diagnostic message is printed. |
---|
6871 | .sp 1 |
---|
6872 | If a required argument is not found, and |
---|
6873 | .B getopts |
---|
6874 | is not silent, |
---|
6875 | a question mark (\^\fB?\fP\^) is placed in |
---|
6876 | .IR name , |
---|
6877 | .SM |
---|
6878 | .B OPTARG |
---|
6879 | is unset, and a diagnostic message is printed. |
---|
6880 | If |
---|
6881 | .B getopts |
---|
6882 | is silent, then a colon (\^\fB:\fP\^) is placed in |
---|
6883 | .I name |
---|
6884 | and |
---|
6885 | .SM |
---|
6886 | .B OPTARG |
---|
6887 | is set to the option character found. |
---|
6888 | .sp 1 |
---|
6889 | .B getopts |
---|
6890 | returns true if an option, specified or unspecified, is found. |
---|
6891 | It returns false if the end of options is encountered or an |
---|
6892 | error occurs. |
---|
6893 | .TP |
---|
6894 | \fBhash\fP [\fB\-lr\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIfilename\fP] [\fB\-dt\fP] [\fIname\fP] |
---|
6895 | For each |
---|
6896 | .IR name , |
---|
6897 | the full file name of the command is determined by searching |
---|
6898 | the directories in |
---|
6899 | .B $PATH |
---|
6900 | and remembered. |
---|
6901 | If the |
---|
6902 | .B \-p |
---|
6903 | option is supplied, no path search is performed, and |
---|
6904 | .I filename |
---|
6905 | is used as the full file name of the command. |
---|
6906 | The |
---|
6907 | .B \-r |
---|
6908 | option causes the shell to forget all |
---|
6909 | remembered locations. |
---|
6910 | The |
---|
6911 | .B \-d |
---|
6912 | option causes the shell to forget the remembered location of each \fIname\fP. |
---|
6913 | If the |
---|
6914 | .B \-t |
---|
6915 | option is supplied, the full pathname to which each \fIname\fP corresponds |
---|
6916 | is printed. If multiple \fIname\fP arguments are supplied with \fB\-t\fP, |
---|
6917 | the \fIname\fP is printed before the hashed full pathname. |
---|
6918 | The |
---|
6919 | .B \-l |
---|
6920 | option causes output to be displayed in a format that may be reused as input. |
---|
6921 | If no arguments are given, or if only \fB\-l\fP is supplied, |
---|
6922 | information about remembered commands is printed. |
---|
6923 | The return status is true unless a |
---|
6924 | .I name |
---|
6925 | is not found or an invalid option is supplied. |
---|
6926 | .TP |
---|
6927 | \fBhelp\fP [\fB\-s\fP] [\fIpattern\fP] |
---|
6928 | Display helpful information about builtin commands. If |
---|
6929 | .I pattern |
---|
6930 | is specified, |
---|
6931 | .B help |
---|
6932 | gives detailed help on all commands matching |
---|
6933 | .IR pattern ; |
---|
6934 | otherwise help for all the builtins and shell control structures |
---|
6935 | is printed. |
---|
6936 | The \fB\-s\fP option restricts the information displayed to a short |
---|
6937 | usage synopsis. |
---|
6938 | The return status is 0 unless no command matches |
---|
6939 | .IR pattern . |
---|
6940 | .TP |
---|
6941 | \fBhistory [\fIn\fP] |
---|
6942 | .PD 0 |
---|
6943 | .TP |
---|
6944 | \fBhistory\fP \fB\-c\fP |
---|
6945 | .TP |
---|
6946 | \fBhistory \-d\fP \fIoffset\fP |
---|
6947 | .TP |
---|
6948 | \fBhistory\fP \fB\-anrw\fP [\fIfilename\fP] |
---|
6949 | .TP |
---|
6950 | \fBhistory\fP \fB\-p\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP] |
---|
6951 | .TP |
---|
6952 | \fBhistory\fP \fB\-s\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg ...\fP] |
---|
6953 | .PD |
---|
6954 | With no options, display the command |
---|
6955 | history list with line numbers. Lines listed |
---|
6956 | with a |
---|
6957 | .B * |
---|
6958 | have been modified. An argument of |
---|
6959 | .I n |
---|
6960 | lists only the last |
---|
6961 | .I n |
---|
6962 | lines. |
---|
6963 | If the shell variable \fBHISTTIMEFORMAT\fP is set and not null, |
---|
6964 | it is used as a format string for \fIstrftime\fP(3) to display |
---|
6965 | the time stamp associated with each displayed history entry. |
---|
6966 | No intervening blank is printed between the formatted time stamp |
---|
6967 | and the history line. |
---|
6968 | If \fIfilename\fP is supplied, it is used as the |
---|
6969 | name of the history file; if not, the value of |
---|
6970 | .SM |
---|
6971 | .B HISTFILE |
---|
6972 | is used. Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: |
---|
6973 | .RS |
---|
6974 | .PD 0 |
---|
6975 | .TP |
---|
6976 | .B \-c |
---|
6977 | Clear the history list by deleting all the entries. |
---|
6978 | .TP |
---|
6979 | \fB\-d\fP \fIoffset\fP |
---|
6980 | Delete the history entry at position \fIoffset\fP. |
---|
6981 | .TP |
---|
6982 | .B \-a |
---|
6983 | Append the ``new'' history lines (history lines entered since the |
---|
6984 | beginning of the current \fBbash\fP session) to the history file. |
---|
6985 | .TP |
---|
6986 | .B \-n |
---|
6987 | Read the history lines not already read from the history |
---|
6988 | file into the current history list. These are lines |
---|
6989 | appended to the history file since the beginning of the |
---|
6990 | current \fBbash\fP session. |
---|
6991 | .TP |
---|
6992 | .B \-r |
---|
6993 | Read the contents of the history file |
---|
6994 | and use them as the current history. |
---|
6995 | .TP |
---|
6996 | .B \-w |
---|
6997 | Write the current history to the history file, overwriting the |
---|
6998 | history file's contents. |
---|
6999 | .TP |
---|
7000 | .B \-p |
---|
7001 | Perform history substitution on the following \fIargs\fP and display |
---|
7002 | the result on the standard output. |
---|
7003 | Does not store the results in the history list. |
---|
7004 | Each \fIarg\fP must be quoted to disable normal history expansion. |
---|
7005 | .TP |
---|
7006 | .B \-s |
---|
7007 | Store the |
---|
7008 | .I args |
---|
7009 | in the history list as a single entry. The last command in the |
---|
7010 | history list is removed before the |
---|
7011 | .I args |
---|
7012 | are added. |
---|
7013 | .PD |
---|
7014 | .PP |
---|
7015 | If the \fBHISTTIMEFORMAT\fP is set, the time stamp information |
---|
7016 | associated with each history entry is written to the history file. |
---|
7017 | The return value is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, an |
---|
7018 | error occurs while reading or writing the history file, an invalid |
---|
7019 | \fIoffset\fP is supplied as an argument to \fB\-d\fP, or the |
---|
7020 | history expansion supplied as an argument to \fB\-p\fP fails. |
---|
7021 | .RE |
---|
7022 | .TP |
---|
7023 | \fBjobs\fP [\fB\-lnprs\fP] [ \fIjobspec\fP ... ] |
---|
7024 | .PD 0 |
---|
7025 | .TP |
---|
7026 | \fBjobs\fP \fB\-x\fP \fIcommand\fP [ \fIargs\fP ... ] |
---|
7027 | .PD |
---|
7028 | The first form lists the active jobs. The options have the following |
---|
7029 | meanings: |
---|
7030 | .RS |
---|
7031 | .PD 0 |
---|
7032 | .TP |
---|
7033 | .B \-l |
---|
7034 | List process IDs |
---|
7035 | in addition to the normal information. |
---|
7036 | .TP |
---|
7037 | .B \-p |
---|
7038 | List only the process ID of the job's process group |
---|
7039 | leader. |
---|
7040 | .TP |
---|
7041 | .B \-n |
---|
7042 | Display information only about jobs that have changed status since |
---|
7043 | the user was last notified of their status. |
---|
7044 | .TP |
---|
7045 | .B \-r |
---|
7046 | Restrict output to running jobs. |
---|
7047 | .TP |
---|
7048 | .B \-s |
---|
7049 | Restrict output to stopped jobs. |
---|
7050 | .PD |
---|
7051 | .PP |
---|
7052 | If |
---|
7053 | .I jobspec |
---|
7054 | is given, output is restricted to information about that job. |
---|
7055 | The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered |
---|
7056 | or an invalid |
---|
7057 | .I jobspec |
---|
7058 | is supplied. |
---|
7059 | .PP |
---|
7060 | If the |
---|
7061 | .B \-x |
---|
7062 | option is supplied, |
---|
7063 | .B jobs |
---|
7064 | replaces any |
---|
7065 | .I jobspec |
---|
7066 | found in |
---|
7067 | .I command |
---|
7068 | or |
---|
7069 | .I args |
---|
7070 | with the corresponding process group ID, and executes |
---|
7071 | .I command |
---|
7072 | passing it |
---|
7073 | .IR args , |
---|
7074 | returning its exit status. |
---|
7075 | .RE |
---|
7076 | .TP |
---|
7077 | \fBkill\fP [\fB\-s\fP \fIsigspec\fP | \fB\-n\fP \fIsignum\fP | \fB\-\fP\fIsigspec\fP] [\fIpid\fP | \fIjobspec\fP] ... |
---|
7078 | .PD 0 |
---|
7079 | .TP |
---|
7080 | \fBkill\fP \fB\-l\fP [\fIsigspec\fP | \fIexit_status\fP] |
---|
7081 | .PD |
---|
7082 | Send the signal named by |
---|
7083 | .I sigspec |
---|
7084 | or |
---|
7085 | .I signum |
---|
7086 | to the processes named by |
---|
7087 | .I pid |
---|
7088 | or |
---|
7089 | .IR jobspec . |
---|
7090 | .I sigspec |
---|
7091 | is either a case-insensitive signal name such as |
---|
7092 | .SM |
---|
7093 | .B SIGKILL |
---|
7094 | (with or without the |
---|
7095 | .SM |
---|
7096 | .B SIG |
---|
7097 | prefix) or a signal number; |
---|
7098 | .I signum |
---|
7099 | is a signal number. |
---|
7100 | If |
---|
7101 | .I sigspec |
---|
7102 | is not present, then |
---|
7103 | .SM |
---|
7104 | .B SIGTERM |
---|
7105 | is assumed. |
---|
7106 | An argument of |
---|
7107 | .B \-l |
---|
7108 | lists the signal names. |
---|
7109 | If any arguments are supplied when |
---|
7110 | .B \-l |
---|
7111 | is given, the names of the signals corresponding to the arguments are |
---|
7112 | listed, and the return status is 0. |
---|
7113 | The \fIexit_status\fP argument to |
---|
7114 | .B \-l |
---|
7115 | is a number specifying either a signal number or the exit status of |
---|
7116 | a process terminated by a signal. |
---|
7117 | .B kill |
---|
7118 | returns true if at least one signal was successfully sent, or false |
---|
7119 | if an error occurs or an invalid option is encountered. |
---|
7120 | .TP |
---|
7121 | \fBlet\fP \fIarg\fP [\fIarg\fP ...] |
---|
7122 | Each |
---|
7123 | .I arg |
---|
7124 | is an arithmetic expression to be evaluated (see |
---|
7125 | .SM |
---|
7126 | .BR "ARITHMETIC EVALUATION" ). |
---|
7127 | If the last |
---|
7128 | .I arg |
---|
7129 | evaluates to 0, |
---|
7130 | .B let |
---|
7131 | returns 1; 0 is returned otherwise. |
---|
7132 | .TP |
---|
7133 | \fBlocal\fP [\fIoption\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIvalue\fP] ...] |
---|
7134 | For each argument, a local variable named |
---|
7135 | .I name |
---|
7136 | is created, and assigned |
---|
7137 | .IR value . |
---|
7138 | The \fIoption\fP can be any of the options accepted by \fBdeclare\fP. |
---|
7139 | When |
---|
7140 | .B local |
---|
7141 | is used within a function, it causes the variable |
---|
7142 | .I name |
---|
7143 | to have a visible scope restricted to that function and its children. |
---|
7144 | With no operands, |
---|
7145 | .B local |
---|
7146 | writes a list of local variables to the standard output. It is |
---|
7147 | an error to use |
---|
7148 | .B local |
---|
7149 | when not within a function. The return status is 0 unless |
---|
7150 | .B local |
---|
7151 | is used outside a function, an invalid |
---|
7152 | .I name |
---|
7153 | is supplied, or |
---|
7154 | \fIname\fP is a readonly variable. |
---|
7155 | .TP |
---|
7156 | .B logout |
---|
7157 | Exit a login shell. |
---|
7158 | .TP |
---|
7159 | \fBpopd\fP [\-\fBn\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] |
---|
7160 | Removes entries from the directory stack. With no arguments, |
---|
7161 | removes the top directory from the stack, and performs a |
---|
7162 | .B cd |
---|
7163 | to the new top directory. |
---|
7164 | Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: |
---|
7165 | .RS |
---|
7166 | .PD 0 |
---|
7167 | .TP |
---|
7168 | \fB+\fP\fIn\fP |
---|
7169 | Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the left of the list |
---|
7170 | shown by |
---|
7171 | .BR dirs , |
---|
7172 | starting with zero. For example: |
---|
7173 | .if n ``popd +0'' |
---|
7174 | .if t \f(CWpopd +0\fP |
---|
7175 | removes the first directory, |
---|
7176 | .if n ``popd +1'' |
---|
7177 | .if t \f(CWpopd +1\fP |
---|
7178 | the second. |
---|
7179 | .TP |
---|
7180 | \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP |
---|
7181 | Removes the \fIn\fPth entry counting from the right of the list |
---|
7182 | shown by |
---|
7183 | .BR dirs , |
---|
7184 | starting with zero. For example: |
---|
7185 | .if n ``popd -0'' |
---|
7186 | .if t \f(CWpopd -0\fP |
---|
7187 | removes the last directory, |
---|
7188 | .if n ``popd -1'' |
---|
7189 | .if t \f(CWpopd -1\fP |
---|
7190 | the next to last. |
---|
7191 | .TP |
---|
7192 | .B \-n |
---|
7193 | Suppresses the normal change of directory when removing directories |
---|
7194 | from the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. |
---|
7195 | .PD |
---|
7196 | .PP |
---|
7197 | If the |
---|
7198 | .B popd |
---|
7199 | command is successful, a |
---|
7200 | .B dirs |
---|
7201 | is performed as well, and the return status is 0. |
---|
7202 | .B popd |
---|
7203 | returns false if an invalid option is encountered, the directory stack |
---|
7204 | is empty, a non-existent directory stack entry is specified, or the |
---|
7205 | directory change fails. |
---|
7206 | .RE |
---|
7207 | .TP |
---|
7208 | \fBprintf\fP \fIformat\fP [\fIarguments\fP] |
---|
7209 | Write the formatted \fIarguments\fP to the standard output under the |
---|
7210 | control of the \fIformat\fP. |
---|
7211 | The \fIformat\fP is a character string which contains three types of objects: |
---|
7212 | plain characters, which are simply copied to standard output, character |
---|
7213 | escape sequences, which are converted and copied to the standard output, and |
---|
7214 | format specifications, each of which causes printing of the next successive |
---|
7215 | \fIargument\fP. |
---|
7216 | In addition to the standard \fIprintf\fP(1) formats, \fB%b\fP causes |
---|
7217 | \fBprintf\fP to expand backslash escape sequences in the corresponding |
---|
7218 | \fIargument\fP (except that \fB\ec\fP terminates output, backslashes in |
---|
7219 | \fB\e'\fP, \fB\e"\fP, and \fB\e?\fP are not removed, and octal escapes |
---|
7220 | beginning with \fB\e0\fP may contain up to four digits), |
---|
7221 | and \fB%q\fP causes \fBprintf\fP to output the corresponding |
---|
7222 | \fIargument\fP in a format that can be reused as shell input. |
---|
7223 | .sp 1 |
---|
7224 | The \fIformat\fP is reused as necessary to consume all of the \fIarguments\fP. |
---|
7225 | If the \fIformat\fP requires more \fIarguments\fP than are supplied, the |
---|
7226 | extra format specifications behave as if a zero value or null string, as |
---|
7227 | appropriate, had been supplied. The return value is zero on success, |
---|
7228 | non-zero on failure. |
---|
7229 | .TP |
---|
7230 | \fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [\fIdir\fP] |
---|
7231 | .PD 0 |
---|
7232 | .TP |
---|
7233 | \fBpushd\fP [\fB\-n\fP] [+\fIn\fP] [\-\fIn\fP] |
---|
7234 | .PD |
---|
7235 | Adds a directory to the top of the directory stack, or rotates |
---|
7236 | the stack, making the new top of the stack the current working |
---|
7237 | directory. With no arguments, exchanges the top two directories |
---|
7238 | and returns 0, unless the directory stack is empty. |
---|
7239 | Arguments, if supplied, have the following meanings: |
---|
7240 | .RS |
---|
7241 | .PD 0 |
---|
7242 | .TP |
---|
7243 | \fB+\fP\fIn\fP |
---|
7244 | Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory |
---|
7245 | (counting from the left of the list shown by |
---|
7246 | .BR dirs , |
---|
7247 | starting with zero) |
---|
7248 | is at the top. |
---|
7249 | .TP |
---|
7250 | \fB\-\fP\fIn\fP |
---|
7251 | Rotates the stack so that the \fIn\fPth directory |
---|
7252 | (counting from the right of the list shown by |
---|
7253 | .BR dirs , |
---|
7254 | starting with zero) is at the top. |
---|
7255 | .TP |
---|
7256 | .B \-n |
---|
7257 | Suppresses the normal change of directory when adding directories |
---|
7258 | to the stack, so that only the stack is manipulated. |
---|
7259 | .TP |
---|
7260 | .I dir |
---|
7261 | Adds |
---|
7262 | .I dir |
---|
7263 | to the directory stack at the top, making it the |
---|
7264 | new current working directory. |
---|
7265 | .PD |
---|
7266 | .PP |
---|
7267 | If the |
---|
7268 | .B pushd |
---|
7269 | command is successful, a |
---|
7270 | .B dirs |
---|
7271 | is performed as well. |
---|
7272 | If the first form is used, |
---|
7273 | .B pushd |
---|
7274 | returns 0 unless the cd to |
---|
7275 | .I dir |
---|
7276 | fails. With the second form, |
---|
7277 | .B pushd |
---|
7278 | returns 0 unless the directory stack is empty, |
---|
7279 | a non-existent directory stack element is specified, |
---|
7280 | or the directory change to the specified new current directory |
---|
7281 | fails. |
---|
7282 | .RE |
---|
7283 | .TP |
---|
7284 | \fBpwd\fP [\fB\-LP\fP] |
---|
7285 | Print the absolute pathname of the current working directory. |
---|
7286 | The pathname printed contains no symbolic links if the |
---|
7287 | .B \-P |
---|
7288 | option is supplied or the |
---|
7289 | .B \-o physical |
---|
7290 | option to the |
---|
7291 | .B set |
---|
7292 | builtin command is enabled. |
---|
7293 | If the |
---|
7294 | .B \-L |
---|
7295 | option is used, the pathname printed may contain symbolic links. |
---|
7296 | The return status is 0 unless an error occurs while |
---|
7297 | reading the name of the current directory or an |
---|
7298 | invalid option is supplied. |
---|
7299 | .TP |
---|
7300 | \fBread\fP [\fB\-ers\fP] [\fB\-u\fP \fIfd\fP] [\fB\-t\fP \fItimeout\fP] [\fB\-a\fP \fIaname\fP] [\fB\-p\fP \fIprompt\fP] [\fB\-n\fP \fInchars\fP] [\fB\-d\fP \fIdelim\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] |
---|
7301 | One line is read from the standard input, or from the file descriptor |
---|
7302 | \fIfd\fP supplied as an argument to the \fB\-u\fP option, and the first word |
---|
7303 | is assigned to the first |
---|
7304 | .IR name , |
---|
7305 | the second word to the second |
---|
7306 | .IR name , |
---|
7307 | and so on, with leftover words and their intervening separators assigned |
---|
7308 | to the last |
---|
7309 | .IR name . |
---|
7310 | If there are fewer words read from the input stream than names, |
---|
7311 | the remaining names are assigned empty values. |
---|
7312 | The characters in |
---|
7313 | .SM |
---|
7314 | .B IFS |
---|
7315 | are used to split the line into words. |
---|
7316 | The backslash character (\fB\e\fP) may be used to remove any special |
---|
7317 | meaning for the next character read and for line continuation. |
---|
7318 | Options, if supplied, have the following meanings: |
---|
7319 | .RS |
---|
7320 | .PD 0 |
---|
7321 | .TP |
---|
7322 | .B \-a \fIaname\fP |
---|
7323 | The words are assigned to sequential indices |
---|
7324 | of the array variable |
---|
7325 | .IR aname , |
---|
7326 | starting at 0. |
---|
7327 | .I aname |
---|
7328 | is unset before any new values are assigned. |
---|
7329 | Other \fIname\fP arguments are ignored. |
---|
7330 | .TP |
---|
7331 | .B \-d \fIdelim\fP |
---|
7332 | The first character of \fIdelim\fP is used to terminate the input line, |
---|
7333 | rather than newline. |
---|
7334 | .TP |
---|
7335 | .B \-e |
---|
7336 | If the standard input |
---|
7337 | is coming from a terminal, |
---|
7338 | .B readline |
---|
7339 | (see |
---|
7340 | .SM |
---|
7341 | .B READLINE |
---|
7342 | above) is used to obtain the line. |
---|
7343 | .TP |
---|
7344 | .B \-n \fInchars\fP |
---|
7345 | \fBread\fP returns after reading \fInchars\fP characters rather than |
---|
7346 | waiting for a complete line of input. |
---|
7347 | .TP |
---|
7348 | .B \-p \fIprompt\fP |
---|
7349 | Display \fIprompt\fP on standard error, without a |
---|
7350 | trailing newline, before attempting to read any input. The prompt |
---|
7351 | is displayed only if input is coming from a terminal. |
---|
7352 | .TP |
---|
7353 | .B \-r |
---|
7354 | Backslash does not act as an escape character. |
---|
7355 | The backslash is considered to be part of the line. |
---|
7356 | In particular, a backslash-newline pair may not be used as a line |
---|
7357 | continuation. |
---|
7358 | .TP |
---|
7359 | .B \-s |
---|
7360 | Silent mode. If input is coming from a terminal, characters are |
---|
7361 | not echoed. |
---|
7362 | .TP |
---|
7363 | .B \-t \fItimeout\fP |
---|
7364 | Cause \fBread\fP to time out and return failure if a complete line of |
---|
7365 | input is not read within \fItimeout\fP seconds. |
---|
7366 | This option has no effect if \fBread\fP is not reading input from the |
---|
7367 | terminal or a pipe. |
---|
7368 | .TP |
---|
7369 | .B \-u \fIfd\FP |
---|
7370 | Read input from file descriptor \fIfd\fP. |
---|
7371 | .PD |
---|
7372 | .PP |
---|
7373 | If no |
---|
7374 | .I names |
---|
7375 | are supplied, the line read is assigned to the variable |
---|
7376 | .SM |
---|
7377 | .BR REPLY . |
---|
7378 | The return code is zero, unless end-of-file is encountered, \fBread\fP |
---|
7379 | times out, or an invalid file descriptor is supplied as the argument to |
---|
7380 | \fB\-u\fP. |
---|
7381 | .RE |
---|
7382 | .TP |
---|
7383 | \fBreadonly\fP [\fB\-apf\fP] [\fIname\fP[=\fIword\fP] ...] |
---|
7384 | .PD |
---|
7385 | The given |
---|
7386 | \fInames\fP are marked readonly; the values of these |
---|
7387 | .I names |
---|
7388 | may not be changed by subsequent assignment. |
---|
7389 | If the |
---|
7390 | .B \-f |
---|
7391 | option is supplied, the functions corresponding to the |
---|
7392 | \fInames\fP are so |
---|
7393 | marked. |
---|
7394 | The |
---|
7395 | .B \-a |
---|
7396 | option restricts the variables to arrays. |
---|
7397 | If no |
---|
7398 | .I name |
---|
7399 | arguments are given, or if the |
---|
7400 | .B \-p |
---|
7401 | option is supplied, a list of all readonly names is printed. |
---|
7402 | The |
---|
7403 | .B \-p |
---|
7404 | option causes output to be displayed in a format that |
---|
7405 | may be reused as input. |
---|
7406 | If a variable name is followed by =\fIword\fP, the value of |
---|
7407 | the variable is set to \fIword\fP. |
---|
7408 | The return status is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, |
---|
7409 | one of the |
---|
7410 | .I names |
---|
7411 | is not a valid shell variable name, or |
---|
7412 | .B \-f |
---|
7413 | is supplied with a |
---|
7414 | .I name |
---|
7415 | that is not a function. |
---|
7416 | .TP |
---|
7417 | \fBreturn\fP [\fIn\fP] |
---|
7418 | Causes a function to exit with the return value specified by |
---|
7419 | .IR n . |
---|
7420 | If |
---|
7421 | .I n |
---|
7422 | is omitted, the return status is that of the last command |
---|
7423 | executed in the function body. If used outside a function, |
---|
7424 | but during execution of a script by the |
---|
7425 | .B . |
---|
7426 | (\fBsource\fP) command, it causes the shell to stop executing |
---|
7427 | that script and return either |
---|
7428 | .I n |
---|
7429 | or the exit status of the last command executed within the |
---|
7430 | script as the exit status of the script. If used outside a |
---|
7431 | function and not during execution of a script by \fB.\fP\^, |
---|
7432 | the return status is false. |
---|
7433 | Any command associated with the \fBRETURN\fP trap is executed |
---|
7434 | before execution resumes after the function or script. |
---|
7435 | .TP |
---|
7436 | \fBset\fP [\fB\-\-abefhkmnptuvxBCHP\fP] [\fB\-o\fP \fIoption\fP] [\fIarg\fP ...] |
---|
7437 | Without options, the name and value of each shell variable are displayed |
---|
7438 | in a format that can be reused as input. |
---|
7439 | The output is sorted according to the current locale. |
---|
7440 | When options are specified, they set or unset shell attributes. |
---|
7441 | Any arguments remaining after the options are processed are treated |
---|
7442 | as values for the positional parameters and are assigned, in order, to |
---|
7443 | .BR $1 , |
---|
7444 | .BR $2 , |
---|
7445 | .B ... |
---|
7446 | .BR $\fIn\fP . |
---|
7447 | Options, if specified, have the following meanings: |
---|
7448 | .RS |
---|
7449 | .PD 0 |
---|
7450 | .TP 8 |
---|
7451 | .B \-a |
---|
7452 | Automatically mark variables and functions which are modified or |
---|
7453 | created for export to the environment of subsequent commands. |
---|
7454 | .TP 8 |
---|
7455 | .B \-b |
---|
7456 | Report the status of terminated background jobs |
---|
7457 | immediately, rather than before the next primary prompt. This is |
---|
7458 | effective only when job control is enabled. |
---|
7459 | .TP 8 |
---|
7460 | .B \-e |
---|
7461 | Exit immediately if a \fIsimple command\fP (see |
---|
7462 | .SM |
---|
7463 | .B SHELL GRAMMAR |
---|
7464 | above) exits with a non-zero status. |
---|
7465 | The shell does not exit if the |
---|
7466 | command that fails is part of the command list immediately following a |
---|
7467 | .B while |
---|
7468 | or |
---|
7469 | .B until |
---|
7470 | keyword, |
---|
7471 | part of the test in an |
---|
7472 | .I if |
---|
7473 | statement, part of a |
---|
7474 | .B && |
---|
7475 | or |
---|
7476 | .B \(bv\(bv |
---|
7477 | list, or if the command's return value is |
---|
7478 | being inverted via |
---|
7479 | .BR ! . |
---|
7480 | A trap on \fBERR\fP, if set, is executed before the shell exits. |
---|
7481 | .TP 8 |
---|
7482 | .B \-f |
---|
7483 | Disable pathname expansion. |
---|
7484 | .TP 8 |
---|
7485 | .B \-h |
---|
7486 | Remember the location of commands as they are looked up for execution. |
---|
7487 | This is enabled by default. |
---|
7488 | .TP 8 |
---|
7489 | .B \-k |
---|
7490 | All arguments in the form of assignment statements |
---|
7491 | are placed in the environment for a command, not just |
---|
7492 | those that precede the command name. |
---|
7493 | .TP 8 |
---|
7494 | .B \-m |
---|
7495 | Monitor mode. Job control is enabled. This option is on |
---|
7496 | by default for interactive shells on systems that support |
---|
7497 | it (see |
---|
7498 | .SM |
---|
7499 | .B JOB CONTROL |
---|
7500 | above). Background processes run in a separate process |
---|
7501 | group and a line containing their exit status is printed |
---|
7502 | upon their completion. |
---|
7503 | .TP 8 |
---|
7504 | .B \-n |
---|
7505 | Read commands but do not execute them. This may be used to |
---|
7506 | check a shell script for syntax errors. This is ignored by |
---|
7507 | interactive shells. |
---|
7508 | .TP 8 |
---|
7509 | .B \-o \fIoption\-name\fP |
---|
7510 | The \fIoption\-name\fP can be one of the following: |
---|
7511 | .RS |
---|
7512 | .TP 8 |
---|
7513 | .B allexport |
---|
7514 | Same as |
---|
7515 | .BR \-a . |
---|
7516 | .TP 8 |
---|
7517 | .B braceexpand |
---|
7518 | Same as |
---|
7519 | .BR \-B . |
---|
7520 | .TP 8 |
---|
7521 | .B emacs |
---|
7522 | Use an emacs-style command line editing interface. This is enabled |
---|
7523 | by default when the shell is interactive, unless the shell is started |
---|
7524 | with the |
---|
7525 | .B \-\-noediting |
---|
7526 | option. |
---|
7527 | .TP 8 |
---|
7528 | .B errtrace |
---|
7529 | Same as |
---|
7530 | .BR \-E . |
---|
7531 | .TP 8 |
---|
7532 | .B functrace |
---|
7533 | Same as |
---|
7534 | .BR \-T . |
---|
7535 | .TP 8 |
---|
7536 | .B errexit |
---|
7537 | Same as |
---|
7538 | .BR \-e . |
---|
7539 | .TP 8 |
---|
7540 | .B hashall |
---|
7541 | Same as |
---|
7542 | .BR \-h . |
---|
7543 | .TP 8 |
---|
7544 | .B histexpand |
---|
7545 | Same as |
---|
7546 | .BR \-H . |
---|
7547 | .TP 8 |
---|
7548 | .B history |
---|
7549 | Enable command history, as described above under |
---|
7550 | .SM |
---|
7551 | .BR HISTORY . |
---|
7552 | This option is on by default in interactive shells. |
---|
7553 | .TP 8 |
---|
7554 | .B ignoreeof |
---|
7555 | The effect is as if the shell command |
---|
7556 | .if t \f(CWIGNOREEOF=10\fP |
---|
7557 | .if n ``IGNOREEOF=10'' |
---|
7558 | had been executed |
---|
7559 | (see |
---|
7560 | .B Shell Variables |
---|
7561 | above). |
---|
7562 | .TP 8 |
---|
7563 | .B keyword |
---|
7564 | Same as |
---|
7565 | .BR \-k . |
---|
7566 | .TP 8 |
---|
7567 | .B monitor |
---|
7568 | Same as |
---|
7569 | .BR \-m . |
---|
7570 | .TP 8 |
---|
7571 | .B noclobber |
---|
7572 | Same as |
---|
7573 | .BR \-C . |
---|
7574 | .TP 8 |
---|
7575 | .B noexec |
---|
7576 | Same as |
---|
7577 | .BR \-n . |
---|
7578 | .TP 8 |
---|
7579 | .B noglob |
---|
7580 | Same as |
---|
7581 | .BR \-f . |
---|
7582 | .B nolog |
---|
7583 | Currently ignored. |
---|
7584 | .TP 8 |
---|
7585 | .B notify |
---|
7586 | Same as |
---|
7587 | .BR \-b . |
---|
7588 | .TP 8 |
---|
7589 | .B nounset |
---|
7590 | Same as |
---|
7591 | .BR \-u . |
---|
7592 | .TP 8 |
---|
7593 | .B onecmd |
---|
7594 | Same as |
---|
7595 | .BR \-t . |
---|
7596 | .TP 8 |
---|
7597 | .B physical |
---|
7598 | Same as |
---|
7599 | .BR \-P . |
---|
7600 | .TP 8 |
---|
7601 | .B pipefail |
---|
7602 | If set, the return value of a pipeline is the value of the last |
---|
7603 | (rightmost) command to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all |
---|
7604 | commands in the pipeline exit successfully. |
---|
7605 | This option is disabled by default. |
---|
7606 | .TP 8 |
---|
7607 | .B posix |
---|
7608 | Change the behavior of |
---|
7609 | .B bash |
---|
7610 | where the default operation differs |
---|
7611 | from the POSIX 1003.2 standard to match the standard (\fI`posix mode\fP). |
---|
7612 | .TP 8 |
---|
7613 | .B privileged |
---|
7614 | Same as |
---|
7615 | .BR \-p . |
---|
7616 | .TP 8 |
---|
7617 | .B verbose |
---|
7618 | Same as |
---|
7619 | .BR \-v . |
---|
7620 | .TP 8 |
---|
7621 | .B vi |
---|
7622 | Use a vi-style command line editing interface. |
---|
7623 | .TP 8 |
---|
7624 | .B xtrace |
---|
7625 | Same as |
---|
7626 | .BR \-x . |
---|
7627 | .sp .5 |
---|
7628 | .PP |
---|
7629 | If |
---|
7630 | .B \-o |
---|
7631 | is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, the values of the current options are |
---|
7632 | printed. |
---|
7633 | If |
---|
7634 | .B +o |
---|
7635 | is supplied with no \fIoption\-name\fP, a series of |
---|
7636 | .B set |
---|
7637 | commands to recreate the current option settings is displayed on |
---|
7638 | the standard output. |
---|
7639 | .RE |
---|
7640 | .TP 8 |
---|
7641 | .B \-p |
---|
7642 | Turn on |
---|
7643 | .I privileged |
---|
7644 | mode. In this mode, the |
---|
7645 | .SM |
---|
7646 | .B $ENV |
---|
7647 | and |
---|
7648 | .SM |
---|
7649 | .B $BASH_ENV |
---|
7650 | files are not processed, shell functions are not inherited from the |
---|
7651 | environment, and the |
---|
7652 | .SM |
---|
7653 | .B SHELLOPTS |
---|
7654 | variable, if it appears in the environment, is ignored. |
---|
7655 | If the shell is started with the effective user (group) id not equal to the |
---|
7656 | real user (group) id, and the \fB\-p\fP option is not supplied, these actions |
---|
7657 | are taken and the effective user id is set to the real user id. |
---|
7658 | If the \fB\-p\fP option is supplied at startup, the effective user id is |
---|
7659 | not reset. |
---|
7660 | Turning this option off causes the effective user |
---|
7661 | and group ids to be set to the real user and group ids. |
---|
7662 | .TP 8 |
---|
7663 | .B \-t |
---|
7664 | Exit after reading and executing one command. |
---|
7665 | .TP 8 |
---|
7666 | .B \-u |
---|
7667 | Treat unset variables as an error when performing |
---|
7668 | parameter expansion. If expansion is attempted on an |
---|
7669 | unset variable, the shell prints an error message, and, |
---|
7670 | if not interactive, exits with a non-zero status. |
---|
7671 | .TP 8 |
---|
7672 | .B \-v |
---|
7673 | Print shell input lines as they are read. |
---|
7674 | .TP 8 |
---|
7675 | .B \-x |
---|
7676 | After expanding each \fIsimple command\fP, |
---|
7677 | \fBfor\fP command, \fBcase\fP command, \fBselect\fP command, or |
---|
7678 | arithmetic \fBfor\fP command, display the expanded value of |
---|
7679 | .SM |
---|
7680 | .BR PS4 , |
---|
7681 | followed by the command and its expanded arguments |
---|
7682 | or associated word list. |
---|
7683 | .TP 8 |
---|
7684 | .B \-B |
---|
7685 | The shell performs brace expansion (see |
---|
7686 | .B Brace Expansion |
---|
7687 | above). This is on by default. |
---|
7688 | .TP 8 |
---|
7689 | .B \-C |
---|
7690 | If set, |
---|
7691 | .B bash |
---|
7692 | does not overwrite an existing file with the |
---|
7693 | .BR > , |
---|
7694 | .BR >& , |
---|
7695 | and |
---|
7696 | .B <> |
---|
7697 | redirection operators. This may be overridden when |
---|
7698 | creating output files by using the redirection operator |
---|
7699 | .B >| |
---|
7700 | instead of |
---|
7701 | .BR > . |
---|
7702 | .TP 8 |
---|
7703 | .B \-E |
---|
7704 | If set, any trap on \fBERR\fP is inherited by shell functions, command |
---|
7705 | substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment. |
---|
7706 | The \fBERR\fP trap is normally not inherited in such cases. |
---|
7707 | .TP 8 |
---|
7708 | .B \-H |
---|
7709 | Enable |
---|
7710 | .B ! |
---|
7711 | style history substitution. This option is on by |
---|
7712 | default when the shell is interactive. |
---|
7713 | .TP 8 |
---|
7714 | .B \-P |
---|
7715 | If set, the shell does not follow symbolic links when executing |
---|
7716 | commands such as |
---|
7717 | .B cd |
---|
7718 | that change the current working directory. It uses the |
---|
7719 | physical directory structure instead. By default, |
---|
7720 | .B bash |
---|
7721 | follows the logical chain of directories when performing commands |
---|
7722 | which change the current directory. |
---|
7723 | .TP 8 |
---|
7724 | .B \-T |
---|
7725 | If set, any trap on \fBDEBUG\fP is inherited by shell functions, command |
---|
7726 | substitutions, and commands executed in a subshell environment. |
---|
7727 | The \fBDEBUG\fP trap is normally not inherited in such cases. |
---|
7728 | .TP 8 |
---|
7729 | .B \-\- |
---|
7730 | If no arguments follow this option, then the positional parameters are |
---|
7731 | unset. Otherwise, the positional parameters are set to the |
---|
7732 | \fIarg\fPs, even if some of them begin with a |
---|
7733 | .BR \- . |
---|
7734 | .TP 8 |
---|
7735 | .B \- |
---|
7736 | Signal the end of options, cause all remaining \fIarg\fPs to be |
---|
7737 | assigned to the positional parameters. The |
---|
7738 | .B \-x |
---|
7739 | and |
---|
7740 | .B \-v |
---|
7741 | options are turned off. |
---|
7742 | If there are no \fIarg\fPs, |
---|
7743 | the positional parameters remain unchanged. |
---|
7744 | .PD |
---|
7745 | .PP |
---|
7746 | The options are off by default unless otherwise noted. |
---|
7747 | Using + rather than \- causes these options to be turned off. |
---|
7748 | The options can also be specified as arguments to an invocation of |
---|
7749 | the shell. |
---|
7750 | The current set of options may be found in |
---|
7751 | .BR $\- . |
---|
7752 | The return status is always true unless an invalid option is encountered. |
---|
7753 | .RE |
---|
7754 | .TP |
---|
7755 | \fBshift\fP [\fIn\fP] |
---|
7756 | The positional parameters from \fIn\fP+1 ... are renamed to |
---|
7757 | .B $1 |
---|
7758 | .B .... |
---|
7759 | Parameters represented by the numbers \fB$#\fP |
---|
7760 | down to \fB$#\fP\-\fIn\fP+1 are unset. |
---|
7761 | .I n |
---|
7762 | must be a non-negative number less than or equal to \fB$#\fP. |
---|
7763 | If |
---|
7764 | .I n |
---|
7765 | is 0, no parameters are changed. |
---|
7766 | If |
---|
7767 | .I n |
---|
7768 | is not given, it is assumed to be 1. |
---|
7769 | If |
---|
7770 | .I n |
---|
7771 | is greater than \fB$#\fP, the positional parameters are not changed. |
---|
7772 | The return status is greater than zero if |
---|
7773 | .I n |
---|
7774 | is greater than |
---|
7775 | .B $# |
---|
7776 | or less than zero; otherwise 0. |
---|
7777 | .TP |
---|
7778 | \fBshopt\fP [\fB\-pqsu\fP] [\fB\-o\fP] [\fIoptname\fP ...] |
---|
7779 | Toggle the values of variables controlling optional shell behavior. |
---|
7780 | With no options, or with the |
---|
7781 | .B \-p |
---|
7782 | option, a list of all settable options is displayed, with |
---|
7783 | an indication of whether or not each is set. |
---|
7784 | The \fB\-p\fP option causes output to be displayed in a form that |
---|
7785 | may be reused as input. |
---|
7786 | Other options have the following meanings: |
---|
7787 | .RS |
---|
7788 | .PD 0 |
---|
7789 | .TP |
---|
7790 | .B \-s |
---|
7791 | Enable (set) each \fIoptname\fP. |
---|
7792 | .TP |
---|
7793 | .B \-u |
---|
7794 | Disable (unset) each \fIoptname\fP. |
---|
7795 | .TP |
---|
7796 | .B \-q |
---|
7797 | Suppresses normal output (quiet mode); the return status indicates |
---|
7798 | whether the \fIoptname\fP is set or unset. |
---|
7799 | If multiple \fIoptname\fP arguments are given with |
---|
7800 | .BR \-q , |
---|
7801 | the return status is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP are enabled; non-zero |
---|
7802 | otherwise. |
---|
7803 | .TP |
---|
7804 | .B \-o |
---|
7805 | Restricts the values of \fIoptname\fP to be those defined for the |
---|
7806 | .B \-o |
---|
7807 | option to the |
---|
7808 | .B set |
---|
7809 | builtin. |
---|
7810 | .PD |
---|
7811 | .PP |
---|
7812 | If either |
---|
7813 | .B \-s |
---|
7814 | or |
---|
7815 | .B \-u |
---|
7816 | is used with no \fIoptname\fP arguments, the display is limited to |
---|
7817 | those options which are set or unset, respectively. |
---|
7818 | Unless otherwise noted, the \fBshopt\fP options are disabled (unset) |
---|
7819 | by default. |
---|
7820 | .PP |
---|
7821 | The return status when listing options is zero if all \fIoptnames\fP |
---|
7822 | are enabled, non-zero otherwise. When setting or unsetting options, |
---|
7823 | the return status is zero unless an \fIoptname\fP is not a valid shell |
---|
7824 | option. |
---|
7825 | .PP |
---|
7826 | The list of \fBshopt\fP options is: |
---|
7827 | .if t .sp .5v |
---|
7828 | .if n .sp 1v |
---|
7829 | .PD 0 |
---|
7830 | .TP 8 |
---|
7831 | .B cdable_vars |
---|
7832 | If set, an argument to the |
---|
7833 | .B cd |
---|
7834 | builtin command that |
---|
7835 | is not a directory is assumed to be the name of a variable whose |
---|
7836 | value is the directory to change to. |
---|
7837 | .TP 8 |
---|
7838 | .B cdspell |
---|
7839 | If set, minor errors in the spelling of a directory component in a |
---|
7840 | .B cd |
---|
7841 | command will be corrected. |
---|
7842 | The errors checked for are transposed characters, |
---|
7843 | a missing character, and one character too many. |
---|
7844 | If a correction is found, the corrected file name is printed, |
---|
7845 | and the command proceeds. |
---|
7846 | This option is only used by interactive shells. |
---|
7847 | .TP 8 |
---|
7848 | .B checkhash |
---|
7849 | If set, \fBbash\fP checks that a command found in the hash |
---|
7850 | table exists before trying to execute it. If a hashed command no |
---|
7851 | longer exists, a normal path search is performed. |
---|
7852 | .TP 8 |
---|
7853 | .B checkwinsize |
---|
7854 | If set, \fBbash\fP checks the window size after each command |
---|
7855 | and, if necessary, updates the values of |
---|
7856 | .SM |
---|
7857 | .B LINES |
---|
7858 | and |
---|
7859 | .SM |
---|
7860 | .BR COLUMNS . |
---|
7861 | .TP 8 |
---|
7862 | .B cmdhist |
---|
7863 | If set, |
---|
7864 | .B bash |
---|
7865 | attempts to save all lines of a multiple-line |
---|
7866 | command in the same history entry. This allows |
---|
7867 | easy re-editing of multi-line commands. |
---|
7868 | .TP 8 |
---|
7869 | .B dotglob |
---|
7870 | If set, |
---|
7871 | .B bash |
---|
7872 | includes filenames beginning with a `.' in the results of pathname |
---|
7873 | expansion. |
---|
7874 | .TP 8 |
---|
7875 | .B execfail |
---|
7876 | If set, a non-interactive shell will not exit if |
---|
7877 | it cannot execute the file specified as an argument to the |
---|
7878 | .B exec |
---|
7879 | builtin command. An interactive shell does not exit if |
---|
7880 | .B exec |
---|
7881 | fails. |
---|
7882 | .TP 8 |
---|
7883 | .B expand_aliases |
---|
7884 | If set, aliases are expanded as described above under |
---|
7885 | .SM |
---|
7886 | .BR ALIASES . |
---|
7887 | This option is enabled by default for interactive shells. |
---|
7888 | .TP 8 |
---|
7889 | .B extdebug |
---|
7890 | If set, behavior intended for use by debuggers is enabled: |
---|
7891 | .RS |
---|
7892 | .TP |
---|
7893 | .B 1. |
---|
7894 | The \fB\-F\fP option to the \fBdeclare\fP builtin displays the source |
---|
7895 | file name and line number corresponding to each function name supplied |
---|
7896 | as an argument. |
---|
7897 | .TP |
---|
7898 | .B 2. |
---|
7899 | If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a non-zero value, the |
---|
7900 | next command is skipped and not executed. |
---|
7901 | .TP |
---|
7902 | .B 3. |
---|
7903 | If the command run by the \fBDEBUG\fP trap returns a value of 2, and the |
---|
7904 | shell is executing in a subroutine (a shell function or a shell script |
---|
7905 | executed by the \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins), a call to |
---|
7906 | \fBreturn\fP is simulated. |
---|
7907 | .RE |
---|
7908 | .TP 8 |
---|
7909 | .B extglob |
---|
7910 | If set, the extended pattern matching features described above under |
---|
7911 | \fBPathname Expansion\fP are enabled. |
---|
7912 | .TP 8 |
---|
7913 | .B extquote |
---|
7914 | If set, \fB$\fP'\fIstring\fP' and \fB$\fP"\fIstring\fP" quoting is |
---|
7915 | performed within \fB${\fP\fIparameter\fP\fB}\fP expansions |
---|
7916 | enclosed in double quotes. This option is enabled by default. |
---|
7917 | .TP 8 |
---|
7918 | .B failglob |
---|
7919 | If set, patterns which fail to match filenames during pathname expansion |
---|
7920 | result in an expansion error. |
---|
7921 | .TP 8 |
---|
7922 | .B force_fignore |
---|
7923 | If set, the suffixes specified by the \fBFIGNORE\fP shell variable |
---|
7924 | cause words to be ignored when performing word completion even if |
---|
7925 | the ignored words are the only possible completions. |
---|
7926 | See |
---|
7927 | .SM |
---|
7928 | \fBSHELL VARIABLES\fP |
---|
7929 | above for a description of \fBFIGNORE\fP. |
---|
7930 | This option is enabled by default. |
---|
7931 | .TP 8 |
---|
7932 | .B gnu_errfmt |
---|
7933 | If set, shell error messages are written in the standard GNU error |
---|
7934 | message format. |
---|
7935 | .TP 8 |
---|
7936 | .B histappend |
---|
7937 | If set, the history list is appended to the file named by the value |
---|
7938 | of the |
---|
7939 | .B HISTFILE |
---|
7940 | variable when the shell exits, rather than overwriting the file. |
---|
7941 | .TP 8 |
---|
7942 | .B histreedit |
---|
7943 | If set, and |
---|
7944 | .B readline |
---|
7945 | is being used, a user is given the opportunity to re-edit a |
---|
7946 | failed history substitution. |
---|
7947 | .TP 8 |
---|
7948 | .B histverify |
---|
7949 | If set, and |
---|
7950 | .B readline |
---|
7951 | is being used, the results of history substitution are not immediately |
---|
7952 | passed to the shell parser. Instead, the resulting line is loaded into |
---|
7953 | the \fBreadline\fP editing buffer, allowing further modification. |
---|
7954 | .TP 8 |
---|
7955 | .B hostcomplete |
---|
7956 | If set, and |
---|
7957 | .B readline |
---|
7958 | is being used, \fBbash\fP will attempt to perform hostname completion when a |
---|
7959 | word containing a \fB@\fP is being completed (see |
---|
7960 | .B Completing |
---|
7961 | under |
---|
7962 | .SM |
---|
7963 | .B READLINE |
---|
7964 | above). |
---|
7965 | This is enabled by default. |
---|
7966 | .TP 8 |
---|
7967 | .B huponexit |
---|
7968 | If set, \fBbash\fP will send |
---|
7969 | .SM |
---|
7970 | .B SIGHUP |
---|
7971 | to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits. |
---|
7972 | .TP 8 |
---|
7973 | .B interactive_comments |
---|
7974 | If set, allow a word beginning with |
---|
7975 | .B # |
---|
7976 | to cause that word and all remaining characters on that |
---|
7977 | line to be ignored in an interactive shell (see |
---|
7978 | .SM |
---|
7979 | .B COMMENTS |
---|
7980 | above). This option is enabled by default. |
---|
7981 | .TP 8 |
---|
7982 | .B lithist |
---|
7983 | If set, and the |
---|
7984 | .B cmdhist |
---|
7985 | option is enabled, multi-line commands are saved to the history with |
---|
7986 | embedded newlines rather than using semicolon separators where possible. |
---|
7987 | .TP 8 |
---|
7988 | .B login_shell |
---|
7989 | The shell sets this option if it is started as a login shell (see |
---|
7990 | .SM |
---|
7991 | .B "INVOCATION" |
---|
7992 | above). |
---|
7993 | The value may not be changed. |
---|
7994 | .TP 8 |
---|
7995 | .B mailwarn |
---|
7996 | If set, and a file that \fBbash\fP is checking for mail has been |
---|
7997 | accessed since the last time it was checked, the message ``The mail in |
---|
7998 | \fImailfile\fP has been read'' is displayed. |
---|
7999 | .TP 8 |
---|
8000 | .B no_empty_cmd_completion |
---|
8001 | If set, and |
---|
8002 | .B readline |
---|
8003 | is being used, |
---|
8004 | .B bash |
---|
8005 | will not attempt to search the \fBPATH\fP for possible completions when |
---|
8006 | completion is attempted on an empty line. |
---|
8007 | .TP 8 |
---|
8008 | .B nocaseglob |
---|
8009 | If set, |
---|
8010 | .B bash |
---|
8011 | matches filenames in a case\-insensitive fashion when performing pathname |
---|
8012 | expansion (see |
---|
8013 | .B Pathname Expansion |
---|
8014 | above). |
---|
8015 | .TP 8 |
---|
8016 | .B nullglob |
---|
8017 | If set, |
---|
8018 | .B bash |
---|
8019 | allows patterns which match no |
---|
8020 | files (see |
---|
8021 | .B Pathname Expansion |
---|
8022 | above) |
---|
8023 | to expand to a null string, rather than themselves. |
---|
8024 | .TP 8 |
---|
8025 | .B progcomp |
---|
8026 | If set, the programmable completion facilities (see |
---|
8027 | \fBProgrammable Completion\fP above) are enabled. |
---|
8028 | This option is enabled by default. |
---|
8029 | .TP 8 |
---|
8030 | .B promptvars |
---|
8031 | If set, prompt strings undergo |
---|
8032 | parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic |
---|
8033 | expansion, and quote removal after being expanded as described in |
---|
8034 | .SM |
---|
8035 | .B PROMPTING |
---|
8036 | above. This option is enabled by default. |
---|
8037 | .TP 8 |
---|
8038 | .B restricted_shell |
---|
8039 | The shell sets this option if it is started in restricted mode (see |
---|
8040 | .SM |
---|
8041 | .B "RESTRICTED SHELL" |
---|
8042 | below). |
---|
8043 | The value may not be changed. |
---|
8044 | This is not reset when the startup files are executed, allowing |
---|
8045 | the startup files to discover whether or not a shell is restricted. |
---|
8046 | .TP 8 |
---|
8047 | .B shift_verbose |
---|
8048 | If set, the |
---|
8049 | .B shift |
---|
8050 | builtin prints an error message when the shift count exceeds the |
---|
8051 | number of positional parameters. |
---|
8052 | .TP 8 |
---|
8053 | .B sourcepath |
---|
8054 | If set, the |
---|
8055 | \fBsource\fP (\fB.\fP) builtin uses the value of |
---|
8056 | .SM |
---|
8057 | .B PATH |
---|
8058 | to find the directory containing the file supplied as an argument. |
---|
8059 | This option is enabled by default. |
---|
8060 | .TP 8 |
---|
8061 | .B xpg_echo |
---|
8062 | If set, the \fBecho\fP builtin expands backslash-escape sequences |
---|
8063 | by default. |
---|
8064 | .RE |
---|
8065 | .TP |
---|
8066 | \fBsuspend\fP [\fB\-f\fP] |
---|
8067 | Suspend the execution of this shell until it receives a |
---|
8068 | .SM |
---|
8069 | .B SIGCONT |
---|
8070 | signal. The |
---|
8071 | .B \-f |
---|
8072 | option says not to complain if this is |
---|
8073 | a login shell; just suspend anyway. The return status is 0 unless |
---|
8074 | the shell is a login shell and |
---|
8075 | .B \-f |
---|
8076 | is not supplied, or if job control is not enabled. |
---|
8077 | .TP |
---|
8078 | \fBtest\fP \fIexpr\fP |
---|
8079 | .PD 0 |
---|
8080 | .TP |
---|
8081 | \fB[\fP \fIexpr\fP \fB]\fP |
---|
8082 | Return a status of 0 or 1 depending on |
---|
8083 | the evaluation of the conditional expression |
---|
8084 | .IR expr . |
---|
8085 | Each operator and operand must be a separate argument. |
---|
8086 | Expressions are composed of the primaries described above under |
---|
8087 | .SM |
---|
8088 | .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" . |
---|
8089 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
8090 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
8091 | Expressions may be combined using the following operators, listed |
---|
8092 | in decreasing order of precedence. |
---|
8093 | .RS |
---|
8094 | .PD 0 |
---|
8095 | .TP |
---|
8096 | .B ! \fIexpr\fP |
---|
8097 | True if |
---|
8098 | .I expr |
---|
8099 | is false. |
---|
8100 | .TP |
---|
8101 | .B ( \fIexpr\fP ) |
---|
8102 | Returns the value of \fIexpr\fP. |
---|
8103 | This may be used to override the normal precedence of operators. |
---|
8104 | .TP |
---|
8105 | \fIexpr1\fP \-\fBa\fP \fIexpr2\fP |
---|
8106 | True if both |
---|
8107 | .I expr1 |
---|
8108 | and |
---|
8109 | .I expr2 |
---|
8110 | are true. |
---|
8111 | .TP |
---|
8112 | \fIexpr1\fP \-\fBo\fP \fIexpr2\fP |
---|
8113 | True if either |
---|
8114 | .I expr1 |
---|
8115 | or |
---|
8116 | .I expr2 |
---|
8117 | is true. |
---|
8118 | .PD |
---|
8119 | .PP |
---|
8120 | \fBtest\fP and \fB[\fP evaluate conditional |
---|
8121 | expressions using a set of rules based on the number of arguments. |
---|
8122 | .if t .sp 0.5 |
---|
8123 | .if n .sp 1 |
---|
8124 | .PD 0 |
---|
8125 | .TP |
---|
8126 | 0 arguments |
---|
8127 | The expression is false. |
---|
8128 | .TP |
---|
8129 | 1 argument |
---|
8130 | The expression is true if and only if the argument is not null. |
---|
8131 | .TP |
---|
8132 | 2 arguments |
---|
8133 | If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the expression is true if and |
---|
8134 | only if the second argument is null. |
---|
8135 | If the first argument is one of the unary conditional operators listed above |
---|
8136 | under |
---|
8137 | .SM |
---|
8138 | .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" , |
---|
8139 | the expression is true if the unary test is true. |
---|
8140 | If the first argument is not a valid unary conditional operator, the expression |
---|
8141 | is false. |
---|
8142 | .TP |
---|
8143 | 3 arguments |
---|
8144 | If the second argument is one of the binary conditional operators listed above |
---|
8145 | under |
---|
8146 | .SM |
---|
8147 | .BR "CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS" , |
---|
8148 | the result of the expression is the result of the binary test using |
---|
8149 | the first and third arguments as operands. |
---|
8150 | If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the value is the negation of |
---|
8151 | the two-argument test using the second and third arguments. |
---|
8152 | If the first argument is exactly \fB(\fP and the third argument is |
---|
8153 | exactly \fB)\fP, the result is the one-argument test of the second |
---|
8154 | argument. |
---|
8155 | Otherwise, the expression is false. |
---|
8156 | The \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-o\fP operators are considered binary operators |
---|
8157 | in this case. |
---|
8158 | .TP |
---|
8159 | 4 arguments |
---|
8160 | If the first argument is \fB!\fP, the result is the negation of |
---|
8161 | the three-argument expression composed of the remaining arguments. |
---|
8162 | Otherwise, the expression is parsed and evaluated according to |
---|
8163 | precedence using the rules listed above. |
---|
8164 | .TP |
---|
8165 | 5 or more arguments |
---|
8166 | The expression is parsed and evaluated according to precedence |
---|
8167 | using the rules listed above. |
---|
8168 | .RE |
---|
8169 | .PD |
---|
8170 | .TP |
---|
8171 | .B times |
---|
8172 | Print the accumulated user and system times for the shell and |
---|
8173 | for processes run from the shell. The return status is 0. |
---|
8174 | .TP |
---|
8175 | \fBtrap\fP [\fB\-lp\fP] [[\fIarg\fP] \fIsigspec\fP ...] |
---|
8176 | The command |
---|
8177 | .I arg |
---|
8178 | is to be read and executed when the shell receives |
---|
8179 | signal(s) |
---|
8180 | .IR sigspec . |
---|
8181 | If |
---|
8182 | .I arg |
---|
8183 | is absent (and there is a single \fIsigspec\fP) or |
---|
8184 | .BR \- , |
---|
8185 | each specified signal is |
---|
8186 | reset to its original disposition (the value it had |
---|
8187 | upon entrance to the shell). |
---|
8188 | If |
---|
8189 | .I arg |
---|
8190 | is the null string the signal specified by each |
---|
8191 | .I sigspec |
---|
8192 | is ignored by the shell and by the commands it invokes. |
---|
8193 | If |
---|
8194 | .I arg |
---|
8195 | is not present and |
---|
8196 | .B \-p |
---|
8197 | has been supplied, then the trap commands associated with each |
---|
8198 | .I sigspec |
---|
8199 | are displayed. |
---|
8200 | If no arguments are supplied or if only |
---|
8201 | .B \-p |
---|
8202 | is given, |
---|
8203 | .B trap |
---|
8204 | prints the list of commands associated with each signal. |
---|
8205 | The |
---|
8206 | .B \-l |
---|
8207 | option causes the shell to print a list of signal names and |
---|
8208 | their corresponding numbers. |
---|
8209 | Each |
---|
8210 | .I sigspec |
---|
8211 | is either |
---|
8212 | a signal name defined in <\fIsignal.h\fP>, or a signal number. |
---|
8213 | Signal names are case insensitive and the SIG prefix is optional. |
---|
8214 | If a |
---|
8215 | .I sigspec |
---|
8216 | is |
---|
8217 | .SM |
---|
8218 | .B EXIT |
---|
8219 | (0) the command |
---|
8220 | .I arg |
---|
8221 | is executed on exit from the shell. |
---|
8222 | If a |
---|
8223 | .I sigspec |
---|
8224 | is |
---|
8225 | .SM |
---|
8226 | .BR DEBUG , |
---|
8227 | the command |
---|
8228 | .I arg |
---|
8229 | is executed before every \fIsimple command\fP, \fIfor\fP command, |
---|
8230 | \fIcase\fP command, \fIselect\fP command, every arithmetic \fIfor\fP |
---|
8231 | command, and before the first command executes in a shell function (see |
---|
8232 | .SM |
---|
8233 | .B SHELL GRAMMAR |
---|
8234 | above). |
---|
8235 | Refer to the description of the \fBextglob\fP option to the |
---|
8236 | \fBshopt\fP builtin for details of its effect on the \fBDEBUG\fP trap. |
---|
8237 | If a |
---|
8238 | .I sigspec |
---|
8239 | is |
---|
8240 | .SM |
---|
8241 | .BR ERR , |
---|
8242 | the command |
---|
8243 | .I arg |
---|
8244 | is executed whenever a simple command has a non\-zero exit status, |
---|
8245 | subject to the following conditions. |
---|
8246 | The |
---|
8247 | .SM |
---|
8248 | .B ERR |
---|
8249 | trap is not executed if the failed |
---|
8250 | command is part of the command list immediately following a |
---|
8251 | .B while |
---|
8252 | or |
---|
8253 | .B until |
---|
8254 | keyword, |
---|
8255 | part of the test in an |
---|
8256 | .I if |
---|
8257 | statement, part of a |
---|
8258 | .B && |
---|
8259 | or |
---|
8260 | .B \(bv\(bv |
---|
8261 | list, or if the command's return value is |
---|
8262 | being inverted via |
---|
8263 | .BR ! . |
---|
8264 | These are the same conditions obeyed by the \fBerrexit\fP option. |
---|
8265 | If a |
---|
8266 | .I sigspec |
---|
8267 | is |
---|
8268 | .SM |
---|
8269 | .BR RETURN , |
---|
8270 | the command |
---|
8271 | .I arg |
---|
8272 | is executed each time a shell function or a script executed with the |
---|
8273 | \fB.\fP or \fBsource\fP builtins finishes executing. |
---|
8274 | Signals ignored upon entry to the shell cannot be trapped or reset. |
---|
8275 | Trapped signals are reset to their original values in a child |
---|
8276 | process when it is created. |
---|
8277 | The return status is false if any |
---|
8278 | .I sigspec |
---|
8279 | is invalid; otherwise |
---|
8280 | .B trap |
---|
8281 | returns true. |
---|
8282 | .TP |
---|
8283 | \fBtype\fP [\fB\-aftpP\fP] \fIname\fP [\fIname\fP ...] |
---|
8284 | With no options, |
---|
8285 | indicate how each |
---|
8286 | .I name |
---|
8287 | would be interpreted if used as a command name. |
---|
8288 | If the |
---|
8289 | .B \-t |
---|
8290 | option is used, |
---|
8291 | .B type |
---|
8292 | prints a string which is one of |
---|
8293 | .IR alias , |
---|
8294 | .IR keyword , |
---|
8295 | .IR function , |
---|
8296 | .IR builtin , |
---|
8297 | or |
---|
8298 | .I file |
---|
8299 | if |
---|
8300 | .I name |
---|
8301 | is an alias, shell reserved word, function, builtin, or disk file, |
---|
8302 | respectively. |
---|
8303 | If the |
---|
8304 | .I name |
---|
8305 | is not found, then nothing is printed, and an exit status of false |
---|
8306 | is returned. |
---|
8307 | If the |
---|
8308 | .B \-p |
---|
8309 | option is used, |
---|
8310 | .B type |
---|
8311 | either returns the name of the disk file |
---|
8312 | that would be executed if |
---|
8313 | .I name |
---|
8314 | were specified as a command name, |
---|
8315 | or nothing if |
---|
8316 | .if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP |
---|
8317 | .if n ``type -t name'' |
---|
8318 | would not return |
---|
8319 | .IR file . |
---|
8320 | The |
---|
8321 | .B \-P |
---|
8322 | option forces a |
---|
8323 | .SM |
---|
8324 | .B PATH |
---|
8325 | search for each \fIname\fP, even if |
---|
8326 | .if t \f(CWtype -t name\fP |
---|
8327 | .if n ``type -t name'' |
---|
8328 | would not return |
---|
8329 | .IR file . |
---|
8330 | If a command is hashed, |
---|
8331 | .B \-p |
---|
8332 | and |
---|
8333 | .B \-P |
---|
8334 | print the hashed value, not necessarily the file that appears |
---|
8335 | first in |
---|
8336 | .SM |
---|
8337 | .BR PATH . |
---|
8338 | If the |
---|
8339 | .B \-a |
---|
8340 | option is used, |
---|
8341 | .B type |
---|
8342 | prints all of the places that contain |
---|
8343 | an executable named |
---|
8344 | .IR name . |
---|
8345 | This includes aliases and functions, |
---|
8346 | if and only if the |
---|
8347 | .B \-p |
---|
8348 | option is not also used. |
---|
8349 | The table of hashed commands is not consulted |
---|
8350 | when using |
---|
8351 | .BR \-a . |
---|
8352 | The |
---|
8353 | .B \-f |
---|
8354 | option suppresses shell function lookup, as with the \fBcommand\fP builtin. |
---|
8355 | .B type |
---|
8356 | returns true if any of the arguments are found, false if |
---|
8357 | none are found. |
---|
8358 | .TP |
---|
8359 | \fBulimit\fP [\fB\-SHacdflmnpstuv\fP [\fIlimit\fP]] |
---|
8360 | Provides control over the resources available to the shell and to |
---|
8361 | processes started by it, on systems that allow such control. |
---|
8362 | The \fB\-H\fP and \fB\-S\fP options specify that the hard or soft limit is |
---|
8363 | set for the given resource. A hard limit cannot be increased once it |
---|
8364 | is set; a soft limit may be increased up to the value of the hard limit. |
---|
8365 | If neither \fB\-H\fP nor \fB\-S\fP is specified, both the soft and hard |
---|
8366 | limits are set. |
---|
8367 | The value of |
---|
8368 | .I limit |
---|
8369 | can be a number in the unit specified for the resource |
---|
8370 | or one of the special values |
---|
8371 | .BR hard , |
---|
8372 | .BR soft , |
---|
8373 | or |
---|
8374 | .BR unlimited , |
---|
8375 | which stand for the current hard limit, the current soft limit, and |
---|
8376 | no limit, respectively. |
---|
8377 | If |
---|
8378 | .I limit |
---|
8379 | is omitted, the current value of the soft limit of the resource is |
---|
8380 | printed, unless the \fB\-H\fP option is given. When more than one |
---|
8381 | resource is specified, the limit name and unit are printed before the value. |
---|
8382 | Other options are interpreted as follows: |
---|
8383 | .RS |
---|
8384 | .PD 0 |
---|
8385 | .TP |
---|
8386 | .B \-a |
---|
8387 | All current limits are reported |
---|
8388 | .TP |
---|
8389 | .B \-c |
---|
8390 | The maximum size of core files created |
---|
8391 | .TP |
---|
8392 | .B \-d |
---|
8393 | The maximum size of a process's data segment |
---|
8394 | .TP |
---|
8395 | .B \-f |
---|
8396 | The maximum size of files created by the shell |
---|
8397 | .TP |
---|
8398 | .B \-l |
---|
8399 | The maximum size that may be locked into memory |
---|
8400 | .TP |
---|
8401 | .B \-m |
---|
8402 | The maximum resident set size |
---|
8403 | .TP |
---|
8404 | .B \-n |
---|
8405 | The maximum number of open file descriptors (most systems do not |
---|
8406 | allow this value to be set) |
---|
8407 | .TP |
---|
8408 | .B \-p |
---|
8409 | The pipe size in 512-byte blocks (this may not be set) |
---|
8410 | .TP |
---|
8411 | .B \-s |
---|
8412 | The maximum stack size |
---|
8413 | .TP |
---|
8414 | .B \-t |
---|
8415 | The maximum amount of cpu time in seconds |
---|
8416 | .TP |
---|
8417 | .B \-u |
---|
8418 | The maximum number of processes available to a single user |
---|
8419 | .TP |
---|
8420 | .B \-v |
---|
8421 | The maximum amount of virtual memory available to the shell |
---|
8422 | .PD |
---|
8423 | .PP |
---|
8424 | If |
---|
8425 | .I limit |
---|
8426 | is given, it is the new value of the specified resource (the |
---|
8427 | .B \-a |
---|
8428 | option is display only). |
---|
8429 | If no option is given, then |
---|
8430 | .B \-f |
---|
8431 | is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte increments, except for |
---|
8432 | .BR \-t , |
---|
8433 | which is in seconds, |
---|
8434 | .BR \-p , |
---|
8435 | which is in units of 512-byte blocks, |
---|
8436 | and |
---|
8437 | .B \-n |
---|
8438 | and |
---|
8439 | .BR \-u , |
---|
8440 | which are unscaled values. |
---|
8441 | The return status is 0 unless an invalid option or argument is supplied, |
---|
8442 | or an error occurs while setting a new limit. |
---|
8443 | .RE |
---|
8444 | .TP |
---|
8445 | \fBumask\fP [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-S\fP] [\fImode\fP] |
---|
8446 | The user file-creation mask is set to |
---|
8447 | .IR mode . |
---|
8448 | If |
---|
8449 | .I mode |
---|
8450 | begins with a digit, it |
---|
8451 | is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise |
---|
8452 | it is interpreted as a symbolic mode mask similar |
---|
8453 | to that accepted by |
---|
8454 | .IR chmod (1). |
---|
8455 | If |
---|
8456 | .I mode |
---|
8457 | is omitted, the current value of the mask is printed. |
---|
8458 | The |
---|
8459 | .B \-S |
---|
8460 | option causes the mask to be printed in symbolic form; the |
---|
8461 | default output is an octal number. |
---|
8462 | If the |
---|
8463 | .B \-p |
---|
8464 | option is supplied, and |
---|
8465 | .I mode |
---|
8466 | is omitted, the output is in a form that may be reused as input. |
---|
8467 | The return status is 0 if the mode was successfully changed or if |
---|
8468 | no \fImode\fP argument was supplied, and false otherwise. |
---|
8469 | .TP |
---|
8470 | \fBunalias\fP [\-\fBa\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] |
---|
8471 | Remove each \fIname\fP from the list of defined aliases. If |
---|
8472 | .B \-a |
---|
8473 | is supplied, all alias definitions are removed. The return |
---|
8474 | value is true unless a supplied |
---|
8475 | .I name |
---|
8476 | is not a defined alias. |
---|
8477 | .TP |
---|
8478 | \fBunset\fP [\-\fBfv\fP] [\fIname\fP ...] |
---|
8479 | For each |
---|
8480 | .IR name , |
---|
8481 | remove the corresponding variable or function. |
---|
8482 | If no options are supplied, or the |
---|
8483 | .B \-v |
---|
8484 | option is given, each |
---|
8485 | .I name |
---|
8486 | refers to a shell variable. |
---|
8487 | Read-only variables may not be unset. |
---|
8488 | If |
---|
8489 | .B \-f |
---|
8490 | is specifed, |
---|
8491 | each |
---|
8492 | .I name |
---|
8493 | refers to a shell function, and the function definition |
---|
8494 | is removed. |
---|
8495 | Each unset variable or function is removed from the environment |
---|
8496 | passed to subsequent commands. |
---|
8497 | If any of |
---|
8498 | .SM |
---|
8499 | .BR RANDOM , |
---|
8500 | .SM |
---|
8501 | .BR SECONDS , |
---|
8502 | .SM |
---|
8503 | .BR LINENO , |
---|
8504 | .SM |
---|
8505 | .BR HISTCMD , |
---|
8506 | .SM |
---|
8507 | .BR FUNCNAME , |
---|
8508 | .SM |
---|
8509 | .BR GROUPS , |
---|
8510 | or |
---|
8511 | .SM |
---|
8512 | .B DIRSTACK |
---|
8513 | are unset, they lose their special properties, even if they are |
---|
8514 | subsequently reset. The exit status is true unless a |
---|
8515 | .I name |
---|
8516 | is readonly. |
---|
8517 | .TP |
---|
8518 | \fBwait\fP [\fIn\fP] |
---|
8519 | Wait for the specified process and return its termination |
---|
8520 | status. |
---|
8521 | .I n |
---|
8522 | may be a process |
---|
8523 | ID or a job specification; if a job spec is given, all processes |
---|
8524 | in that job's pipeline are waited for. If |
---|
8525 | .I n |
---|
8526 | is not given, all currently active child processes |
---|
8527 | are waited for, and the return status is zero. If |
---|
8528 | .I n |
---|
8529 | specifies a non-existent process or job, the return status is |
---|
8530 | 127. Otherwise, the return status is the exit status of the last |
---|
8531 | process or job waited for. |
---|
8532 | .\" bash_builtins |
---|
8533 | .if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ |
---|
8534 | .SH "RESTRICTED SHELL" |
---|
8535 | .\" rbash.1 |
---|
8536 | .zY |
---|
8537 | .PP |
---|
8538 | If |
---|
8539 | .B bash |
---|
8540 | is started with the name |
---|
8541 | .BR rbash , |
---|
8542 | or the |
---|
8543 | .B \-r |
---|
8544 | option is supplied at invocation, |
---|
8545 | the shell becomes restricted. |
---|
8546 | A restricted shell is used to |
---|
8547 | set up an environment more controlled than the standard shell. |
---|
8548 | It behaves identically to |
---|
8549 | .B bash |
---|
8550 | with the exception that the following are disallowed or not performed: |
---|
8551 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8552 | changing directories with \fBcd\fP |
---|
8553 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8554 | setting or unsetting the values of |
---|
8555 | .BR SHELL , |
---|
8556 | .BR PATH , |
---|
8557 | .BR ENV , |
---|
8558 | or |
---|
8559 | .B BASH_ENV |
---|
8560 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8561 | specifying command names containing |
---|
8562 | .B / |
---|
8563 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8564 | specifying a file name containing a |
---|
8565 | .B / |
---|
8566 | as an argument to the |
---|
8567 | .B . |
---|
8568 | builtin command |
---|
8569 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8570 | Specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument to the |
---|
8571 | .B \-p |
---|
8572 | option to the |
---|
8573 | .B hash |
---|
8574 | builtin command |
---|
8575 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8576 | importing function definitions from the shell environment at startup |
---|
8577 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8578 | parsing the value of \fBSHELLOPTS\fP from the shell environment at startup |
---|
8579 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8580 | redirecting output using the >, >|, <>, >&, &>, and >> redirection operators |
---|
8581 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8582 | using the |
---|
8583 | .B exec |
---|
8584 | builtin command to replace the shell with another command |
---|
8585 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8586 | adding or deleting builtin commands with the |
---|
8587 | .B \-f |
---|
8588 | and |
---|
8589 | .B \-d |
---|
8590 | options to the |
---|
8591 | .B enable |
---|
8592 | builtin command |
---|
8593 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8594 | Using the \fBenable\fP builtin command to enable disabled shell builtins |
---|
8595 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8596 | specifying the |
---|
8597 | .B \-p |
---|
8598 | option to the |
---|
8599 | .B command |
---|
8600 | builtin command |
---|
8601 | .IP \(bu |
---|
8602 | turning off restricted mode with |
---|
8603 | \fBset +r\fP or \fBset +o restricted\fP. |
---|
8604 | .PP |
---|
8605 | These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read. |
---|
8606 | .PP |
---|
8607 | .ie \n(zY=1 When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed, |
---|
8608 | .el \{ When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed |
---|
8609 | (see |
---|
8610 | .SM |
---|
8611 | .B "COMMAND EXECUTION" |
---|
8612 | above), |
---|
8613 | \} |
---|
8614 | .B rbash |
---|
8615 | turns off any restrictions in the shell spawned to execute the |
---|
8616 | script. |
---|
8617 | .\" end of rbash.1 |
---|
8618 | .if \n(zY=1 .ig zY |
---|
8619 | .SH "SEE ALSO" |
---|
8620 | .PD 0 |
---|
8621 | .TP |
---|
8622 | \fIBash Reference Manual\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey |
---|
8623 | .TP |
---|
8624 | \fIThe Gnu Readline Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey |
---|
8625 | .TP |
---|
8626 | \fIThe Gnu History Library\fP, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey |
---|
8627 | .TP |
---|
8628 | \fIPortable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Part 2: Shell and Utilities\fP, IEEE |
---|
8629 | .TP |
---|
8630 | \fIsh\fP(1), \fIksh\fP(1), \fIcsh\fP(1) |
---|
8631 | .TP |
---|
8632 | \fIemacs\fP(1), \fIvi\fP(1) |
---|
8633 | .TP |
---|
8634 | \fIreadline\fP(3) |
---|
8635 | .PD |
---|
8636 | .SH FILES |
---|
8637 | .PD 0 |
---|
8638 | .TP |
---|
8639 | .FN /bin/bash |
---|
8640 | The \fBbash\fP executable |
---|
8641 | .TP |
---|
8642 | .FN /etc/profile |
---|
8643 | The systemwide initialization file, executed for login shells |
---|
8644 | .TP |
---|
8645 | .FN ~/.bash_profile |
---|
8646 | The personal initialization file, executed for login shells |
---|
8647 | .TP |
---|
8648 | .FN ~/.bashrc |
---|
8649 | The individual per-interactive-shell startup file |
---|
8650 | .TP |
---|
8651 | .FN ~/.bash_logout |
---|
8652 | The individual login shell cleanup file, executed when a login shell exits |
---|
8653 | .TP |
---|
8654 | .FN ~/.inputrc |
---|
8655 | Individual \fIreadline\fP initialization file |
---|
8656 | .PD |
---|
8657 | .SH AUTHORS |
---|
8658 | Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation |
---|
8659 | .br |
---|
8660 | bfox@gnu.org |
---|
8661 | .PP |
---|
8662 | Chet Ramey, Case Western Reserve University |
---|
8663 | .br |
---|
8664 | chet@po.CWRU.Edu |
---|
8665 | .SH BUG REPORTS |
---|
8666 | If you find a bug in |
---|
8667 | .B bash, |
---|
8668 | you should report it. But first, you should |
---|
8669 | make sure that it really is a bug, and that it appears in the latest |
---|
8670 | version of |
---|
8671 | .BR bash . |
---|
8672 | The latest version is always available from |
---|
8673 | \fIftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/bash/\fP. |
---|
8674 | .PP |
---|
8675 | Once you have determined that a bug actually exists, use the |
---|
8676 | .I bashbug |
---|
8677 | command to submit a bug report. |
---|
8678 | If you have a fix, you are encouraged to mail that as well! |
---|
8679 | Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports may be mailed |
---|
8680 | to \fIbug-bash@gnu.org\fP or posted to the Usenet |
---|
8681 | newsgroup |
---|
8682 | .BR gnu.bash.bug . |
---|
8683 | .PP |
---|
8684 | ALL bug reports should include: |
---|
8685 | .PP |
---|
8686 | .PD 0 |
---|
8687 | .TP 20 |
---|
8688 | The version number of \fBbash\fR |
---|
8689 | .TP |
---|
8690 | The hardware and operating system |
---|
8691 | .TP |
---|
8692 | The compiler used to compile |
---|
8693 | .TP |
---|
8694 | A description of the bug behaviour |
---|
8695 | .TP |
---|
8696 | A short script or `recipe' which exercises the bug |
---|
8697 | .PD |
---|
8698 | .PP |
---|
8699 | .I bashbug |
---|
8700 | inserts the first three items automatically into the template |
---|
8701 | it provides for filing a bug report. |
---|
8702 | .PP |
---|
8703 | Comments and bug reports concerning |
---|
8704 | this manual page should be directed to |
---|
8705 | .IR chet@po.CWRU.Edu . |
---|
8706 | .SH BUGS |
---|
8707 | .PP |
---|
8708 | It's too big and too slow. |
---|
8709 | .PP |
---|
8710 | There are some subtle differences between |
---|
8711 | .B bash |
---|
8712 | and traditional versions of |
---|
8713 | .BR sh , |
---|
8714 | mostly because of the |
---|
8715 | .SM |
---|
8716 | .B POSIX |
---|
8717 | specification. |
---|
8718 | .PP |
---|
8719 | Aliases are confusing in some uses. |
---|
8720 | .PP |
---|
8721 | Shell builtin commands and functions are not stoppable/restartable. |
---|
8722 | .PP |
---|
8723 | Compound commands and command sequences of the form `a ; b ; c' |
---|
8724 | are not handled gracefully when process suspension is attempted. |
---|
8725 | When a process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next |
---|
8726 | command in the sequence. |
---|
8727 | It suffices to place the sequence of commands between |
---|
8728 | parentheses to force it into a subshell, which may be stopped as |
---|
8729 | a unit. |
---|
8730 | .PP |
---|
8731 | Commands inside of \fB$(\fP...\fB)\fP command substitution are not |
---|
8732 | parsed until substitution is attempted. This will delay error |
---|
8733 | reporting until some time after the command is entered. For example, |
---|
8734 | unmatched parentheses, even inside shell comments, will result in |
---|
8735 | error messages while the construct is being read. |
---|
8736 | .PP |
---|
8737 | Array variables may not (yet) be exported. |
---|
8738 | .zZ |
---|
8739 | .zY |
---|